Category: Prisons and Policing

  • While each period is historically unique, veterans and scholars of the civil rights movement say there are some important similarities between the era of Jim Crow and racial segregation and our current moment. One similarity, as author and professor Joshua Clark Davis notes, is the role that local law enforcement plays in enforcing regimes of racial oppression and attacking the movements opposed to them. But, as civil rights Icon Judy Richardson argues, there are also critical similarities when it comes to organizing and executing successful resistance efforts then and now. In this extended episode of The Marc Steiner Show, Marc speaks with Richardson and Davis about the hardwon lessons from the civil rights movement that must be applied to the growing anti-authoritarianism movement today.

    Guests:

    • Judy Richardson is an American documentary filmmaker and civil rights activist. She was an early participant in the Student Nonviolent Coordinating Committee (SNCC) from 1963 to 1966 and was mentored by Ella Baker. Richardson was the educational director for the PBS docuseries Eyes on the Prize, widely recognized as the most important documentary ever produced on the Civil Rights movement, and she co-edited the book Hands on the Freedom Plow: Personal Accounts By Women in SNCC. She was a distinguished visiting lecturer of Africana Studies at Brown University.
    • Joshua Clark Davis is associate professor of US history at the University of Baltimore. He’s the author of multiple books, including Police Against The Movement: The Sabotage of the Civil Rights Struggle and the Activists Who Fought Back, a retelling of the civil rights movement through its overlooked work against police violence—and the police who attacked the movement with surveillance, undercover agents, and retaliatory prosecutions.

    Additional Resources:

    Credits:

    Producer: Rosette Sewali
    Studio Production: Cameron Granadino
    Audio Post-Production: Stephen Frank

    Transcript

    Marc Steiner:

    Welcome to the Marc Steiner Show here on The Real News. I’m Marc Steiner. It’s great to have you allwith us on this podcast. We’re going to journey back to the Civil Rights Movement in America to not onlyrecall the importance of that struggle and how it changed the trajectory of our country, but also to look atpolice and political re oppression today. That in part, is a result of the pushback against the advancementsmade by the Civil Rights Movement that smashed racial segregation and opened the doors of equality inAmerica. We’re joined by Judy Richardson and Joshua Clark Davis. Joshua Clark Davis is an associateprofessor of US History at the University of Baltimore. His latest book is Police Against the Movement.We’re telling the story of the 1960s civil rights struggle to its work against police violence, and it’s really a pre-history of both Black Lives Matter and Blue Lives Matter movements that emerged over a half a century later.

    He’s also the author of From Head Shops to Whole Foods, an Exploration of Black Book Sellers, naturalFood Stores, feminist Enterprises, and other businesses that emerged from the movements of the sixtiesand seventies. He’s an award-winning researcher winning awards from the Full Bar program, the NEHPublic Scholars Program, and is written for the Atlantic, the Nation Slate, jackin, Washington Post andTeam Vogue. And Judy Richardson was the leader of the Student Nonviolent Coordinating Committee,known then as sncc, where she risked her life to in segregation and face down racist power in Georgia,Mississippi, and Alabama. From 1963 to 1966, Judy Richardson still fights for a better world and hasbecome an award-winning author and producer. She produced the Frederick Douglass Visitor Center filmfor the National Park Services. She’s currently working on four museum films, including those for theCivil Rights Museums in Memphis and Atlanta. And in 1968, she co-founded Drum and Spear Bookstore,one of the largest African-American owned bookstores in the country, which she was an associateproducer, education director for the seminal PBS series. Eyes on the Prize, she continues to producedocumentaries and is a co-editor of the book, hands on the Freedom Plow Personal Accounts by Womenin sncc. She’s a member of the SNCC Legacy Project Board and a visiting professor at Brown Universitywith an honorary doctorate from Swarthmore College.

    So I want to welcome you both.

    Judy Richardson:

    Thank you.

    Joshua Clark Davis:

    Thank you.

    Marc Steiner:

    So I’d like to begin with both your reflections as a historian, but your reflections, Judy, as someone wholived through the Civil Rights Movement, to give our audience a sense of what that was like, what itmeant to be in the Civil Rights Movement, what we faced. I want to bring that forward to what we facenow, but talk about what it was like to be a young woman, a young person facing down, the police, facingdown segregation in the South in our country.

    Judy Richardson:

    Well, I think it’s very important to connect us, and because of SNC was the only youth-led civil rightsorganization working in the south at the time. We had grown out of the sit-in movement, so it was DianeNash and John Lewis and Marion Barry, and a number of other folks. But we were all, as I was 19 yearsold when I come in and I’m coming off of Swarthmore’s campus. But what was amazing to me, it’s notjust the staff people whom I joined when I first come into Cambridge, Maryland and then go into thenational office, it is also the local people who really guided and guarded us. And the guarded us is alsoequally important. I mean, when we go into Mississippi, when Bob Moses goes in, he’s going into anorganization that is started by returning World War II veterans, the Regional Council of NegroLeadership.

    It’s Medgar Rivers and Amzie Moore, and a number of folks who were much more at risk than I wascoming out of Tarrytown, New York. I mean, I could go back home. What was amazing to me is thatthese are people who had experienced lynchings, who had experienced all kinds of incredible violence,and not just physical intimidation, but also economic because they were landowners. They were deniedloans for the crops. So I come in and certainly we experienced a lot of violence. I was shot at, I was jailed,it was all of that. But what gave me the courage was not just all of these young people who surround me,and it’s like, okay, if they can keep doing it, then I can keep doing it. It wasn’t just that. It was also theselocal people in hands on the Freedom Flower are 52 women. Their stories of being in the movement.

    Joanne Christian Mass talks about how Mama Dolly, for example, who was in southwest Georgia, she’sstanding under a spotlight with a shotgun inside our black and white SNCC workers. But she is guardingthem so that any vigilantes who come near her are warned, look, if you come, you got to go by me. So itwas that kind of courage. So yeah, I can talk about what I felt being in jail. I can talk about maybe beingafraid and all of that, but it’s important also to get in the local people who were part of that.

    Marc Steiner:

    I think one of the things you said is really important people to understand, even though the movementitself in the South was nonviolent, when we protested, went to jail, we didn’t fight back. We stood to endsegregation, but the people around us, many of them, the farmers were armed and protected people. Andnot

    Judy Richardson:

    And not just the farmers. Not just-

    Marc Steiner:

    Farmers. I know not just the farmers. Right. The townspeople too. Yeah. Yeah. And I think people don’tknow that end of the story at all. It’s really important. Josh, let me turn to you. So you created this book,Against the Movement. Let’s talk a bit about what threw you into this and how it relates to what happenedin the South and where we are now.

    Joshua Clark Davis:

    So I started writing this book in 2017, and at the time, the Movement for Black Lives was reallyaccelerating and heating up. I had moved to Baltimore at the beginning of 2015, and then Freddie Graywas killed a few months later, and then the uprising and all those protests happened. And so that was kindof a front row seat to police violence, but also organized movements against police violence. And thething that really struck me was that a lot of the media around BLM was characterizing it as this is a newmovement that’s picking up, or the Civil Rights movement ended. This is continuing the struggle. This iscompleting the unfinished work of the Civil Rights movement. And it really got me wondering, okay, sowhat did the Civil Rights Movement do in the face of just suffocating police violence? Because we allknow these iconic images from Birmingham and Bull Connor’s henchman with the attack dogs or theEdmund Pettus Bridge in Selma.

    But I was wondering, is that really true that the Civil Rights movement didn’t really resist or protest orpicket or fight against police violence? And the more that I researched it, the more that I found actuallythe whole movement didn’t necessarily directly confront police violence, but large parts of it did,especially the more radical parts of the movement, especially SNCC C and especially Core, the Congressof Racial Equality. And they didn’t just focus on physical violence, but over time they expanded theirconception of violence to include trumped up felony charges, surveillance, infiltration, legal violence. Wecould call it state repression in some ways. They were building a lot on earlier critiques that were comingfrom communists and socialists from the Red Scare and even earlier. But also I think the big thing thatkind of struck me in doing this work was we think about state repression and the civil rights movement assomething that FBI did as something that Hoover did. And we have totally overlooked how much localpolice departments all over the country, south, north, east and West, were very eager to sabotage thismovement. Again, most often with kind of sophisticated trickery because they looked to Bull Connor andthey saw that he really embarrassed

    Marc Steiner:

    The head of police, Alabama.

    Joshua Clark Davis:

    Yes. The public safety director at Birmingham, Alabama, who infamously sent out attack dogs, told hismen to open up the fire hoses, attacked black children. It went not only on national tv, internationalimages all over the world today, we would call it going viral. And it just was a total defeat forBirmingham and a total victory in many ways for Dr. King and the SELC. Most police chiefs learn fromthat and said, we’ve got to do something much more sophisticated than that. So that’s where I came intothis book, and that was the story that I wanted to tell to reshape how we think about the Civil rightsmovement, to reshape how much they only endured police violence, but fought it. And to also reshapehow we think about state repression. It’s not just federal, it’s not just Hoover. It’s happening in local policedepartments all over the country and not just the South.

    Marc Steiner:

    So lemme do this in two parts here. I want to come right back to what’s happening now with repressioninside the police departments and red squads and what they did then and what’s happening now. But Iwant people to get a sense of how dangerous it was to be in the Civil Rights Movement. I remembered, Ithink if I have it correctly, somewhere of 64, it’d be three. It gets muddled sometimes in my head, but anumber of civil rights workers were killed, not just Goodman and Cheney, others were killed. It was adangerous, dangerous thing to do because you had the forces of the clan just to rave against you whothought of nothing but killing a civil rights worker. It meant nothing. I only people really understood thesense of real danger that people experienced and what risks they took to end segregation and end that kindof blatant racism in this country.

    Judy Richardson:

    No, absolutely. And I think it also in some ways goes beyond fighting against that segregation. Whatwe’re really doing is fighting to empower people who were powerless at that time, who had no voice. Andso it really is about gaining power in your communities. And the other part of that is that yes, it wascertainly targeted at people who were trying to get, I mean, one of the things that SNCC is focused on ishow do you get black people registered to vote without getting them killed?

    How do you get them registered to vote without getting them killed? And so because Herbert Lee hadbeen killed trying to register vote by his white neighbor who had lent him money for his farm, for HerbertLee’s farm, but says, if you don’t stop messing in this voter registration stuff, you’re going to get killed.And then he, the white person Hurst white state legislator in Mississippi blows Herbert Lee away in thetown square of Liberty, Mississippi. And this was a neighbor. So certainly there are attacks going againstthe movement and against us as civil rights workers, but a lot of times it was also random. I mean, therehad always been a history of random violence against black people because the whole point as it is todayis to say, no, you don’t even have to be doing anything. You don’t have to be doing anything that weconsider dangerous.

    We are just going to arrest you, beat you up jail you just for being who you are because we want you toknow we have the power and we can then exert this violence against you at any time we feel like it.Which of course is what you’re seeing with immigrants, with undocumented workers and stuff. It is not,oh, you’re doing anything. It is, we have the power to take you out anytime we want to. And it’s thatrandom violence that we always also had to gear against and to protect ourselves and our mental healthagainst, which is, you keep going, you got to keep going. Otherwise they win and they can’t win becausethey’re wrong. So there was that part too.

    Marc Steiner:

    You want to add something, Josh?

    Joshua Clark Davis:

    I think the one thing I would add that was important for me in this research really to emphasize was asJudy just explained, there were just plenty of white people attacking the Civil rights movement. And it’sreally important to keep in mind how in many places law enforcement was colluding with so-calledvigilantes, and that was the case in the Freedom Rides. And certainly people on the Freedom Ridessuspected that when the police took their sweet time to show up after vigilantes greeted them at busstations and beat them to a pulp, but later federal courts confirmed this, yes, there was a degree ofcollusion between Alabama police departments and unquote vigilantes. Same thing with Goodman,Cheney and Schwar. You mentioned them. And so we often remember the civil rights murders as thework of maybe segregationist low nuts. The clan, the vigilantes, and we don’t adequately remember themas state supported acts of violence against the movement in Philadelphia, Mississippi. It was a localsheriff’s deputy who facilitated and assisted local clansmen from capturing Goodman, Cheney and schhoner. And one of them ended up going to federal prison. They could never get a murder conviction inMississippi state courts, but he was convicted of violating those three civil rights workers civil rights.And so again, our memory is of vigilantes loan segregationists, but we’re often leaving out the fact thatlocal law enforcement facilitated some of these very, very brutal and in some cases, lethal attacks.

    Marc Steiner:

    Go ahead, Judy, please.

    Judy Richardson:

    One of the really great things about Josh’s book, and I love this book by the way-

    Marc Steiner:

    It’s a great book.

    Judy Richardson:

    But one of the great things is that he points out what many of us understand now, which is it’s not just anindividual bad apple in a police department. It’s not just because a particular cop like Chauvin, that hebeats George Floyd and holds him down for eight and a half minutes. It’s not because he hasn’t hadenough sensitivity training, right? It is because there is a culture of racism that imbues that wholedepartment. And it’s one of the things we understood when we were going south. And it’s also what Iunderstood when I was working at the United Church of Christ Commission for Racial Justice in NewYork during the eighties, and Mrs. Eleanor Bumpers and Howard Beach and whatever, all of thatreminded us that it’s not just because a particular cop is in aberration, he or she is part of a culture ofwhite supremacy. And what’s wonderful about Josh’s book is he has this great scene because he storytellsas well.

    Marc Steiner:

    Yes, he does.

    Judy Richardson:

    So it’s not dry recitation of facts and stuff, but he has this wonderful piece where he talks about the NewYork Police Department, and of course we had to deal with them when I was there in the eighties with theCommission for Racial Justice. And they had all these protections around them, and of course they hadthe media supporting them. And most of the media, which Josh also goes into assumed that what thepolice were telling them was correct. They never checked with demonstrators or anyone else. But Joshhas this wonderful scene on Easter. It was annual breakfast of the police department. Yes. And that theybring McCarthy and Eugene McCarthy, the horrible red scare man. But maybe Josh can talk about that. Imean, I just love that scene. Yeah.

    Marc Steiner:

    Josh, go ahead.

    Joshua Clark Davis:

    Yep. Senator McCarthy, they brought him in one year, but the scene was basically, it was an EasterSunday roast that was hosted every year annually by Irish police officers in the NYPD. And it wastypically marching in uniform, it was drinking, it was eating a roast, but they started bringing in theseright-wing speakers. And in 1964, the commissioner came in to speak to all of them in its hundreds ofpolice officers in the newest Hilton Hotel in New York. And basically the commissioner said, you guyshave been working so hard, so valiantly, and there are these three so-called civil rights protesters who areunfairly attacking you. One of them was Malcolm X that he condemns. One of them was mostlyforgotten, but very fascinating tenant organizer named Jesse Gray.

    And one of them was the chapter leader of the Bronx Chapter of the Congress of Racial Equality, and hisname was Herb Calender. And the commissioner in front of hundreds of police officers said, these threeguys are making your lives hell. And they are basically exploiting the good cause of racial equality toattack you all. Within weeks, the NYPD’s Secret Political Intelligence Unit, the Red Squad, the Bureau ofSpecial Services, hired two African-American police officers to infiltrate black activist groups. One ofthem, his name was Gene Roberts, and he was sent in to infiltrate Malcolm X’s Circle. If you’ve seen thehorrible pictures of Malcolm X’s murder, he is kneeling on the ground next to Malcolm X in LifeMagazine. He was working as his bodyguard. It’s pretty unlikely that he was involved in the assassination,but he was right there on the same day that Gene Roberts is hired by the NYPD and sent into theseactivist groups.

    Another guy named Ray Wood was hired to go infiltrate Herb Calendar circle in the Congress of racialequality to go volunteer at that chapter to say, I want to make a difference to spy on him and to try to prodhim into self-defeating acts. They end up trying to do this crazy scheme to do a citizen’s arrest of theMayor of New York, Robert Wagner, and it lands Herb Calendar in the psychiatric ward at BellevueHospital and takes him out of the movement for almost a week. But it’s like that through line, that culturethat Judy was just referencing, it’s kind of all fun and games. It seems like it’s Easter Sunday Roast, buthow the commissioner uses that to kind of declare war on these activists, and then within a month how theSecret Red Squad is sending its people into these activist groups. You can connect the dots.

    Marc Steiner:

    And one of the things that I, as I was hearing in the book and thinking about our conversation today washaving these numerous flashbacks. Every city in America, almost every city in America had a red squad.They were setting people up across the country and charging them with all kinds of absurd charges andputting some people in jail. We had people here in Baltimore who actually were sent to jail because of theRed Squad back in the early seventies. So I mean, this piece of history about what the activists faced inSN C and Core and what happened as the movement grew and more folks organizing in cities is part of ahistory people don’t know and the dangerous people felt and how that really did change America. And inmany ways, I think what we’re facing today is part of a blowback against what happened then.

    Judy Richardson:

    No, absolutely. I mean, the folks in power now really do want to turn it back to basically pre 1940s andFDR and President Roosevelt. I mean, they want to turn it back to an all powerful white group, and weknow what that white group is. So I mean, I guess one of the things that I often get when I’m talking tostudents is that they don’t understand that we weren’t just talking about, well, we want to sit next to you ata lunch counter, right? It’s not just about that. It is about the vote, which of course we’re getting aSupreme Court decision, which will probably strike down the remaining the one final remaining stool inthe Voting Rights Act. That was the crown jewel of the 1965 Voting Rights Act. And what they want todo is go back to a time where you did not have black and brown people in the numbers that we have.

    And with any kind of power, they’re fine with folks working and working in their homes and working intheir fields. What they’re not happy about is having black and brown people particularly, or poor whitepeople in any positions of power where they are affecting change and where they are speaking forthemselves. So they want to go back to another time and they’re willing to do whatever it is. What’samazing to me, I think about this time, and it is different for me, is that you don’t even have moderateRepublicans. I mean, you don’t have anybody. They have taken off all the guardrails. You’ve got anabsolutely right wing Supreme Court. What is good about what we have now is we have a window, and itis a small window, but it’s a window where we know about the tools that we have used in the past. Andwhat I appreciate is that little by little you’re seeing people coalesce in the way that we did. For example,when you talked about the Red Square, one of the things Ms. Baker, and that’s Ms. Ele Baker, who wasour political mentor. She’s the one who brings all the young people together in 1960 that forms theStudent Nonviolent Coordinating Committee sncc. And she was our excellence and organizer, and Joshmentions her in his book,

    But what she kind of let us know is that we should not be afraid of the Red Scare. And so she was friendswith the Braden’s, a Carl and Anne Braden, and as a matter of fact, the only newspaper that was allowedto cover that first organizing conference in April of 1960 of S ncc of what Become s NCC was theirSouthern Patriot and other people. NAACP said, no, we don’t want anything to do with anybody whoseems to be tinged with the Communist Party. Same thing with SCLC, with sncc. We said, whoever willlet them come as long as they abide by our direction, the kind of things that we want to do and havedecided by consensus in our meetings. So Ann Braden for example, is she comes, she covers that firstmeeting. We did not have that, and I remember, I think it was Ms. Hamer, but it might’ve been Ms. Blackwell. When Bob Moses goes into Mississippi, one of the things hetalks about is how the FBI and others are saying, don’t work with those SNCC people because they’recommunists. And what Black Mississippians said was, honey, if these are communists, bring more of ’emwith us because they’re the only ones who are working with us. So they did not have that thing. Now whatyou get is Antifa, you get oh, Jewish voice for Peace and Antifa, and so all these people are terrorists, andso we’re going to lock ’em up. What the movement understood at that point is you work with the peoplewho are willing, who agree with your goals, who agree with the way that you want to move to change thisto a more righteous and just society. And so whoever will let them come.

    Marc Steiner:

    I’m thinking about the moment we’re facing today, and I started really reflecting as I was reading the bookand thinking about our conversation today on the end of Reconstruction in America, when the dream ofproperty and voting rights for black Americans was part of a struggle, and hundreds of black folks werekilled in the South during reconstruction, and they ended reconstruction and began, I think about themovement that in this country from the thirties through the sixties and early seventies, it really changedAmerica ended segregation and sort of building a new world in this country or attempting to, and how justlike the end of reconstruction that was this pushback from what became the clan from these right-wingraces of the day in the 19th century is what we’re facing now. And I was just wondering, historically,thinking about the book that you wrote, thinking about the experiences that you’ve had in the Civil RightsMovement, how you talk to people now about what we face in terms of the history of the Civil rightsmovement and what happened before that, I think we’re in that moment and that’s critical, and it’s thatdangerous as it was at the end of reconstruction.

    Joshua Clark Davis:

    Right now, a lot of people are reaching back to the Red Scare to try to understand what’s going on withthe attacks on

    Marc Steiner:

    You talking about from the 1950s Red Scare.

    Joshua Clark Davis:

    Yeah, from the 1950s. I mean, that seems to be the historical comparison. Most people reach back to say,this is happening today. It’s the attacks on Antifa, the attacks on people who just won’t celebrate CharlieKirk, the attacks on a historian who attends a conference on socialism, and yet that’s important to thinkabout the Red Scare, but I think what’s also important to remember is those weapons of state violence thatthe United States government and local law enforcement used against communists in the Red Scare, theyused roughly the same playbook against the Civil Rights movement in the 1960s. The difference is thattoday there’s this kind of political consensus, and it’s probably sincere on the left and not so sincere on theright, but the way in which the Civil Rights movement is upheld as one of the greatest acts of self-correcting democracy in this country, but the techniques of trying to slander people, of trying to get themfired, the techniques of surveillance, the ways in which local law enforcement are working with ice, inmany cases, the way in which vigilante right wing activists are often trying to get people into legal troubleor get them fired.

    It doesn’t just go back to the Red Scare. It goes back to these weapons that were used against the civilrights movement. And we haven’t really had the same historical reckoning in this country about how locallaw enforcement attacked and sabotage the Civil Rights movement. When we talk about state repressionof the Civil Rights movement, we talk about Hoover versus King, the FBI versus certain groups, andthat’s not to diminish what they did at all, but we really kind of put this supernatural villain, j EdgarHoover, on this pedestal. It’s almost like he was so evil, and thank God that finally the FBI was takenfrom him literally when he died. And we haven’t really thought about how local law enforcement didmany of those same things. So today, I think one of the dangers potentially is to fixate exclusively on thefederal government and on Trump, and no way are we going to diminish that threat.

    But if we don’t think about how in many cases local law enforcement and local officials are assisting themand sometimes even unwittingly, so I was hearing about how even in cities and states where they haveprotections where the sheriff won’t work with ICE or the police officers won’t have a rule against workingwith ice, they still have often collected data that ice, even without those authorities’ permission, may beable to access an online databases, license plate readers. So it’s almost like there’s an unwitting way inwhich local law enforcement may be assisting federal attacks on immigrants, on the activists who arestanding up with immigrants, things like that.

    Judy Richardson:

    Could I just also, just because you had mentioned reconstruction, and it’s not just the segregation, again,it’s about power, right? Because in reconstruction, one of the things you have is this finally black peoplegetting into positions of power. You had Lance k Bruce who was a US Senator. You had state legislatures,you had whole black communities. And I know because we’ve done a number of films for HistoryChannel and PBS on this, and what you had was really amazing communities, the people who had neverseen freedom before, never known it before, and they’re building 200, 300 member communities farmingthe land. They really have been promised the 40 acres and the mule. And so they have the churches, theyhave the schools. Those were usually the first two things that always go up churches and schools becausethey understood the need for education. But all of it is around how do we sustain ourselves and not onlysurvive, but also build communities and be able to protect ourselves.

    So it’s not just, well, we were segregated, it’s also we are building power. That’s what seemed sodangerous to the white vigilantes, both state controlled, both those who are former Confederate officersand officials and whatever, and just regular white supremacists. That’s what was so dangerous for them. Itwas the building of power within these black communities. I would also mention what’s interesting whenyou see some of the tactics people are using now to try and monitor these ice arrests, and it’s similar to meof what we did when we were in sncc, which was the friends of SNCC organizations. So for example,when somebody would get arrested in Greenwood, for example, Mary Lane gets arrested, I would then, orsomebody in the national office in Atlanta would call Mrs. Shaw, a black woman in Chicago.

    Who would then get on the phone to the sheriff in Mississippi in Greenwood and say, I know I’m callingfrom, and she always had a very proper voice, Mrs. Shaw. But anyway, she would say, I know that youhave Mary Lane in your jail, and she better come out the same way she went in, because at that point, youwant people to know you don’t get to just do whatever you want to do because you say, I have the powerand there’s nothing you can do about it. What we were doing with our friends of sncc, Chicago,Philadelphia, San Francisco, wherever we were, you would have people call in from all of these areas tothat sheriff and say, we know you have this person in your jail and we are going to be watching you. Andthat’s one of the things that you get now with these community and neighborhood alert systems wherepeople are using their thank goodness for cell phone cameras, getting the ice officials, getting whatever’shappening, not confronting them because then the person doing the camera will be arrested as well, butmainly recording what is going on. And that’s the kind of thing that we were doing even at sncc, what I’mhearing around in the DMV and what’s interesting is to see neighborhood watches and that they’re goingout and they’re saying the ice is on the corner and that people are then going out and recording and gettingthe names of the person that they have arrested. Those kind of small, it seems small, but it’s reallyimportant.

    Marc Steiner:

    I think what you just described is really critical. I mean on two levels. One is historically what happenedin the civil rights movement and how it was much more than people sitting at their lunch counters. It wasan entire universe connected across the country of people who were fighting to answer irrigation andfighting to protect civil rights workers. People don’t really realize it’s more than just the people who rodethe bus and did the voter registration across the country. And I think that there’s so many ways thisconversation can go there. I was been thinking of this a lot after reading the book, what that momentteaches us about what we face today and how to organize. Because I mean, if you think about Americanhistory, the reason I raised reconstruction before, a lot of it revolves around the emancipation movementsin the black world and repression against those movements. And whether it’s reconstruction or whetherit’s the civil rights era and now, and I think what we face now is probably the most dangerous moment inthe last 50 or 60 years in our country. It’s almost as if 1960s Mississippi is taking over America. So Iwonder what you both think about what that says to us and what does it say about what we face today andhow we have to organize.

    Joshua Clark Davis:

    I think one of the things that remains the same, and Judy was just talking about this, but it’s like thepeople who are pulling out their phones and videoing ice who were also videoing police in 2020 and overthe long course of BLM, a lot of people will think, oh, well that reminds me of the Black Panthers policepatrols. And it does. But one of the things I talked about in this book was that that idea was even olderand that you had folks from SNCC who were doing police patrols as much as a year before the Pantherswere in places like la. You had folks in Seattle doing that. I think the larger point is that, I mean, anylawyer worth their salt knows the law will not save you. However, I think we can probably all agree aswell that you cannot ignore legal tools and legal weapons and the way that the law can be used to destroymovements and the way in which sometimes and narrow opportunities movements can use a law todefend themselves.

    One of the key parts of organizing today that you’re seeing is documenting, it’s researching. We’re livingin this world of what some people call big data policing. It’s the predictive algorithms, it’s the data mining,it’s the fake cell phone towers. It’s why organizers have to take technological steps to protect themselves.But it’s also why organizers really, it’s hard to do this. Movements move fast. Protests, rallies like you’vegot to show up on the day at the time you’re talking about people’s lives, like with Kmar, with any of thesefolks who are being disappeared. And research and documentation can be very slow work, but it’ssomething that movements are going to do with a view of long-term change. Because if you’re notdocumenting these acts of state repression and state violence, then there’s no hope of getting any recoursefrom the law. Again, the law will not save you or save us, but there still is this tremendous need to try tofigure out what the state is doing. And that goes at a pace sometimes that isn’t really the same pace as onthe ground organizing, but it’s something the civil rights movement was doing. It’s something the Pantherswere doing. It’s something even that communists were doing in the thirties and forties. We’ve got todocument what the state is doing against us and against other people, whether they are organized leftists,whether they’re people of color, whether they are black communities, brown communities, because wehave to tell this story also at the very least historically and maybe in some instances legally.

    Judy Richardson:

    Yeah, I absolutely agree with what just said. I would also say a lot of folks understand this is a differentmoment that it’s, I would say even more dangerous than what we encountered during the movement withall the violence. That was,

    Marc Steiner:

    Let me nterrupt for one second. Could you say something really powerful just, and I want to explore whatyou mean by that. I mean the danger people face we face in the civil rights movement was life and deathat times people were killed and beaten. So talk a bit about what you meant by that.

    Judy Richardson:

    Right, and just exactly where I was about to go ahead. Absolutely. For example, when we were there,there were certainly 63, 64, 65.

    What you’ve got is exactly what you said, mark, which is that basically the white supremacists who reallycontrolled southern legislatures, and it was their delegations in the Senate and the US House. So it wasSenator Eastland and Senator Stanis. It was all of them. But now they control the White House, theycontrol the Supreme Court. They have a lot of the appellate courts. Now, the federal judiciary, when wehad DC disorderly conduct stuff, when it would go to the Fifth Circuit in New Orleans, we knew that wewere safe. That was the court of last resort, and they would always find for us, well, now that is one of themost, if not the most conservative courts in the whole appellate system. They have control of all threebranches of government now. And you also have no real independent Republicans. You had New YorkCongress people and you had California and some of them in the GOP who were Republicans, but youwould not have been able to get, for example, a Watergate prosecution now because all of them arelockstep with this idiots who was in the White House.

    So it’s a very different ball game. And I think one of the things that we have to do is go outside of thenormal way that we usually organize, which tends to be kind of siloed within our own little group ofpeople and the folks we know. And we’re going to have to unite with a lot of different kind of folks whoagree with the kind of world we want this to be. And it’s not just in America, it’s not just in the us. It’s allover. Because of course, what happens here, as we’ve seen with Argentina, as we’ve seen with Brazil, theyare affecting other countries. And the absolute white supremacy that you’ve got now in Italy, it’s all over.And so we explore it. This country exports white supremacy. One of the films I’m involved in now is aJim Crow museum. And what’s amazing to me is that in the 1840s, Jim Crow, the one who starts the JimCrow caricature, he goes to London in the 1840s, specifically as Jim Crow, as a caricature of black peopleto go on the London stage because he wants to show the people Britain in the 1840s.

    These are the kind of black people that you say should be freed. No, no. What he is doing is exportingwhite supremacy in the 1840s. And you can see in some of the newspaper reports of the time that thewhite Londoners are agreeing with him, oh, that’s what black people are like in the United States. What Ithink we have to do is start talking to each other and understanding that that whole thing, I know there’s alarger quote that people use, but I love the James Walden quote, which is, and he says this to AngelaDavis in a letter when she’s still in jail and he says, if they take you in the morning, they will come for usthat night. That whole idea that don’t think just because, oh, they say they’re going after Antifa or they’regoing after so-and-so or they No, and I never thought that I would actually quote Winston Churchill, buthe actually said Appeasement is like feeding the alligator and hoping you are the last one he eats because he will eat you.

    There is a sense we got a little window now where we have got to come together and just forget all theold, whatever little barriers we used to have between organizing with each other. That’s why I likeIndivisible. That’s why I was on the last March. I would be on the next one, except that it’s during the timethat we’re going to be at politics and prose, but we’ve got to show up. So you do the demos becausepeople need to see, not that he cares, the people in the White House don’t care about us, but they do careabout folks who are in swing districts and when their people start really understanding what’s going on.And it’s also education. I think we need to also, in addition to not giving up on public education, we havegot to support our teachers. Our teachers are under assault and so are our librarians. We have got to go tothose board meetings, school board meetings, and anything that will protect these people who are tryingto teach the truth.

    Marc Steiner:

    So just to kind of bring our discussion to a close here, I could stay here for hours doing this. I think it’sreally important. I really want to pick up on what you were just saying, Judy and both of you were sayingabout what we do at this moment. You’re both historians, and I think that looking at, as I was sayingearlier, our history, what happened in reconstruction, what happened to us after civil rights, the change inAmerica, the explosion of a more democratic country after the civil rights movement that took place. Andthat’s why we’re having this pushback now. And one of the things that happened in the sixties and earlyseventies was organizing, whether it was in the south or working class communities here in Baltimore orToledo, wherever that was, wherever it is, people organize and build something. So I’m curious what as amovement elder, not you man, you’ll get there. Let’s just talk about what those lessons tell us about whatwe should be doing right now.

    Joshua Clark Davis:

    Well, first of all, Marc, thanks for saying I’m not old. I appreciate that.

    Marc Steiner:

    You’re not old man. I have kids your age.

    Joshua Clark Davis:

    My students would object to that very strongly. But I think tying some of these comments together, I thinkthere’s an argument to be made that most progress in America, in American politics have been inmoments where there was something kind of like a popular front where liberals were willing to work withleftists. I think that describes reconstruction. I think that describes how socialists and communists fromthe late 18 hundreds through the early decades of the 19 hundreds basically helped to shape theprogressive movement, how they helped to shape the new deal. And I think there’s a lot to be said. That’swhat happened in the Civil rights movement where radicals, some of them socialists, some of themcommunists, some of them non-aligned radicals like Ms. Baker, were able to get liberals who believed inthe system to listen and work with them. And a lot of times liberals will not do that. And I think that’sreally probably one of the few ways to get out of this mess. Now, where police violence is a perfectexample. Communists, socialists, non-aligned radicals were talking about police violence as far back asthe thirties. And most liberals didn’t want to have much to do with it.

    Especially by the fifties. They said, that’s kind of a communist cause because once you start questioninglaw enforcement, then you’re questioning the government. But it was really the activists of the sixties, likesnick, like core, they weren’t necessarily socialists and communists and in most cases they were not. Butthey were willing to talk to them, to listen to them, to kind of take a don’t ask, don’t tell approach and tosay we’ve got to actually pull the best ideas. And many of them were very, very left wing, but it was kindof not getting wrapped up in these labels about organizing. And I think right now that some of what’shappening around the anti-ice stuff where there’s some really great organizations and kind of left groupsthat have been organizing around this for decades, and now we can question how long it takes somepeople to wake up.

    But it is important to try to reach people through narratives about things like how ice destroys families,how ice hurts children, how ice, yes, how it hurts everyone from all over the world. But there are somepeople who they’re going to listen more when we kind of take this approach of showing the human toll.And so I think that’s so important right now is finding ways in which hopefully people who are liberal,maybe left leaning, maybe even close to political middle, how are they going to finally be able to workwith people who are further on the left around some of these major issues, like the right of undocumentedpeople to just have lives in this country without having their families and their livelihoods totally just tornapart by being disappeared. So that’s one of my hopes.

    Judy Richardson:

    Yeah, no, I would agree. And I also think that we’ve got to start building increasing the reach of ourcommunities. I think some of us usually work with this group or that group, and I think we need tobroaden it so that you have more coalition building, you have more support of folks that normally youwouldn’t really be paying attention to. I think there needs to be more black brown coalition in that waywhen you have people like Anne Braden, you could say also Poor white, I’m not sure where that comesin. Although the new guy up in Maine who is running against Susan Collins is interesting to me. And thenalso there’s this group out called Red Wine and Blue. I always keep trying to call them red wine andvinegar, but it’s red wine and blue. And I go on their zooms.

    Marc Steiner:

    Would recall what Red wine and-

    Judy Richardson:

    Red wine and blue, and these are folks mainly white suburban women in Ohio who started off becausethey were upset about the book banning in their kids’ classes. And they’ve expanded now. And they alsowere very important in terms of in support of abortion rights and choice in Ohio. So they were doing that.But they do monthly zooms, but it’s local organizing. It is bring your neighbors in for a cocktail. That’swhy the red wine, right?

    Marc Steiner:

    Got you.

    Judy Richardson:

    Bring them in. Cause you cannot organize on social media. You can get people in for demonstrations, butthat is not the way you’re going to get long-term organizing. People need to see you. It’s one of the thingsthat we knew when we were in Mississippi, in Alabama, Southwest Georgia, wherever, that if people aregoing to trust you with their lives, and that’s what it’s coming to now. I mean because when you putpeople on a list and say, we are going to come after you because we are going to call you a terrorist noweverybody is at risk now. And so people need to know, I’m putting not just my life, but also my livelihoodand the live and livelihoods of my community on the line. I need to know who you are. I need to be ableto trust you. And I cannot do that if I only know you through Twitter or X or Instagram or whatever.Those small group community meetings are really, really important. That’s why like Teaching for Changeand in education project, again education. I go on there monthly meetings, they do a teach the BlackFreedom Struggle series because what we need to see is other people who are like us, but also to see us, tosee us and to feel a sense of community and that community is going to be really important movingforward.

    Marc Steiner:

    So much the two of you have done. So lemme just conclude this way. A, we’re going to talk some moreabout your book. We thinks moving and get deep into it. It’s important. B, I want people to really go backin history and think about where we came from, what we struggled for, where we are. Google oen, noprize. Look at the documentary series that Judy Richardson helped produce and make for this country towatch. And because we are facing a time of real danger and I think we have to rebuild the movement andit’s happening as we speak. And I think, so checking this book out, looking at that series from PBS andreally understanding what we’re facing that our two guests are talking about is really critical to where weare. So I want to think-

    Judy Richardson:

    Could I add one other thing, which is that we didn’t stop working. So SNCC people now have SNCC legacyproject.

    Marc Steiner:

    Yeah. Oh, please. Yes.

    Judy Richardson:

    Since it last, since 2014, I mean, we have been working with young activists. We did a project out at 2015at Duke University around voting rights with the larger piece of movement for Black Lives, talking aboutthe importance of the vote as one tool. Just one tool for gaining power, but it’s always thisintergenerational thing. We have three projects going now, a Mellon project. We have the toolkits that wedid through NEH before they shut off the money in the middle of as we were going into one of theHBCUs that we were working with. But we have a great website, which is SNCC legacy project.org andlots of information there as well as free downloads of the SNCC and grassroots organizing. I mean, thereare six wonderful organizing toolkits. Organizing kits.

    Marc Steiner:

    Okay, so here’s what we’re going to do. We have to conclude this conversation now, but we’re going totalk more about the SNCC Legacy project here on the Marc Steiner show and get these generationstogether. We’re going to talk more about your book here on the Marc Steiner show as well, becausebuilding this movement and fighting back and organizing for the future is really critical. The two of you’regreat examples crossed generationally of that. And I want to thank you both for spending the time with ustoday and we have more work to do. So thank you all so much.

    Judy Richardson:

    Thank you, Marc.

    Joshua Clark Davis:

    Thank you, Marc.

    Marc Steiner:

    Once again, let me thank Judy Richardson and Josh Davis for joining us today. And thanks to DavidHebden for running the program. Our audio editor, Stephen Frank, our producers Roset Ali, who aremaking it all work behind the scenes and everyone here at the World News will making this showpossible. Please let me know what you thought about, what you heard today, what you’d like us to cover.Just write to me at mss@therealnews.com and I’ll get right back to you. Once again, thank you to JudyRichardson and Josh Davis for joining us today. So for the crew here at the Real News, I’m Marc Steiner.Get involved, keep listening, and take care.

    This post was originally published on The Real News Network.

  • Calling from a prison phone in Nebraska, Nicholas Ely joined his wife, Julie Montpetit, for an episode of Montpetit’s podcast, “More Than an Inmate’s Girlfriend,” which aims to destigmatize relationships like theirs. Afterwards, Montpetit lost all contact with her husband. Now, Ely is suing several employees in the Nebraska Department of Correctional Services, alleging that he has faced unlawful retaliation for appearing on the podcast and that his constitutional rights, including his right to free speech, were violated. In this episode of “Rattling the Bars,” host Mansa Musa speaks with Montpetit about losing contact with her husband and about the status of his lawsuit.

    Credits:

    Producer / Videographer / Post-Production: Cameron Granadino

    Transcript

    The following is a rushed transcript and may contain errors. A proofread version will be made available as soon as possible.

    Mansa Musa:

    Welcome to this edition of Rattling the Bars. I’m your host Mansa Musa. I remember when I was locked up in prison, one of the most celebrity cases that came out in Nebraska was Nebraska versus Greenho. And in Nebraska versus Greenho, it was a case that dealt specifically with parole. But when it dealt with parole, it dealt with mandatory language. In Nebraska, it said that if a person does A, B, C, D, E, F, G, they will be paroled. And so when a person came up to be paroled because they did A, B, C, D, E, F, G, the department of correction in Nebraska denied them parole. The Supreme Court ultimately waived in on say that this particular rule was law and therefore it was mandatory and had to force the Lord and person should be let it go. I found myself here in 2024. That was sometime in 1980 something I found myself here in 2025 revisiting Nebraska prison system.

    But unlike the mandatory language of greenhouse, I’m dealing with a situation today where the only thing the person is guilty of is thinking. Imagine that. Imagine that you’ll being punished because of what you think and that because of what you think you’re placed in maximum security prison, you’re being denied access to your loved ones and more importantly, you’re being held over life sentence without parole in this environment. Join me today is Julie Montpetit. Julie is the wife of Nicholas Ely and Nicholas is in the Nebraska Department of Corrections serving the license our pro. Welcome to Rallying the Bars. Julie,

    Julie Montpetit:

    Thank you so much for having me. I’m very excited to get the opportunity to meet you

    Mansa Musa:

    And you seen how I open up. So now first let’s talk about your husband, Nicholas and what’s going on at this particular time before we going to, while we here having this conversation, how is he doing and what’s his situation right now?

    Julie Montpetit:

    He’s doing okay. So he’s being held right now in a special management unit at Nebraska in a unit called 3 84 where he is held 21 hours a day in his cell by himself and then three hours a day he gets out with a group of 30 people where he gets to shower and cook and whatnot. Given the situation that we’re dealing with and have been dealing with, it has very much taken a toll on his mental health and his dissociation and just hopelessness has really been hard on him. He has made comments that he wishes he would take the hole over this, that this has been the hardest year of his life.

    Mansa Musa:

    Alright, so let’s talk about that because as you just described, his current situation that we need to educate our audience on just why he find himself in this position or why y’all find yourselves in this position. So according to information that was reported is that you create this podcast and the purpose of the podcast was to talk about relationships, women, the relationship that men and women have in prison. It would be a woman that’s have a loved one that’s locked up or a man that has a loved one locked up. Talk about how their relationships evolved, evolve, and how they maintain it through artists conditions. And at some point he came on your podcast, talk about that, just pick it up from right there.

    Julie Montpetit:

    So we decided to, a friend of mine and myself decided to start a podcast because really the relationship that me and Nick have is one of the healthiest relationships I’ve ever had. And yet there’s such a stigma on these relationships, especially people like met while incarcerated that have reached out and met them while they’re incarcerated. And I decided to start this podcast with a friend of mine. She ended up not being able to do it and Nicholas was like, you have to do this. This is so necessary. You need to be able to speak to other women and humanize the population that are incarcerated because they are so much more than what is portrayed in the media and what people think. And I was nervous and he was like, I’m like, will you do it with me? And he was like, yeah, I could do it.

    I’ll do it with you. So he is on the first episode of the podcast and it is our love story. We talk about how we met and the circumstances on his end versus my end. And it’s just a really great opener of getting to know me and Nicholas as a couple. And it was released last year in November and we recorded it, I edited it and I put it out. And that day I get messages from people of loved ones that are in the same unit as Nicholas and they’re messaging me saying He’s been taken, they took all his stuff, we don’t know where he is, we don’t know why. And it turns out it was because of this podcast. They were upset about it.

    Mansa Musa:

    Okay, so let’s talk about the podcast. So now in terms of the podcast, how did he record? How did y’all record it? He recorded on telephone.

    Julie Montpetit:

    Yeah, it’s not a video, it’s just on the phone. Regular recording. They’re recording our conversation. I recorded our conversation and just edited that. So it was just, we didn’t think anything of it. We didn’t think, because there’s so many podcasts that feature people that are incarcerated, we didn’t know that it even could be a potential problem.

    Mansa Musa:

    Right. And did they ever, so they retaliated against him according to what you’re saying, this is a retaliation against him for participating in this podcast. And so did the institution ever give you any notice as to why or did he receive any type of disciplinary infraction as to why? Nothing.

    Julie Montpetit:

    No, he never received any kind of writeup for it. He never received any misconduct reports. They threatened him a few times. So someone said they were going to throw him in the hole. They said that their legal team would be contacting us. They said that it was a common sense policy. So that’s what we broke was the common sense policy. When we asked for further information, we got silence for months. This happened in November. I got cut off from him from the phone and messaging in November of last year. And then from video in January and we weren’t getting responses. We were like, what did we break? What rule did we break? Can you give us the policy? Can you have a conversation with us? I’m open to whatever you need to do. He was on one episode and that’s it. And we just want to have a conversation with you because we’re sorry if we did something wrong. Can you just point us in the right direction of what we did wrong and how we can fix this?

    Mansa Musa:

    So basically y’all never got no official report as to how y’all violated the rules and regulations of Nebraska Department of Correction.

    Julie Montpetit:

    So once in February when I was trying to get married to him and they were banning me from seeing him after the visit, keep in mind in his facility, he only gets two hours of in-person visits per month. So on that two hour visit, we were going to get married and they had denied us in December and then we tried again in February. They approved the wedding, but they denied the visit. And I said, why are you denying the visit? Why are you blocking my visitation with my husband? And they said, well, there was a letter that you received. I said, I never received a letter. What are you talking about? Can you give it to me? And they sent me a letter dated December 17th stating three things on that letter. So this is now February and I’ve had visits with him on video in January. And this letter was dated in December. And these

    Mansa Musa:

    Are three reasons. The reason, if you can remember,

    Julie Montpetit:

    Yeah, it was unauthorized business, enterprise, unauthorized phone communication, and one other one. I forgot what the third one was.

    Mansa Musa:

    Okay, well, okay, so what is they alleging is the unauthorized business first? What are they saying? What are they saying constitute an unauthorized business on his part? It got to be on in order for it to be a violation, it got to be something that he did or something that you did that violated the rules as it relates to them telling a visitor can’t bring no contraband and can’t bring no money and can’t bring no. Right. So something like that then it would have collateral effect. So what is the unauthorized business as it relates to him?

    Julie Montpetit:

    I wish I could tell you because whenever we ask for clarification, they won’t tell us. So I assumed that it was because of my podcast, which is not making any money, money and it is under my name. So he has nothing to do with it. It’s completely separate and there’s nothing to do with him. So he wasn’t paid to be on the podcast. There was no exchange of money, there was no contract. He was my boyfriend at the time. So I provided without them asking, I provided my proof of the ownership of the company and how I’m the sole proprietor and they just won’t answer. So as soon as I start pushing and asking what’s the policy, how long am I banned, anything like that, it’s automatic silence. I just don’t get a reply. I don’t get a phone call

    Mansa Musa:

    Back. And what did they say is the unauthorized, how did they justify them using this term? Unauthorized use of the phone. Because they say the business not allowed the business. And then they say, how was it that he used the phone or what they saying how he used the phone to violate the rules of the institution. It got to be him. It can’t be if I call you and you say, you cuss me out, they can’t charge me before you cussing me out. The only thing they can say is what I’m saying. They can say something about, well just tell your people stop cussing or whatever. But it is my phone call. So what did they say about him using the phone? Because all this is got to be around him doing something. If the band coming about, so what did they say about the phone?

    Julie Montpetit:

    So it was funny because a normal phone communication, if you do a three-way, that’s something that you’re not allowed to do. Exactly.

    So this was not a three-way, but for an example, if you have a phone communication issue or misconduct report around it, the first misconduct is a seven day ban. So when I got this letter in February and it said phone communication, we were like, well what phone? It wasn’t a three-way. So what other phone communication is there? A policy that says that I can’t record a phone call Again, we got silence. And then he wrote a kite to the person who’s in charge of phones and said, well this says seven days and it’s been three months. So then they told him, well we took off her phone, we took it off the block. So then he tried to use my phone and it didn’t work. So then he went back and said, why isn’t the phone working? And they said, the warden has a special block on your wife’s phone number and only he can remove it. And we said, well why can you remove it silent? And as I’m speaking this to you, it almost felt like there has to be more to this story as I’m telling people.

    Mansa Musa:

    And

    Julie Montpetit:

    People are assuming there has to be more to the story. You had to have done something.

    Mansa Musa:

    Right, exactly.

    Julie Montpetit:

    So that’s why we filed the lawsuit because we really weren’t getting answers and we didn’t know what to do because we really were being honest. We really were telling the truth and we really were not getting any answers for what we did wrong and how we can fix it.

    Mansa Musa:

    So let’s pick up there where you say y’all filed the lawsuit because we recognize now that at no time, according to your information, at no time was he given a no of infraction as to rule what rule he violated. Therefore allowing them to say, well this is the rule you violated. Take him to a hurry, let him represent himself on it and then make the determination he wasn’t giving none of that,

    Speaker 3:

    Nothing.

    Mansa Musa:

    But they took a punitive action regardless of what they alleged. Alright, so you say that led y’all to him to file a lawsuit. Talk about the lawsuit.

    Julie Montpetit:

    Yeah, so we, as you know in the prison system, there’s a grievance procedure. You have to file kites and you grieve and you go to different levels of grievances. We were not getting responses from any of these grievances, they were ignoring them. So at this point, Nicholas’s mental health is really declining. He feels very helpless. He doesn’t know what he’s doing wrong, he’s trying to do the right thing and be the rehabilitated person that he is and continue to be. And this is really hard on him because he’s like, as soon as I start doing good, whenever I was causing trouble, I wasn’t getting in this much trouble. I wasn’t being retaliated against like this. And then all of a sudden I’m good and then all these guys around me are laughing at me because I’m doing good now and I’m being retaliated again. So we really thought, what can we do? And he was like, I have to file a lawsuit that’s left. We’ve tried the grievances, we’ve gone all the way up, we haven’t heard anything, so let’s do it. So we really, him and I have very little background in law. He has a history obviously from fighting his case for so many years. But we used a lot of chat GPT and learned how to file a civil suit. So that’s what we ended up doing.

    Mansa Musa:

    So now in terms of the, y’all got a hearing coming up this month, October?

    Julie Montpetit:

    Yes. As of right now we have, so we filed the preliminary injunction hearing for a hearing. So basically that would allow me to have access to him again until pending the finishing of the lawsuit. We were hoping that at least if we went to this hearing, if it was denied, at least they would have to show why. So we would get some answers because we don’t have any answers, we have nothing to go on. It’s been silenced.

    Mansa Musa:

    Right. And for the benefit of our audience, an injunction is when you file a civil litigation, you file an injunction to ask the court to have the parties ceased doing what they’re doing until the hearing is held and issuing an injunction, stopping the behavior’s being inflicted on the plaintiffs in this case. Talk about, let’s go back to how this all came about because the name of y’all podcast is what?

    Julie Montpetit:

    More than an inmate’s girlfriend.

    Mansa Musa:

    Alright, so your story has got a sub note to it or a subtext to it more than an inmate’s girlfriend with trauma or tragedy. But talk about why did you come to this space where you felt as though it was important to create this kind of podcast? Because most podcasts in prison or relative to telling the prison story, it’s either talking about the conditions or the prison or it’s talking about unpacking the crime that a person who committed a person is innocent. It goes into the space of trying to help establish a case of exoneration. But in your case, y’all put a podcast together that specifically talk about the human side, for lack of better word, a prison.

    Speaker 3:

    And

    Mansa Musa:

    How did y’all come about that?

    Julie Montpetit:

    So I had built friendships with different people that were in the prison wives community and there was so much stigma on us as prison wives or prison girlfriends because of the relationships that we’re in. People assume and think that we are crazy, that we’re desperate, that we don’t think that we can have a relationship in the real world, that there’s something wrong with us, that we have mental health issues or whatever. And that’s the reason why we seek out relationships with those that are incarcerated when oftentimes these things happen out of the blue. In my case, I was looking for life’s bigger questions and that’s how I met Nicholas. So I was looking to learn from someone who I thought had a lot of time on their hands and could do the readings that I always wanted to do and I ended up falling in love with this person and we had a very healthy relationship.

    So when I start getting into the community and I see that there’s so much negativity about it, there’s so much hate. We thought we need to change this around and how do we do that? We should start a podcast. But also we wanted to be able to contribute to prison reform and we thought in our own way if we could show people that it’s not what it seems and that the guys that are incarcerated aren’t these evil people that deserve all these sentences that they’re giving, which is what I assumed before meeting Nick. If we could do our part in showing that there’s so much more to the prison community and the people that are incarcerated, what better way to do that than through their loved one? Because

    Mansa Musa:

    Go ahead. Yeah,

    Julie Montpetit:

    Because we love this person. So why do we love this person despite their crime? So that’s what we started. So we started interviewing different women and different family members about what’s happening, why they love the person that they love, and it gives a unique perspective that we hope will soften people’s hearts to the idea of maybe we got it wrong, maybe we are over sentencing, maybe we aren’t putting enough time into rehabilitation and reentry. Why is this happening? And I feel that having a woman speak about it and speak about why she loves a man or why she loves a brother really gives a unique perspective. And I think it has opened the eyes of a lot of people that otherwise might not have thought the way we did.

    Mansa Musa:

    And from your experience in dealing with Nicholas and the other women that have loved ones that’s in prison, what would you tell policy makers, people that’s in a position to give pass laws for conjugal visit pass laws that would allow people to have more access to their loved one? What would you tell them about this if they was to ask you why you are married to a man that has life without a parole and it is just a supermax, what would you tell them about that to make them understand the social value of this type of relationship?

    Julie Montpetit:

    It’s incredible and I have been able to witness other people that Nick is surrounded by, not only Nicholas and myself, our relationship, but it’s incredible what a healthy relationship can do to someone who is incarcerated. And not only that, just having someone care, for lack of a better word, even myself, reaching out to different people that are incarcerated, just having that connection with them and speaking to them, their ability to do good, to change for the positive, to believe in themselves again, to want to be a contributing member of society again, society. It’s incredible how quickly that changes. There are people that are incarcerated that are stuck like how many people are stuck in the system since they were teenagers, Nicholas being one of them. And if you give the opportunity for that connection, it’s incredible what it does. And any person that you would talk to who’s serving long sentences will tell you that a healthy loving relationship will make them treat others better.

    They’re less likely to cause problems in the prison, they’re more likely to contribute to positivity and rehabilitation, more likely to contribute to programs. And it’s so fast. I’m not saying that it’s going to take that you have to watch it over years. If lawmakers just spent 20 minutes talking to someone who has a loved one and is married and has a healthy relationship, that they’re able to see that person regularly, they become, they’re different right away. So I would urge lawmakers to just spend the time. We spend so much time judging others when really we don’t understand their stories, we don’t know their stories, and you learn it and we learn the impact of having someone who cares behind them. There’s so many men behind bars that could just be such wonderful contributing members of society if they’re given them the right tools.

    Mansa Musa:

    And you know what Julie? I’m going push even further on that. I just is my mantra. It’s called Crime and Punishment. You commit a crime, the punishment is the sentence that you receive. The goal and obligation of the institution beyond that point is just what you just said is to put a person in a space where they have hope, where they readjust or adjust to return to society and be make a contribution. You just really gave an outline of how the system supposed to act and supposedly

    Be in terms of creating an environment where a person would feel like once they got in that system that they got the tools and the resources to help them change their thinking and prepare them to return society. And you even made the case where how important it is to have a family involved in that process, right? So I think that going forward people need to recognize that when we talk about family and family reunification or we talk about loved ones and the impact that loved ones have, Nicholas is who he is today and has the attitude that he has today is because of you. Because it is not so much not wanting to let you down, but he got hope. He sees somebody that he got in his life that he want to be a part of beyond the wall and that he know that he got to stay focused on that but stand the reason that they don’t want ’em to do that. And so we ask that people really look at this situation because at the end of the day, only thing he guilty of is trying to be a human being. But as we close out, tell our audience where you at right now and how y’all getting along. What’s your communication with Nicholas? Are you still being subjected to the same restrictions or has it changed and how can they support you?

    Julie Montpetit:

    It hasn’t changed at this point. We have very limited communication. A lot of what we do is between family and friends to communicate. I don’t think that the prison realized how deep our relationship was and how deep our commitment is. I think they thought that we would leave, that I would leave, that I would get scared and leave. But I will never and I won’t and I will continue fighting for my husband to have access. I am not looking to cause problems. I am very much just looking to continue building the relationship with my husband. And I also want people to know that if they’re in similar situations, we all need to take stands like this. We all need to fight back because so many times we’re given short end of the sticks and we’re told things that we’re not allowed to do or we’re taken from our loved ones because they’re incarcerated, but they still have constitutional rights, they still have the right to you. So don’t be afraid to fight back when you think that you’ve been wronged by the prison system because it’s so important that more of us are doing this so that they’re held accountable just like they expect our loved ones to be held accountable.

    Mansa Musa:

    Right. Julie, you rattling bars today. I can spill the tremble from the bars being rattled and it’s important and I appreciate you coming on and being honest because I told you I did a lot of time in this space. I seen family members I seen, it’s a unique culture that comes with prison. You see people, family members coming, you get the same visits the same time. They get it. You become vicariously. You become an extended family member because you know the guy, then he introduced you to his wife. You see the children grow up. They be calling me uncle something and this person I just met while I was in prison. But the uniqueness of it is that we find the sensitivity and the humanity that we find in this environment is beyond the imagination of people like the Department of Corrections are talking heads because they can’t see beyond the fact that they look at crime and punishment. Look at the punishment is how much I punish you while you in prison. They don’t look at the punishment being the time that I was given. They look at the punishment being that wherever I’m at I can be treated any kind of way they them possible. In this case,

    Restricting your visits for sole reason of you just being what they do every day or what they should be doing, loving their loved ones. So thank you Julie. We ask that you stay strong. You in our prayers, you in our spirit. We definitely appreciate you fighting back and advocating that family members establish that attitude that this is the only abnormal thing about this is that you treating it abnormal. It’s not abnormal otherwise. It’s the way they treating it as being abnormal. Not the relationship is abnormal, but the fact that the system can’t recognize that we are human beings and that we should be treated as such. Thank you very much, Julie for coming on today and we look forward to much success with the lawsuit. Hopefully that we can, you can get this situation reversed with Nicholas in terms of his sentence and hopefully you can get this reversed in terms of the restrictions and the limitations on your visits.

    Julie Montpetit:

    Thank you so much. I appreciate the opportunity and I will continue fighting the good fight to get access to my husband, but also help do my part in prison reform so that we can all live in a better world, for lack better. So thank you so

    Mansa Musa:

    Much. You’re welcome. And we mind our orders. Julie gave a complete outline on how prison reform should look. She said in articulating the relationships and how the importance of family reunification and family having access to their loved ones, but more importantly, the impact that family have on changing the thinking of their loved ones, which ultimately changing the environ prison environment, which makes the prison environ more safe or healthy relationships transfers into how the prison is operated. When you don’t have a family assets, when people don’t have family assets, when people have restricted limitations on their visits, when people have locked up behind the door all day long, you treat ’em like animals. They going to come out like animals. When you give ’em hope and have them thinking that if long as you stay this course, there’s a prospect of possibility you will get out of prison, then they going to operate like that.

    We ask our audience that you look at this, what Julie say, and you ask yourself if somebody came to your house and told you, say from this point on, your husband is going to be locked in the closet and you can’t go to the closet, open the door for ’em, let ’em out. Or your wife is going to be locked in the basement and you can’t go to the basement, open the basement door. And the only reason why they tell you these things is because you dead to communicate with them in a normal manner. And you ask yourself if that happened, what would you think? How would you feel? What you think that somebody is restricting you and treating you in human? Or would you feel as though it’s just normal? We ask that you look at this particular episode and really evaluate what is humanity when it comes to allowing prisoners to have access to their family? Where is the security threat in that we ask you to continue to support rallying the bars and the real news Because guess what? We’re actually the real news.

    This post was originally published on The Real News Network.

  • In the USA, so many Black parents have seen their children killed by police that, now, growing numbers of those same parents are building a grassroots movement for accountability and justice. On Oct. 14—the birthday of George Floyd, who was murdered by Minneapolis police in 2020—a coalition of parents, allies, and community organizations gathered in Washington, DC, for a rally to remember those who have been killed by the police and to hear from their loved ones who continue to fight in their name. TRNN reports on the ground from the rally in Union Square.

    Credits:
    Studio Production / Post Production: Cameron Granadino

    Transcript

    The following is a rushed transcript and may contain errors. A proofread version will be made available as soon as possible.

    Bianca Austin:

    Every year when we celebrate George Floyd, we celebrate him because we in a movement. We going to keep this shit moving, y’all. Say his name! Say his name!

    Rapper:

    Stand up for your rights that had nothing at all,

    beyond the scope, be hope to the people I sworn,

    no matter the cost I let it be known…

    Rev. Dr. Greta Willis:

    But in the hearts of mothers as we in this remembrance, a celebration, a heavenly birthday for George Floyd. If you remember on that particular day, in those nine minutes and those 26 seconds, if I truly recall, that he was calling out for his mother, as he was calling out for his mother because he knew that the comfort was with his mother. As there are mothers that are here, mothers such as myself and the other mothers that’s a part of this particular party, this organization, a place that we did not ask to be in. We didn’t ask for our sons and our daughters and our loved ones to be shot down with state-sanctioned violence. We didn’t ask for their lives to be taken unjustly. But as a mother that knows the love, the unity because we carried our children in our womb.

    Marion Gray-Hopkins:

    I am Marian Gray Hopkins. I’m the executive director of the Coalition of Concerned Mothers. It’s an organization filled with, unfortunately, a sorority of mothers that have lost their children to police brutality and community violence. Today we’re going to focus specifically on the police brutality part.

    And we felt that there was a need for this organization because we didn’t see anywhere to go where someone could understand and could feel our pain with the loss of our children.

    Pamela Brooks:

    Hi, my name is Pamela Brooks, and I’m the mother of Amir Brooks. I’m standing here in solidarity with other families on the day of George Floyd’s birthday.

    Brenda Joyner:

    I’m the mother to Trey Joyner. I’d just like to say today that it’s been 16 years since Trey been gone. He was killed [on] June the 8th, ’09, by the US Park Police. He was shot nine time in the back. They tell y’all that he was shot twice, but Trey Joyner was shot nine times all in the back.

    Russell Ellis:

    Archie Elliott, please make space for Archie’s mother, Dorothy.

    Dorothy Copp Elliott:

    I live in Maryland. I live close to the site where my son was killed on June 18, 1993. He was on his way home from work at a construction job in Virginia. I guess he had driven about 66-some miles to get to the point where he was when the officer pulled him over because the car was being driven erratically. And they set him on the curb for a long, long time, a very hot day, and they alleged that my son was pointing a handgun at them with his hands behind his back. They discharged their weapons 22 times, going all around the cruiser.

    Marion Gray-Hopkins:

    I am the mother of Gary Hopkins Jr. Gary was the 19-year-old unarmed young man that was murdered by two Prince George’s County, Maryland, police officers on Nov. 27, 1999 following his attendance at a dance at our local fire station in Lanham, Maryland.

    Russell Ellis:

    I’m talking about police brutality. We were in Akron protesting them shooting Jalen Walker 99 times. And Jake was literally just standing there, and they came up and tackled him to the ground and started beating him until he had a seizure. Now, they sued the Akron Police Department because fuck the police and they won that lawsuit, and that’s what we got to do every single time.

    But I’ve known Jake for a real long time. He’s been in the movement forever. His son, Jacob Blake, was shot in the back by Kenosha Police Department seven times, and luckily he’s still here, but his life forever changed; he can’t walk, all because Kenosha PD couldn’t deescalate a situation. This is a common thread, a common theme. So, coming from all the way from Atlanta, Georgia, please help me welcome to DC Jacob Blake.

    Jacob Blake Sr.:

    I stood with these mamas from coast to coast. I look at these faces, see there’s some shit y’all don’t fucking understand. As a father, I’m a protector. And when this shit happened to my son, their son became my son. Their daughters became my daughters because this fight ain’t easy. This shit ain’t easy, man.

    There’s a sound that these mamas make, and when you hear that moan, that motherfucking sound hits you deep down, deep down inside, man. It’s to see each one of ’em make the sound about their babies, man. And we act like we don’t hear.

    Pamela Brooks:

    Amir was, oh my God, he was such a loving boy. He played, he loved the dirt bikes, of course, and he loved to play the drums. He used to drive me crazy with those drums, banging, banging, banging. And one thing about him, he was 6 [feet] 3 [inches], but he was scared of spiders, and they used to have me laughing at him so bad. But he was such a good kid. He was in barber school, and he had just started barber school three weeks prior to his death, so he was only 17 years old. So, he had a lot of life to live, and I just wish we could turn back the hands of time.

    Brenda Joyner:

    Trey Joyner was a young man that loved everybody, just like his mom. He loved hanging around friends. He loved coming home, cutting jokes and stuff, having fun with his mom and sister and brother. He was a young man that in the neighborhood that always cared for the older people. If he was outside standing and one of the neighbors come in and they had groceries bags, the older ladies or the older men, he would stop whatever he doing, standing out there talking, and go and give them a hand, stand and talk with them. He was just a beautiful person to socialize with, and showing love, and always had time for everybody. I say when they come down to my son, he was a loving son, coming in the house saying, Mom, I love you, going out of the house, Mom, I love you.

    Dorothy Copp Elliott:

    My son was very jovial. He loves playing little tricks on people. He loved his family, he loved his little brother, who was turning 12 when he was killed. And a lot of times he’d ask me, even though we were separated, he said, Mom, what you like about Dad? I stopped for a moment. I said, I guess his gray eyes [laughs].

    Pamela Brooks:

    We demand accountability. We just tired of our cases being thrown to the wayside and getting no accountability. A lot of families, they do get civil judgements, but again, we want justice. We want police officers to be held accountable, being locked up. ‘Cause you could throw money at people all day long, but that’s still not going to bring your loved one back, and that money is tearing families apart at the same time. So, we would like accountability and justice. That’s the main thing we want, and that’s all I can say about that. We just want justice.

    Brenda Joyner:

    The US Department of Justice, that they start listening to the parents more. Be truthful. Do not let the parents go through what I had went through and where they could have told them the truth instead of just saying, we protect the police for what they do, but you don’t protect the citizen.

    Dorothy Copp Elliott:

    I want qualified immunity to go away. I want to see officers indicted when they’re done wrong. And I think that with the state’s attorney prosecutor of the homicide division, I was told that the lady who served on the grand jury at the time my son’s case was being heard, that she said, your son’s case should not have gone that way. She said the state’s attorney prosecutor just told them whatever they wanted to tell them. And I often wonder, what did they leave out? Because I think anybody could have found them guilty.

    Marion Gray-Hopkins:

    Yes, my core demands are that people need to get involved. If it’s not the Coalition of Concerned Mothers, there are many different organizations that are on the ground doing the work because we know that this is a systemic racism that we’re experiencing. And in order to make these changes, we all need to work together collectively in order to get the change we want and the change we deserve.

    This post was originally published on The Real News Network.

  • On October 18, 2019, protests erupted in Santiago, Chile, over a hike in the cost of public transportation. But the demonstrations quickly grew into more than that. Those in the streets demanded change—real change. They demanded more rights. They demanded a new Constitution.

    Police cracked down with impunity. Videos went viral of riot police beating people in the streets. Chemical water guns. Shooting rubber bullets at point blank range. The number of the dead and wounded skyrocketed.

    Throughout the protests, which would ripple on for almost 6 months, Chilean state security forces would cause more than 400 eye injuries to protesters in the streets. Many people would never see out of those eyes again. But some of them also found each other… and began to sew their lives back together, with music.


    BIG NEWS! This podcast has won Gold in this year’s Signal Awards for best history podcast! It’s a huge honor. Thank you so much to everyone who voted and supported. 

    And please consider signing up for the Stories of Resistance podcast feed on SpotifyApple PodcastsSpreaker, or wherever you listen.

    And please take a moment to rate and review the podcast. A little help goes a long way.

    The Real News’s legendary host Marc Steiner was in the running for best episode host, and he also won a Gold Signal Award. You can listen and subscribe to The Marc Steiner Show here on Spotify or Apple Podcasts

    Please consider supporting this podcast and Michael Fox’s reporting on his Patreon accountpatreon.com/mfox. There you can also see exclusive pictures, video, and interviews. 

    Written and produced by Michael Fox.

    Resources:

    Transcript

    Camilo Galvez Bugueño lives in a small apartment on the 5th floor of a working class red high-rise building.

    He’s in his late 20s.

    His balcony looks out over train tracks and in the distance… snow-capped mountains

    Beyond his city of Santiago, Chile. Up to the Andes.

    Camilo writes words. Words of struggle. Words of resistance. Words of rabia, anger. Rage.

    He used to work at a factory, driving vehicles. Moving product. 

    Then came the estallido social — The social explosion.

    October. 2019. 

    Daily protests erupted over a hike in the cost of public transportation in Santiago. But the demonstrations quickly grew into more than that. Those in the streets demanded change — real change. They demanded more rights. They demanded a new Constitution.

    Police cracked down with impunity. Videos went viral of riot police beating people in the streets. Chemical water guns. Shooting rubber bullets at point blank range. The number of the dead and wounded skyrocketed.

    Dozens were killed. Thousands were hospitalized.

    Camilo was one of them… after riot police shot him in the eye with a rubber bullet. He says he felt his eye explode like a squished grape.

    He was not alone. Throughout the protests, which would ripple on for almost 6 months, Chilean state security forces would cause more than 400 eye injuries to protesters in the streets. 

    Like Camilo, many people would never see out of those eyes again.

    They were condemned to juggle work, life, home and family, with doctors, surgery, and therapists. To pay hospital costs for premeditated injuries intentionally caused by hostile police forces.  

    Like Camilo, many of the injured and the partially blinded lost their jobs. They fell into depression. Some committed suicide.

    But some of them also found each other… 

    Camilo found others. Victims, like him, and…

    They began to sew their lives back together, with music.

    They call themselves, Hasta la Victory— Until Victory.

    All of the members suffered injuries at the hands of Chilean security forces during the huge protests of 2019 and 2020.

    Many wear patches to cover their empty sockets or their disfigured eyes. 

    They sing about justice. About social change. 

    About their companions that were killed by the police. People like Christian Valdebenito, a construction worker who died after he was hit by a tear gas canister fired by Chilean riot police.

    Hasta La Victoria’s music is rock and punk, hip hop and circus.

    They have found an outlet to focus their pain and their suffering. 

    To define it, and direct it back.

    When they are on stage, they are on fire…

    “In the beginning, we started to play together to diffuse the tension and to be able to support each other,” Camilo says. “But then it started to get serious — more professional,” we started rehearsing more and that’s how the group was created.”

    At home in his apartment, Camilo picks out melodies on his keyboard. He sits under the poster of a smiling man in a blue background with the words, Justice for Christian Valdebenito. Lyrics spill from his head. 

    His black cat Lilly rubs against his jeans. He reaches down to scratch her neck.

    Camilo writes words to songs that will be sung. 

    He was wounded. But he is not alone.

    And he says… he will continue. 

    Like so many others who were injured and mutilated by state security forces during those days, their lives have changed forever. 

    But they have risen above it. And each song is their own act of resistance.

    Standing up, like his band… Until Victory.


    Hi folks, thanks for listening. I’m your host Michael Fox.

    October 18 is the anniversary of the start of Chile’s 2019 mass protest movement.

    I met Camilo late last year, when I was reporting on the fifth anniversary of the start of the protests. He and everyone in the band Hasta La Victoria are such an incredible inspiration. 

    I’ll add some links in the show notes to their work, YouTube and Instagram pages. Please check them out.


    Folks, I have incredible news… This week, this podcast, Stories of Resistance, won a Gold in this year’s Signal Awards for best history podcast. 

    It’s amazing. I couldn’t be happier. Thank you for listening, sharing and voting to support the podcast. The Real News’s legendary host Marc Steiner was also in the running for a Signal Award for best episode host. And he also won a gold! Congratulations Marc. So well deserved. 

    I’ll add some links in the show notes to more information. 

    If you don’t already subscribe to the show, please follow us, rate us, like us and help us spread the word. Above all, thanks for listening and caring. 

    As always, if you enjoy this podcast, and you appreciate my reporting, I hope you’ll consider following me on Patreon. You can find me at Patreon.com/mfox. It’s totally free. You’ll get updates every time I’ve posted something new online. And if you like what’s there, I have a ton of exclusive content, only available to my paid supporters. And every supporter really makes a difference.

    This is the latest episode of Stories of Resistance, a podcast series produced by The Real News. Each week, I bring you stories of resistance and hope like this. Inspiration for dark times. If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment, or leave a review.

    Thanks for listening. See you next time.

    This post was originally published on The Real News Network.

  • This story was originally published on Truthout on Oct. 15, 2025. It is shared here under a  Creative Commons (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0) license.

    Wearing a high-visibility vest that said “Press,” award-winning journalist Mario Guevara was arrested in June by local law enforcement while livestreaming a “No Kings” protest against President Donald Trump in Georgia. While the charges against him were eventually dropped, Guevara was handed over to Immigrations and Customs Enforcement (ICE) despite being authorized to live and work in the United States. The Trump administration railroaded Guevara through the courts until October 3, when they deported him to El Salvador, a country he fled 20 years ago in fear for his life.

    The targeting of Guevara has been widely regarded as an attack on press freedom — and a punishment for dissent. It’s also likely top of mind for some as people across the country prepare for the next round of “No Kings” protests this week. Experts say that the recent string of moves from the Trump administration is meant to criminalize political opposition and further put activists on edge — but they also urge people to stay engaged. Trump’s claims about a surge in anti-fascist political violence are false, and people across the country are developing clever ways to resist, even as the president attempts to sow mayhem in cities led by Democrats.

    “Coupled with a legal concern about the very troubling expansion of an authoritarian state, it’s never going to be my legal advice to let an authoritarian do an authoritarianism,” Matthew Kellegrew, an attorney with the Civil Liberties Defense Center, told Truthout. “You can look out your window and see what Trump is saying about the country is not true.”

    While Trump has long threatened to go after his political enemies, his administration has put forth a slew of chilling proclamations in the wake of Charlie Kirk’s assassination last month. Trump, his adviser Stephen Miller, and Vice President JD Vance have claimed without evidence that ICE’s brutal immigration crackdown is sparking a wave of violence from the left. On September 22, Trump issued an executive order declaring “antifa” — short for anti-fascist — a “domestic terror” group, despite the fact that antifa is famously not a single organization but rather a set of political beliefs and activity.

    Two weeks later, Trump enlisted far right influencers to join a White House-hosted roundtable to paint large swaths of the political establishment as complicit with antifa, including Democrats, the media, progressive foundations, and even outreach groups for unhoused people. At the roundtable, Homeland Security Secretary Kristi Noem claimed “antifa is just as sophisticated” and “dangerous” as ISIS, but offered zero evidence of a criminal conspiracy.

    On September 25, a few days after his initial executive order, Trump issued another directive, this time a national security presidential memorandum known as NSPM-7. The document lists “anti-Christianity” and “anti-capitalism” among the ideas that fuel “violence,” putting them under the broader umbrella of “anti-fascism.” The orders and memoranda come as Trump pushes to deploy federal troops into Portland, Chicago, and other blue cities while aggressive ICE operations spark fierce community pushback.

    Republicans are now smearing the “No Kings” protests as part of a nonexistent left-wing conspiracy. During a Fox News appearance on Tuesday, House Speaker Mike Johnson linked the protests to antifa and the Palestinian militant group Hamas without providing evidence.

    “The theory we have right now [is] they have a ‘Hate America’ rally that’s scheduled for Oct. 18 on the National Mall,” Johnson said. “It’s all the pro-Hamas wing and the antifa people, they’re all coming out.”

    While the president is clearly threatening to deploy the federal policing apparatus against his perceived ideological enemies, Trump’s orders do not actively criminalize any constitutionally protected forms of protest, according to Kellegrew. Despite Trump boasting to the contrary after sparking debate about burning American flags — a constitutionally protected act — Trump’s orders do not criminalize speech or establish new charges that can be brought against activists. But they do give insight on the administration’s strategy and political priorities.

    “‘Anti-Christianity’ is not a political movement,” Kellegrew told Truthout, referencing the language in NSPM-7. “This is culture war language bleeding into operating law, and the problem with that is, culture war stuff isn’t describing anything real … [The memorandum] is not describing a material relationship between people and opinions about Christianity, or opinions about capitalism as a concept, which is not the same as an institution or something like that.”

    It is still unclear what legal mechanisms the administration may use to target opposition to the regime. Though the State Department maintains a list of groups it has officially labeled as Foreign Terrorist Organizations, there is no domestic equivalent on which the Trump administration can place “antifa,” nor is “domestic terrorism” a federal crime; prosecutors, though, may use a patchwork of existing laws in its crackdown. Legal experts say the language in Trump’s directives suggest the administration will investigate funding mechanisms for tax-exempt groups, such as political nonprofits.

    Kellegrew said the orders fit into a broader effort by the Trump administration to promote a fascist aesthetic for its followers. For example, propaganda is a central feature in these raids, with masked agents seen following ICE and Border Patrol squads around Chicago with cameras to capture content for state propaganda released on social media.

    “It’s an echo of their cultural strategy, and that cultural strategy involves the production of an ‘us’ and ‘them,’” Kellegrew said.

    Kellegrew said there are few legal precedents for enhancing charges under local public nuisance laws that are typically levied against protesters, such as trespassing or disturbing the peace. However, it appears that the Trump administration is eager to bring charges of assault against anyone who comes into physical contact with a federal officer — including Democratic lawmakers. Still, it’s noteworthy that grand juries have rejected federal charges brough against residents of Los Angeles and Washington, D.C. over minor incidents — such as tossing a sandwich — that occurred after Trump deployed ICE and federal troops into their cities.

    “It can’t be appreciated outside of lawyer-world how ‘man bite dog’ that is,” Kellegrew said. “The obvious inference is either the grand jury is dissatisfied with the evidence presented by prosecutors, which is embarrassing for them, or have detected some obvious political bent to it.”

    Reuters investigation published on October 9 provides a glimpse of what could be to come. Speaking on the condition of anonymity, Department of Homeland Security (DHS) officials said agents who used to focus on domestic terrorism were reassigned to immigration, and those that remain are struggling to implement Trump’s vague “antifa” directives.

    When asked by a reporter about potential targets for a domestic terrorism probe, Trump mentioned George Soros and Reid Hoffman, two billionaire mega-donors to the Democratic Party. The Open Society Foundations, funded by Soros, support an array of liberal and civil rights groups that far right conspiracy theorists baselessly blame for funding protesters who engage in property destruction during protests.

    “If they are funding these things, they’re going to have some problems, because they’re agitators and they’re anarchists,” Trump said, without providing evidence that the billionaires are funding protesters.

    Citing anonymous administration officials, Reuters reported that the goal of Trump’s crackdown on the left is to “destabilize Soros’ network.” The White House produced a list of nine liberal groups and donors it says funded protests where “violence” occurred in recent years. While officials stressed the groups are not necessarily potential targets for “domestic terror” investigations, the list suggests the administration wants to investigate large liberal groups that raise money for Democrats and drive voter turnout.

    Included on the list: ActBlue, a major fundraising arm of the Democratic Party; Indivisible, a liberal group organizing “No Kings” protests against Trump; the Los Angeles-based Coalition for Humane Immigrant Rights; and IfNotNow and Jewish Voice for Peace, two Jewish antiwar groups that oppose Israel’s genocide in Gaza. All of the groups openly disavow violence.

    “The Trump Administration continues to spread misinformation and false allegations,” said Angelica Salas, the executive director of the Coalition for Humane Immigrant Rights, in a statement to Reuters. “But it will not work.”

    The abstraction of “antifa” gives Trump’s supporters a tangible enemy, something to point to as proof of chaos that must be controlled, according to Kent Bausman, professor of sociology at Maryville University. Instead of interpreting the millions of people showing up for “No Kings” rallies as evidence that Trump is losing popularity, Trump and the right-wing media can cast the opposition as a conspiracy secretly funded by a cabal of liberal billionaires.

    “Trump is trying to get ahead of the media narrative by providing a future frame to cast any later protests against his administration,” Bausman said in an email. “He is trying to cast himself as the defender of order, while his followers find his simple explanation more easily palatable for understanding the complexity of a rapidly changing world.”

    This sociological choice comes as Trump’s administration faces widespread pushback against one of its most controversial — and central — priorities: mass deportation. The administration reportedly reassigned 45 percent of FBI agents from the 25 largest offices from their normal responsibilities to target immigrants, all while purging multiple senior officials at the bureau over suspicions of disloyalty to Trump. Aggressive immigration raids in Los Angeles and Chicago sparked protests and led the arrest of both undocumented people and U.S. citizens. Unlike the police, ICE is unable to charge citizens with crimes, although citizens have been caught up in ICE’s violent raids and detained for hours and even days at a time.

    Trump is demanding National Guard deployments in Portland, Chicago, and other cities, largely with Black and Democratic leadership, which critics say is also a move to clamp down on dissent in hubs of progressive activity. But the National Guard typically answers to state governors, not the president, and Trump’s efforts remain largely blocked by the courts. Along with Miller and Vance, Trump has responded to the rulings by bashing judges he appointed and declaring without evidence that violent leftists are causing havoc in these cities, which experts worry could be a justification to deploy the military domestically. While DHS threatens criminal charges for the “doxxing” ICE agents, experts say it’s legal to film ICE agents and any law enforcement, and experts also encourage people to fully read up on their rights.

    That’s especially crucial as Big Tech companies like Meta and Apple comply with demands from the Trump administration, including subpoenas for personal information attached to social media accounts that expose ICE operations and requests to stop hosting apps that track ICE raids. In one case, three women face federal charges for allegedly following an ICE agent to his home and posting the address online. Posting a federal agent’s personal information is a violation of federal law, but filming ICE agents in public is protected speech.

    The vulnerabilities being exposed here, though, point to some proactive steps activists can take to protect themselves, such as examining their reliance on corporate social media platforms and finding alternatives.

    “We are in the early dawn hours of a bigger conversation that everyone needs to have about the role that social media and the internet plays in our lives,” Kellegrew said. “The security vulnerabilities are the friction that will create new platforms, so we are not dependent on companies like Meta.”

    Trump and his underlings are attempting to create a permission structure for an authoritarian crackdown by stoking outrage and chaos in the streets — but it’s not working. Instead, peaceful protesters dressed up as giant frogs have become a symbol of resistance in Portland and beyond. At “No Kings” protests this weekend, expect to see more creative displays that make Trump’s claims about “antifa terrorists” look silly.

    As activists prepare both for the upcoming protests and the months ahead, Kellegrew advises people know their rights, stay safe online, and be in touch with members of their communities.

    “This is not the time to disengage,” Kellegrew said.

    This post was originally published on The Real News Network.

  • Common Dreams Logo

    This story originally appeared in Common Dreams on Oct. 15, 2025. It is shared here under a Creative Commons (CC BY-NC-ND 3.0) license.

    Chicago residents in recent weeks have found numerous ways to resist the Trump administration’s deployment of hundreds of federal agents in its increasingly violent “Operation Midway Blitz” anti-immigration campaign—with thousands of people marching to demand armed officers leave the city, some physically intervening in arrests, and community members volunteering to patrol their neighborhoods to warn the public when agents are nearby.

    But the alliance between Big Tech and the Trump administration on Tuesday interfered with efforts by more than 80,000 Chicagoland residents to show solidarity with immigrants and people of color, as Facebook suspended a community group where people have been tipping off their neighbors when they see US Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) and other federal agents in public areas.

    Days after far-right activist and conspiracy theorist Laura Loomer, who has gained considerable influence in the White House despite holding no formal government position, spoke out against a group called ICE Sighting-Chicagoland, Facebook parent company Meta suspended the group to stop its 84,000 members from sharing information about impending ICE raids and enforcement actions.

    Loomer wrote on the social media platform X on Sunday that “Big Tech executives” such as Meta CEO Mark Zuckerberg should “use this as an opportunity to be in compliance and to support President [Donald] Trump’s immigration policies, but they aren’t.”

    She said the presence of the community group was evidence of Zuckerberg’s “leftist subversion of Trump and his policies.”

    Two days later, US Attorney General Pam Bondi announced that action had been taken to stop Chicago area residents from discussing the deployment of federal agents.

    “Today, following outreach from the [Department of Justice], Facebook removed a large group page that was being used to dox and target ICE agents in Chicago,” said Bondi Tuesday.

    “If the Facebook posts happen to bother Trump, will they still be uncensored, and will their ‘free expression’ be protected? If you understand what a Trump suck-up Zuckerberg is these days, you can probably take a wild guess.”

    Bondi repeated a claim by the Department of Homeland Security that immigration agents have faced escalating violence from protesters in Chicago. Few specific examples have backed up the claim, while ICE agents and other officers have been filmed tear-gassing a residential neighborhood; shooting pepper spray at a priest at a demonstration; slamming a congressional candidate on the ground; and holding a journalist on the ground before shoving her in an unmarked car, ramming into another vehicle while speeding away, and eventually releasing her without charges.

    The Chicago Sun-Times noted two examples of immigration officers being injured on the job in Chicago recently: one who said his injuries he sustained during a traffic stop that proved fatal for an immigrant named Silverio Villegas González were “nothing major,” and another who “hurt his leg chasing a protester.”

    The administrator of ICE Sighting-Chicagoland posted a screenshot of messages they had received from Meta, which accused the group of failing to follow Facebook’s community standards. The group had never been reported or flagged previously.

    Meta spokesperson Francis Brennan—a former campaign adviser for Trump during the 2020 election—told the Sun-Times the group had violated Facebook’s “Coordinating Harm and Promoting Crime” policy, which bars groups and users from “outing the undercover status of law enforcement, military, or security personnel if the content contains the agent’s name, their face or badge, and any of the following: The agent’s law enforcement organization, the agent’s law enforcement operation, [or] explicit mentions of their undercover status.”

    Facebook’s policy was revised in 2023; it had previously banned people from sharing explicit identifying information about undercover agents, not mentions of the agencies they work for.

    Zuckerberg said earlier this year that content moderation on Facebook had “gone too far” and apologized to Republican lawmakers for previously stopping users from spreading misinformation about Covid-19.

    “If the Facebook posts happen to bother Trump, will they still be uncensored, and will their ’free expression’ be protected? If you understand what a Trump suck-up Zuckerberg is these days, you can probably take a wild guess,” wrote Joe Kukura at SFist on Tuesday.

    Zuckerberg was one of several tech billionaires who attended Trump’s inauguration in January. Last month he and other Silicon Valley executives attended a White House dinner where they “lavished praise” on the president as they discussed their investments in artificial intelligence and their hopes for a “pro-business, pro-innovation” approach to the technology from the administration.

    At the AV Club on Wednesday, Mary Kate Carr said the removal of the ICE Sighting group was “yet another installment of ‘How are tech billionaires carrying water for Donald Trump today?’”

    “This is the same company that had policies allowing for chatbots to have ‘sensual’ conversations with kids, but discussing local law enforcement among neighbors is a bridge too far, huh?” wrote Carr.

    This post was originally published on The Real News Network.

  • The crowds amassing on Portland’s South Waterfront on Sunday, Sept. 28, outside the city’s ICE processing facility, featured activists from nearly every community in the city, including volunteers handing out water and food from a mutual aid table and healthcare professionals nearby to offer onsite first-aid treatment. A cloud of tension sat over the metro region as residents waited to see exactly what President Trump’s latest pronouncement would mean. 

    Just one day earlier, Trump took to social media to loudly declare that he was “directing Secretary of War, Pete Hegseth, to provide all necessary Troops to protect War ravaged Portland, and any of our ICE Facilities under siege from attack by Antifa, and other domestic terrorists.” Perhaps most chillingly, Trump added that “I am also authorizing Full Force, if necessary.”

    While it has remained unclear if troops would ultimately touch down in Portland, 200 National Guard troops were authorized by Hegseth into federal Title 10 service on Sept. 28. 

    The notion that Portland is “War ravaged” came as news to people who actually live there.

    The notion that Portland is “War ravaged” came as news to people who actually live there. As residents have repeatedly pointed out, Portland is far from the war zone Fox News, Trump, and the MAGA right claim it to be. The city is not facing destructive mass demonstrations; rather, there has been a small, ongoing, largely nonviolent demonstration happening outside of the local Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) facility south of downtown. 

    This was the 113th day of protests at this location. A permanent protest encampment was established here shortly after high-profile immigration raids and confrontations began dominating news coverage in the spring. Such encampments are not new for Portland: a similar one surrounded the facility in 2018 as a part of the nationwide Occupy ICE protest. 

    The organizations involved with the current protest encampment, including Stop ICE PDX, have asked for the city contract with ICE to be severed, a demand that progressive city councilors say they are investigating. Because Portland has the most advanced and protective sanctuary law in the country, some immigration rights nonprofits opposed efforts to close this processing facility for fear that such a move would lead arrestees to be sent directly to detention centers in states with less generous laws. But as the protest continued and federal officers frequently used aggressive crowd control and arrest methods, a consensus started to form about the need to rid the city of ICE’s site of operation. Also contributing to that growing consensus is the fact that this particular processing facility is not supposed to house detainees for more than 12 hours, yet detainees are routinely kept on site for days and in numbers that exceed its limits.

    The organizations involved with the current protest encampment, including Stop ICE PDX, have asked for the city contract with ICE to be severed, a demand that progressive city councilors say they are investigating.

    “We believe people power—that’s going to really be able to push back the government… so we’re really focused on mass mobilizations, where we can really show our force and also build our rapid response network,” says Holly Brown of the Portland-based anti-deportation group Portland Contra Las Deportaciones (Portland Against Deportations). The organization has grown as part of a growing anti-ICE coalition, building up the infrastructure to support community responses to deportation arrests, and is now launching a rapid response network aimed at bringing community members out to intervene wherever an ICE arrest is taking place. This follows models used around the country by groups like the Coalition for Community Self-Defense,  the LA Tenants Union, and Grupo Auto Defensa, which employ community patrols, alert systems, and rapid mobilizations to deter ICE captures, while also creating sustainable mutual aid networks for the communities and families directly affected by immigration raids.

    “We believe people power—that’s going to really be able to push back the government… so we’re really focused on mass mobilizations, where we can really show our force and also build our rapid response network.”

    Holly Brown, Portland-based anti-deportation group Portland Contra Las Deportaciones

    As I stood in front of the ICE processing facility on Sept. 28, I witnessed hundreds of people surrounding the building, holding up signs directing ICE to “GTFO” as well as Mexican and Palestinian flags. One sign read, “Obeying Trump makes you a war criminal.” As the demonstration swelled, federal officers and state police dressed in army fatigues pushed their way into the crowd at several intervals, eventually using aggressive crowd control techniques, including spraying activists with chemical agents at point-blank range. 

    “There was tension in the air. When the police tried to move into the crowd, my past experiences in street protests took over, and I found myself taking part in trying to force them out,” says Tyler Fellini, the executive director of the Portland labor-community coalition Portland Jobs With Justice. Fellini attended the demonstration, since many of their organization’s coalition partners were also participating, and joined with protesters in civil disobedience, refusing to leave the street as federal officers became more aggressive. Officers then sprayed local labor activists with a chemical agent, and when Fellini ran to their aid, they were likewise sprayed and had to seek medical attention.

    As the demonstration swelled, federal officers and state police dressed in army fatigues pushed their way into the crowd at several intervals, eventually using aggressive crowd control techniques, including spraying activists with chemical agents at point-blank range.

    People in the crowd, visibly incensed by the assault, formed a ring surrounding the ICE officers, who eventually retreated behind the fortified walls of the facility. By this point, said walls were covered in graffiti featuring anti-deportation slogans and images of arrestees whom protesters say have been “disappeared” by federal officers.

    From what I could see on the ground on Sept. 28, the violence that took place in front of Portland’s ICE facility was one-sided—and it came from the officers. Demonstrators said that had very much been the norm for the over 100 days of protest. 

    “People of all ages showed up on Sunday, some of which had a small picket line going, others blowing bubbles and using their voices to condemn [law enforcement’s] behavior. But it doesn’t matter what people are doing or not doing; their violent response is always the same,” says Alissa Azar, an independent journalist who has been covering the encampment. Azar says this behavior from officers is commonplace, especially when a vehicle that could have a detainee inside is attempting to enter the ICE facility. In moments like these, violence has frequently been used to clear protesters out of the way, which demonstrators say is often unprovoked or radically out of proportion to the nonviolent demonstrations.

    “Every day, the formula is the same: The feds come out to clear the driveway, pushing nonviolent protesters out, they get in a stand-off with protesters, and eventually unleash a ridiculous amount of munitions—typically pepper balls and tear gas—and make brutal arrests,” says Azar. “I don’t think I’ve seen a single arrest or detainment there that didn’t have at least four feds on one person.” 

    This is the kind of behavior that activists worry could accelerate if military troops touch down in the neighborhood, many of which would be untrained in civil law enforcement and directorially positioned to view the city’s residents as enemy combatants.  

    But residents showing up to the protests are resolved not to be intimidated into silence. 

    “I’m here not only to continue standing against ICE and their presence in our city, but more so against this incursion from the federal government on our city,” Omar Gil, another member of Portland Contra Las Deportaciones, told me. “The legal system, at this point, is becoming a fetter on the will of the people. And that’s why we have to be out here en masse, protesting against ICE, [and] understanding and realizing that we’re much more united than we are divided.” 

    Gil also emphasized that this moment requires state officials to take significant action—and some are. 

    At the same time troops were being amassed under Hegseth’s Title 10 authorization, Oregon Governor Tina Kotek called President Trump to try to disabuse him of his misconceptions about the state of the city, and to dissuade him from sending troops. 

    Oregon Attorney General Dan Rayfield filed a lawsuit in an effort to hold off Trump’s troops for at least 60 days, the same timeframe the troops were supposed to be deployed for. “This violates the Tenth Amendment by seeking to coerce Oregon into abandoning its own statutory prerogatives and instead adopt the President’s policy priorities,” reads the lawsuit, suggesting that Hegseth’s order was not constitutional. 

    Rayfield’s lawsuit was followed the next day by a “motion for temporary restraining order” filed by both the State of Oregon and the City of Portland, warning that “Oregon residents will suffer irreparable harm” from the presence of troops. Oregon Senator Jeff Merkley then made a statement demanding Trump “stay away” from the city and that it would be the President causing massive unrest if he went through with his threats. 

    The impact of the government shutdown, which began on Oct. 1, on the National Guard order remained unclear, even with 200 troops starting training for their deployment in the coastal Oregon town of Warrenton. Given that the deployment comes with a $3.8 million dollar price tag, many argue that this is a poor use of public funds in a moment of austerity. 

    The controversy was on full display when Brigadier General Alan R. Gronewald, Oregon National Guard adjutant general, wrote to troops about to deploy to acknowledge that they may have mixed emotions about the job at hand. According to that letter, their function will be to “protect federal facilities and the federal employees working in them.”

    “You are citizens first, but you’re also service members who took an oath to support and defend the Constitution and follow the orders of the President and the Governor,” wrote Gronewald. “That oath doesn’t come with an asterisk that says, ‘only when I agree with the mission.’” 

    From what I could see on the ground on Sept. 28, the violence that took place in front of Portland’s ICE facility was one-sided—and it came from the officers.

    Despite mixed messages from Trump, on Sept. 30, he told military leaders that Portland looked like “World War II” and a White House press release said that “the Radical Left’s reign of terror in Portland ends now,” implying that the troops will be intervening. That press release also advanced the conspiracy theory that “antifa,” which Trump is now attempting to label a terrorist organization, is behind a litany of various crimes and protest activities that he believes are “premeditated anarchy that has scarred the city for years.” This has been a rallying cry for the right since the racial justice and anti-police brutality protests of 2020, in which Portland’s participation—part of a long tradition of activism in the city—is framed as a sign of society-destabilizing violence and a pretext for state intervention. 

    But in 2020, when Trump brought in federal officers to intervene in and quell the protests, it was the presence of federal officers themselves that reignited the waning demonstrations. The presence of troops essentially ensured the demonstrations would become a nightly affair, bringing out hundreds of committed activists and creative acts of civil disobedience like the “Wall of Moms” who tried to block federal officers from harming the often very young demonstrators. 

    With another No Kings national day of protest planned for Oct. 18, Trump could be reigniting the protest movement by placing a startling image of authoritarianism into Portland streets. Since those troops will be stationed in defense of federal buildings, this could even mean that the small protest that has been confined to the ICE facility may expand to federally controlled real estate across the city. 

    “I stand in solidarity with anyone who is fighting fascism at this time,” Portland Councilor Angelita Morillo told me. Morillo also said that protesters should be careful and deliberate since “we’re not dealing with a normal administration” and the repression against activists has been severe.

    “Historically, what has stopped authoritarians from consolidating power is millions of people self-organizing, taking over their workplaces, organizing wildcat and general strikes, being bold and defiant in the streets, being loud and not backing down,” says Paul Messersmith-Glavin, a longtime Portland organizer who was demonstrating at the ICE facility on the 28th. “If tens of thousands of people can be called out to the streets surrounding the ICE building before Thursday, building barricades and physically blocking troop transports, the National Guard can be kept out.”

    “What community defense looks like is not backing down… we’re trying to actively disrupt their ability to repress people and to ruin people’s lives,” says Holly Brown.

    “Trump is the ultimate bad boss and Portland’s labor movement knows how to fight bad bosses.”

    The Trump administration successfully pushed U.S. District Court Judge Michael Simon to recuse himself from the lawsuit seeking to block the use of National Guard troops in Portland. Simon is married to Democratic Congresswoman Suzanne Bonamici, who has been a Trump critic and opponent of the troop deployment. As Trump continues to push back on court decisions unfavorable to him, the recusal was seen as yet another victory in his effort to clear away any obstacles posed by the courts.

    “[Trump] has openly talked about declaring war on our city… so I think there is very high concern about what he intends to do,” says Councilor Morillo, but notes that they are still able to push back on his efforts through the court system.

    The court ultimately convened on Oct. 3 for a two-hour session, but delayed their verdict, leaving onlookers without an answer. Stewing in anticipation, protests started ramping up at the ICE facility, with numbers of attendees starting to grow and repeated clashes with federal officers in the hours and days before the court hearing.

    By Oct. 5, the court results were in: federal judge Karin Immergut, a conservative appointee, applied the injunction to stop the troops from hitting the ground in Portland. The troops would simply have to lie in wait, under federal control and without formal deployment in the state. On Oct. 9, the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals began to hear arguments as to the status of the injunction, but agreed that the troops can stay under federal control while their deployment is the subject of legal debate. They are currently waiting at the Oregon National Guard’s Camp Rilea, around two hours away from the city on the state’s northern coast.

    Trump’s second term has been unprecedented in his administration’s disregard for accepted civil liberties, in part because many of the legal and governmental appointees ruling on or implementing his policies are Trump allies. In raising the spectre of alleged chaos and radical violence in liberal cities, regardless of how untruthful and inaccurate those depictions are, he has set the pretext for sending in federal officers or even military troops, which he seems to view as an extension of his own uncheckable power. Based on the deployment in DC and attempted incursion in Chicago, his plan appears to be a coordinated strategy to suppress opposition in the urban centers. But in Chicago, mass and local resistance efforts have pushed back the most severe advances of federal power—exactly what the growing coalition in Portland hopes to do as well. 

    Since Trump’s troop order was temporarily blocked, his administration has continued its virtual war on antifa. This included going so far as to hold an “Antifa Roundtable” at the White House to discuss the supposedly nationwide threat, joined by far-right media figures such as former Pizzagate promoter Jack Posobiec. Attorney General Kristi Noem traveled to Portland to assess the situation, and after meeting with Governor Kotek and Mayor Ted Wheeler, she claimed at a press conference that they were “covering up” for antifa. Her visit drew a range of right-wing demonstrators to the building, who clashed with anti-deportation activists and cheered whenever violence was used against them. As the weekend of Oct. 11–12 approached, the National Guard remained on alert but had not yet been deployed. 

    Regardless of what comes next, though, activists, organizers, and residents showing up to the protests say they’re prepared to defend their city, their rights, and their neighbors. 

    “[Our] local history of activism and well-organized strikes give us the tools and experience to fight back and we must leverage them,” says Fellini. “Trump is the ultimate bad boss and Portland’s labor movement knows how to fight bad bosses.”

    This post was originally published on The Real News Network.

  • President Trump repeatedly promised that his mass deportation efforts would target “the worst of the worst” criminals, yet the government’s own data reveals that immigrants with no criminal record are the largest group in US immigration detention today. How can the Trump administration justify its deployment of federal agents, and even the military, to US cities based on the factually disprovable fictions that American cities are crime-ridden “war zones” overrun with criminal “illegal aliens”? To answer that, one must study the long-established precedent in the USA of overpolicing poor communities of color that are painted as inherently violent, chaotic, and crime-ridden. In this episode of Rattling the Bars, host Mansa Musa speaks with TRNN reporters Stephen Janis and Taya Graham about what the history of policing in America can teach us about Trump’s authoritarian deployment of law enforcement agencies today.

    Credits:

    • Producer / Videographer / Post-Production: Cameron Granadino
    Transcript

    The following is a rushed transcript and may contain errors. A proofread version will be made available as soon as possible.

    Mansa Musa:

    Welcome to this edition of Rattling the Bars. I’m your host Mansa Musa. The Watts Riots, sometimes referred to as Watts Rebellion or Watts Uprising, took place in Watts neighborhood and surrounding areas of Los Angeles from August 11th and 16th from 1965. The rise was motivated by anger at racist and abusive practices of Los Angeles Police, as well as his grievances over unemployment discrimination and residential segregation of property. The backdrop of it was that they arrested our individual that they claimed didn’t pass the drunk driving test. Out of that grew a conversation about police kicking a pregnant woman. At any rate, the spontaneity of the watch riot reflected overall heavy handed police, Freddie Gray, heavy handed police, when you see Michael Brown, heavy handed police. So we know what heavy handed policing looks like, and we’re trying to establish why do we find ourselves in an environment where you had the presence of over policing militarization, but the conditions are not the same as the conditions that gave birth to Freddie Gray or gave birth to the wash Rod. Joining me today is Stephen Janis and Taya Graham. Welcome to Rattling the Bars.

    Stephen Janis:

    Yeah, thanks for having us. We appreciate it.

    Mansa Musa:

    I introduce Jan, you start introduce yourself to the audience.

    Stephen Janis:

    Oh,

    Mansa Musa:

    So for those who don’t know you,

    Stephen Janis:

    My name is Steven Janis. I’m a reporter for the Real News Network. I do two shows. Please count a report and the Inequality watch. And we just finished a documentary on cop watching called I’m But The Mirror, the story of American Cop Watching

    Mansa Musa:

    And Taya,

    Taya Graham:

    My name is Taya Graham. I’m an investigative reporter. I also a member of the Senate Press Gallery, so I’m go to Washington DC with Steven all the time.

    Stephen Janis:

    Oh, that’s true.

    Taya Graham:

    I’m a co-host of the Show Police Accountability Report and the Inequality Watch report, and I was also the primary cinematographer and I’m, but the Mirror, the story of American Cop watching

    Mansa Musa:

    And for the benefit of our audience, my favorite people to talk to about all things police, all things fastest, all things racism. Yeah, the general good conversation where you fireside chat type of, so let’s dive right into it. We was talking earlier off camera, and so we find ourselves in a situation in this country right now where you hear these terms and these terms. We normally would hear ’em as it relates to third world country, totalitarianism, fascism, oppressing, and it’s like a common topic. Now let’s talk about what is totalitarianism and how do we see it in connection to what we’re seeing today?

    Stephen Janis:

    Yeah, I mean authoritarianism or totalitarianism would be anything that circumvents the democratic process is supposed to govern. We are governed, and I think it’s an interesting conversation that’s come up recently because of what we were going to talk about, which is the National Guard deployments and Trump’s use of troops, federal troops in American cities. And I think America has always had sort of a latent authoritarianism

    In its political and economic structure. And I think that has always been executed by policing. So when you want to talk about Authoritarians America, have we had it before? We’ve had it in different variations, but a lot of times it’s been executed by policing. And that’s why I think we see, we’re at this point where the National Guard has become this tool of the idea of imposing authoritarianism, even though Tay and I have covered it. And the reality is much very distinct from the politics of it. But nevertheless, that has always been part of our culture and look at policing as slave catchers, for example. And then we look at policing in American cities during the war on drugs, specifically in black and working class neighborhoods throughout it. The idea has been to impose some sort of latent authoritarianism on people who need to be economically exploited in one way or another. And that has kind of been the overarching principle, I think. Okay.

    Mansa Musa:

    Okay. Answer this though, in each one of them narratives that you painted, right? It’s always been something a pretext like drugs, violence, gangs. But in this regard, how do we get to this space when you’re saying, I’m coming to get immigrants because the pretext for coming in this space is illegal aliens, but how do you see that?

    Taya Graham:

    Well, you know what, when you were describing the Watts riots, I was flashing back to October 1st, Chicago South Side Drive, that apartment building that was just hit by immigration enforcement officials by ice, that apartment building was 95% African-American. They used flashband grenades to startle people. They blew people’s doors off the hinges. They grabbed children who were barely clothed and dragged them into the street. They zip tied their parents and separated them from their children. To see this happen in United States today in the year 2025 is horrifying. And it’s being done on the pretext of getting undocumented folks. And on the Department of Homeland Security website, which I spent some time on today getting ready for your show.

    It says that the goal is to get murderers, rapists, pedophiles, and people who are gang members. We already have laws for those people.

    Mansa Musa:

    Okay

    Taya Graham:

    No matter if you’re undocumented, documented, lifelong resident, we already have laws for that. But that’s the pretext you were talking about. You said, what’s the pretext? It said, we’re going to make everyone safer, but in the process we are destroying people’s civil liberties.

    Stephen Janis:

    Well, the idea, I think, too that’s important to remember is that that pretext relies upon a spectacle.

    The spectacle that’s always explain, well, the spectacle mostly that has been sold to white people is the spectacle of disorder coming from African-American communities or coming from poor communities. So they use the spectacle of disorder. In this case, they use the idea that people are flowing into the country over borders and invading our cities in some way. And so that spectacle is extremely important to communicating the necessity for latent authoritarianism that we were talking about. And that rate is all part of it. Somehow, some way this threat, this externalized spectacle threat basically justifies any sort of action, any sort of action, any sort of action by policing. And what’s really interesting, well, not interesting, but really unsettling is how ICE has taken this to the next level in the history of American federal law enforcement or law enforcement in general.

    Mansa Musa:

    So as we see, let’s keep stay on the spectacle because the narrative that they initially painted was when they talk about bringing the national guards in and federalizing bringing the federal government in ice. They were saying that during this campaign, the Trump administration said that immigrants are creating crime or making the cities unsafe and he going to deport ’em. But the underlying thing was that these people are the score to the earth and that they’ll creating so much crime that people can’t even look out their doors without getting shot in the head. And so then when they deployed the troops in the District of Columbia in particular, they said that the initial thing was we are getting illegal aliens out or immigrants out. So they was going Home Depot and they was rounding up they labors. Then they shifted and said that they started logging ’em homeless people. But how do they maintain this narrative when the facts don’t add up? How do we gel with that?

    Stephen Janis:

    Well, the thing is, it’s spectacle has always been very unspecific. So the thing that’s really interesting, or I guess troubling about the dynamics of policing is that when you go and you chase people at Home Depot, you create a spectacle of disorder in and of itself, right? Because, so really law enforcement becomes self self-reinforcing in the sense that the very actions that they do, like in Chicago actually create a spectacle disorder that they can then use to fuel even greater assaults on our civil rights. This has been history of policing. I mean, think about it, in Baltimore, Martin O’Malley and the Democrats here use the spectacle of disorder to impose zero tolerance, which was probably one of the most severe cases of police violating the mass civil rights of African-Americans in the history, well, in the recent history of this country. And he did it. You do it by mainstream media every night showing a crime, anecdotal things that happen, and then police themselves going in creating confrontations, right? And I mean, that’s what ICE has been great at. They create confrontations that then become fodder to increase the presence of ice or to justify ice to the people who think for some reason that immigration is only equivalent with disorder.

    Mansa Musa:

    And then in terms of, would you just say the website says all the elements that they talk about, rounding up is crime is a criminal intent behind it. I kidnapped somebody, I carjacked somebody, I’m an organized crime putting drugs in, but talk about what the people they’re actually going to

    Taya Graham:

    Get, the people that they’re actually getting. Okay. And this is according to the statistics that we are getting from the government. 70% of the people who are sitting in detention centers right now do not have any sort of criminal record. Some of the people who do have criminal records, that can be traffic tickets that weren’t paid off, that could be traffic tickets. So these detention centers are not full of murderers and gang bangers. They are grabbing people who were looking to do construction work and we’re waiting outside the Home Depot. They’re grabbing people who worked in the fields and on people’s farms. They’re grabbing people who work in factories. They’re grabbing people who work in food processing and meat packing plants. They’re grabbing people who are workers. And so they’re pouring, I think it’s like 45 billion. They’ve tripled the amount of money

    Mansa Musa:

    That’s

    Taya Graham:

    Going to ice 45 billion.

    And instead of using that money to find a way to make sure that these people who are working hard, who are paying taxes into our system have a good pathway to legal citizenship, instead, they’re grabbing all these people and it costs money. And what’s terrible is that they’re deputizing other members of law enforcement to be a part of this. So we spoke, we did a story on the National Guard and we reached out to their press information officer to get some information about it. And they did not deny that the National Guard could be used to assist ice in detentions and arrests. Now, what’s really quite troubling is this 2 87 G and what 2 87 G does it essentially deputizes law enforcement to be ice. So that for example, it’s a partnership program and this partnership program is profitable. Okay? The police department, for every officer that becomes part of this program, their salary is completely paid. Their overtime is paid to up to 25%. Also, there are monetary rewards for the police department when they do really well in giving ice tips. So essentially they are incentivizing grabbing people.

    And when you put a profit motive behind it, what’s going to happen? You got the private prisons, it’s going to be over-policing, going to be policing that is abusive, it’s going to be policing that uses profiling, and they’re going to be grabbing people who don’t in any way deserve to be deported without due process.

    Mansa Musa:

    So talk about this. That’s an interesting point she made about how they incentivize and become more facet. Talk about why in DC they had same narrative, but in DC they just completely say the police chief is no longer the police chief. So why in DC did they take that approach? Where in other cities they might take the approach like Ted was just saying like, look, we going to give y’all some money, we going to ize you, we going to give you some money, and we’re going to let you be Rambo or Clint Eastwood or whoever else. Whoever your fantasy is in your head, you can go out and do

    Stephen Janis:

    That. Well, it’s interesting that because if an American policing that latent authoritarianism is a result of policing, then the best thing to do is completely take control of policing in a community means that you have authoritarian power in some ways. Now, in the DC case, it was very weird that they actually set the police. I think that was more of what I would like to say is a spectacle than having a meaningful impact. I mean, just really quickly on the ground, as T and I have interviewed the people and talked to the people, these people who represent the National Guard do not have local policing powers. They are not trained as police. They don’t understand the law. They don’t know the law. They’ve been trained on law. Completely strange. So this gives me the feeling that it is about the spectacle because the reality is they aren’t doing that much. Let’s face it, I’ve seen much more aggressive policing here in Baltimore. We have a specialized units running around, and every time we drive to work here, we see one pulling some poor person over and pulling the car apart. So the reality is, so this must be about the spectacle of power. So Trump has been able to make this spectacle where you have disorder on one side and him on the other, and he can constantly encroach upon the civil rights of Americans by convincing us that this disorder is so systemic that only he can fix it.

    And so I think part of seizing control of the police department through the police chief was part of that spectacle. Okay, we’re just going to come in. And of course he can cite statistics, but his basic idea was, I’m going to come in and take control of everything and therefore I will fix this disorder that I’ve in fact created,

    Mansa Musa:

    And I think we should stay on the spectacle. I think that’s the underlying thing. The illusion of the illusion of disorder creates the disorder in and of itself and allow for them to be able to establish a police state. So talk about that. Talk about where we at now because okay, in terms of their attitude following a spectacle, a narrative. So they said, we are going to Chicago, going to Memphis, going to Portland, and in each one of these cases, creating the narrative is Trump says, yeah, well, the town is in the uproar. When you go there, people like gang in New York block me, stop you from coming into town. So stop. Only I can open the highways up for you.

    Stephen Janis:

    That’s true.

    Mansa Musa:

    But talk about how is it that we don’t see this, but he’s still paying this nerve and he’s getting away with it, or is he getting away with it?

    Taya Graham:

    Well, the thing is, to a certain extent, he is getting away with it. And part of the reason I believe is because of the anti-blackness. Okay? So there’s a section of where this immigration enforcement, where people are not receiving due process, they’re experiencing cruel and unusual punishment. They’re being put, for example, in solitary confinement for 15 plus days. There’s roughly 65,000 people in detention center right now. And over 14,000 of them have been put in solitary confinement. Just for the record, just talking about the carceral aspect, 20 people have already died this year in ice detention custody in Biden’s four years, 26 people died within a year. He’s going to have more people die than did in the entire four years of Biden’s term. So these places are known, these Department of Homeland Security, the actual office of the Inspector General actually told Department of Homeland Security, your places aren’t safe. People are suffering from medical neglect, you’re torturing people, putting them in solitary confinement to belong, et cetera, et cetera. The office of the Inspector general gave that report. So they know that people are going to get sick and they’re going to be harmed and they’re going to be tortured in these detention centers. But the anti-blackness aspect of it,

    The racial profiling that comes with it, we saw it happen. Chicago. Chicago, okay. I’ll give you another example of the anti-blackness aspect of it. Roughly 5.4% of black immigrants have been detained, but they represent 20% of deportees. So, excuse me, black immigrants are 5.4%, but they represent 20% of the people who’ve been deported. That is highly unusual. And racial profiling is going to be one of the methods that they continue to use in order to find people and round them up. So essentially, if you have an accent or you don’t pass a brown paper bag test, you are going to be going into those carceral systems. And when the worst aspects of these carceral systems, besides the fact that it’s core, civic, and geo group, these private prisons

    Stephen Janis:

    Absolutely.

    Taya Graham:

    That do not have the same levels of oversight. Exactly. There’s no recourse for people. People are simply being disappeared into these detention centers. And when you are made invisible, when you make a population of people invisible, you make them powerless and talk about the cause.

    Stephen Janis:

    Talk about the, oh, well, there was just a story that broke today that so far the cost of deployment in DC is $200 million. And the estimates are that the total deployments that have been either projected or promised so far would be three quarters of a billion dollars. Now, this is on top of the amount of money that these cities like Baltimore and Washington, DC pay for policing, which is usually in Baltimore and in most major American urban cities, policing is already the highest priced program within the city budget. So you’re talking about three quarters of a billion dollars added onto the tab for American policing in these cities. So it is an insane amount of money because they’re bringing people in from other cities, housing them, feeding them, and all the logistical costs. It’s extremely pricey in an era when we can’t even afford healthcare for our American citizens. So it’s really, but it shows you the priorities

    Mansa Musa:

    And talk about this because we seeing that, okay, we got this spectacle that this country is in civil war, that people can’t come out, cars burning everywhere. But in terms of the populous response, because in DC for example, when they deployed the National Guard and ICE was already running amuck, the narrative that Trump was using initially was we’re rounding up immigrants, illegal, just committing all this crime that didn’t quite gel. So then he shifted these gigs and say, crime is outrageous in dc. So once he said that, then people started to respond, well, now crime is going down. Statistically crime is down, crime is down five years low. So his next response was, okay, I go back to my next, I got to go back to immigrants because I’m not getting no traction. But in terms of how did he maintain, I illusion the spectacle because every time he, it’s nonsense. He come out every day. He just say in Chicago, black, beautiful black women, women asked me to come and clean up the city. I mean,

    Stephen Janis:

    The thing is, a spectacle of disorder has been so ingrained into our history of our country that it’s hard. It’s a very easy thing to manipulate, but it’s grounded in economics, right?

    Mansa Musa:

    Yeah, c’mon. Talk about that.

    Stephen Janis:

    Well, slave catchers caught people that were considered property. And so the idea of property were perpetuated the people property. And then of course, African-Americans in cities like Baltimore now have been depicted as elements of disorder. But always that’s been tied in the fact that you have to keep people performing for this economic system. If you look at Mark NIUs who wrote a political power of policing or political theory of policing, he talks about how vagrancy laws were used to keep people working’s, right? Where you arrest people if they don’t work. But the economy and capitalism has evolved, and now we’re in a different stage where I think the economic system is really just extractive. We don’t even need people to work anymore. The richest of the rich just want to extract more from the porn. If you don’t believe me, look at the way income inequality has changed in the past 40 years.

    So now it has to be a little different. It’s not just about capturing someone or not just about forcing ’em to work. It’s about depriving them. Any agency. And that’s why it’s evolved, right? You have to make sure that people, like there’s no consumer protection bureau, you have to strip them of every aspect of agency so you can exploit them to the court. And that’s why the narrative, this narrative of disorder has evolved and continued to evolve. And we see it a lot when we cover cop watching cop watchers kind of expose what this is because they’ll confront police by just filming them, and then police will come and grab their camera or arrest ’em. And this happened in Baltimore City too. When people first got cameras, police were so upset about cameras because they were upset about cameras because it took away their control of space. And by taking away their control of space took away their ability to simply take away the agency of working people, African-American people. So this has gotten very sophisticated, the ability to paint this spectacle so that people literally will give up their rights or literally will be economically exiled, has become very potent and Trump knows how to manipulate it, and Democrats don’t really have an answer for it sometimes,

    Mansa Musa:

    Which is my next point, the response from local governments and state government because, okay, let’s start with we know DC was under home rules, so they basically a colony. So they had very

    Stephen Janis:

    Limited, very limited

    Mansa Musa:

    Response, and the mayor don’t have got a spine of a jellyfish. So she was, and she going to go with it way, but let’s look at states where Chicago, where the governor Maryland said no, and then the governor of Illinois saying no, regardless of that, they still holding fast. And how do you make that distinction? How do you get in that space to where they counter it? That’s my point. Okay, you got me you saying this, but okay, I’m now telling you no, this is not happening. Talk about that.

    Taya Graham:

    Well see, one of the issues is, and basically any Democrat who has dared to speak up to President Trump publicly has essentially put crosshairs on themselves. They put crosshairs on themselves. And if they made, let’s say they said, my city is going to be a sanctuary city. They put crosshairs on themselves, just that. And that’s one of the reasons when President Trump speaks, he mentions our city, Baltimore city, because we’re one of the cities, we’re blue state, and we said, we’re not going to do this to our immigrant neighbors, documented or undocumented. We don’t want to see that type of policing here. And so anyone who stood up, as a matter of fact, I think it was in Illinois, unfortunately, I can’t remember her name, but a government official who was trying to get into a detention center, an ice detention center, just to oversee it was arrested and she was temporarily cuffed. So what’s happening with President Trump interacting with these Democrats is he’s doing his darnedest to intimidate them.

    And one of the best ways you can do that is by having mass men come into an area as essentially his federal enforcers, mass men who come in who aren’t accountable to anyone, no one knows their names. There’s no transparency around it. If you have a complaint against one of those mass men, do you know where it goes? I can tell you it doesn’t go anywhere anymore because the Office of Civil Rights and Civil Liberties has been absolutely stripped and defunded. Also the office of, I think it’s the Ombudsman, immigration Detention for Immigration Detention. There’s no one there. So if you have a complaint, it’s going to the circular file. It’s going to the trash can. So this form of intimidation, it’s another part of that spectacle. Steven was talking about mass men with no accountability, rushing in. And there’s very little you can do about it because legally when they brought it up to the Supreme Court, Brett Kavanaugh and the rest of the crew kicked it down, kicked it down the road.

    Stephen Janis:

    But I think also Democrats have made their own bed, unfortunately because they have used policing as a similar tool

    Mansa Musa:

    To the way Trump is using it in their city.

    Stephen Janis:

    That’s

    Mansa Musa:

    True.

    Stephen Janis:

    So they don’t really know how to respond rhetorically because anyone can just point to them. We did a story about this, about how blue cities were kind of the incubators for some of the most authoritarian practices of policing. It was a idea that for Hopkins, professor Lester Spence shared with us and we wrote a whole story about it. It worked out pretty much. And I think Democrats have put themselves in this position, but I mean, the Constitution says that any powers not afforded the federal government goes to the States and they really have legal power to push back against it even if the Supreme Court isn’t willing to do so. So they’re kind of in, I think, a difficult position because they have taken up the wrong policies in terms of addressing crime. Crime has been going down, but they still have, you can take anecdotally something happening and then you can, Trump knows expertly how to manipulate that for, like we said, the spectacle before.

    Mansa Musa:

    And you can way back in on hist made a good observation, and I think all of us can agree on this, that prior to doing what they did, those came in. Those came in and killed every oversight. So all your oversight, did you talk prior to launching this SVO right here? Those came in and killed every oversight. So now I killed every oversight. So now when it comes down to a complaint, like the federal Marshals, you got the federal, whenever the federal marshals is involved in something, it’s a serious affair. But you got the federal marshals coming to get, I was in dc, I was in DC the other day, and I’m down at the parole and probation for DC residence, and they had called for Homeland Security to come and pick up one guy to come and get this guy. When they came in there, look, when you thought that somebody had a bomb, they came when they pushed the code.

    Stephen Janis:

    Were they masked?

    Mansa Musa:

    Yeah. The ones that came, the ones that came from off the street was, man, all of this is federal property. But everybody’s reaction was like, yo, no, go back on the other side of the door. No stand right there. Everybody is around. So we sitting there and they come and get this one guy, they had four. Oh

    Taya Graham:

    Wow.

    Mansa Musa:

    Homeland security individuals. So talk about that. Talk about how they was able to do that and how that plays into this overall narrative.

    Stephen Janis:

    Well, one of the things they’ve done, as Taya has pointed out, is they’ve exempted people who are here under contested circumstances. They’ve exempted them from the legal process of due process, and they have exempted them from, as part of what I think that latent authoritarianism policing is always about, which is limiting people’s constitutional rights. But a big part of that, and something I think we should talk about is the masking. The masking is really critical to this. Absolutely. And I’ll tell you why. We cover Cop Watchers for six or seven years. These are people who go out from police posted on YouTube channel. The underlying principle of that whole enterprise of holding police accountable is that people’s faces are on camera

    In a body camera. You can see the police, you can see the cop that did it. The police officer shot someone is public. It’s not something private. You can’t privatize that kind of power. And that’s what they’re doing. And that’s why it’s so critical they being able to use this iteration of policing to mask and to begin this idea that somehow it’s okay. I push back against a lot of people and say, you really think we should have mass police? And they’re like, well, they’re being victimized. Or people are attacking like regular police get attacked and victimized by that, but they have ways to enforce that. I see. We know people have been arrested for harassing or doxing police. They know how to protect themselves.

    Taya Graham:

    Yes, they do.

    Stephen Janis:

    Are you saying they can’t protect themselves? But I’m telling you, this masking thing is a prelude to much, much worse abuse of power.

    Taya Graham:

    Absolutely.

    Stephen Janis:

    It’s scary because if you can’t see who the freaking person is, you can’t hold them accountable for their actions. It’s underlying basic transparency. And it bad. I mean, it’s bad and it’s going to get worse. I think they’re going to start using it more and more. Maybe say local police departments start using it. Why not?

    Taya Graham:

    What’d you say, Taylor? I was just thinking of the horror of these masked men coming into communities. And the thing is, is they use all types of different ROS in order to deprive people of their civil rights, their fourth amendment, their first amendment, their eighth amendment, their 14th amendment. They use so many different ways and they violate people’s rights. And these mass men, as Steven said, quite clearly, cannot be held accountable. And I say, if they’re not ashamed of what they’re doing, then take off the mask

    If you’re not ashamed. And the thing is, it really does concern me though, these mass men who are receiving just not even enough training to give someone a cosmetology license, they are not getting any sort of serious training. And then to tag in police officers through that 2 87 G program that I was talking about, the number of, I think the number of police agencies has increased like 600, over 600%. The number of police agencies that have agreed to be part of this 2 87 G program. And that means that police officers now are going to be, let’s say it’s a DUI checkpoint, and they’re going to be looking at people, they’re going to be racially profiling them. Brett Kavanaugh, Supreme Court Justice, Brett Kavanaugh said, okay to racially profile in the line of ice duty, so to speak. So essentially these people are going to be racially profiled and then that police officer is going to give ice a tip and say, you know what? You should come here and grab so-and-so.

    Stephen Janis:

    It’s going to be a tipping point for latent authoritarianism because I do believe we will have a secret police force, not in the near future.

    Taya Graham:

    We do have a secret police force. We have

    Stephen Janis:

    Ice. Well, yes, we have ice. And it will become more and more involved and more aspects of law enforcement and we’ll arrest opponents of President Trump.

    Mansa Musa:

    And that’s other part that’s coming out is this is what he’s saying, the illusion staying on that. He’s saying that Antifa, so he’s saying he throw out these terms, absolutely dumb ball basketball team is terrorists and they’re being sponsored by, and I’m being facetious, and they, I’m being facetious and they’re being sponsored by this and it’s being sponsored by Rich, rich.

    Stephen Janis:

    But that’s how absurd

    Mansa Musa:

    It’s right, right. So then he say, so now the narrative is is that this group right here is being funded by the enemy within. Talk about the enemy

    Stephen Janis:

    Within. Well, the thing is, like we said before, the main thrust of this is economic to deprive people of their economic rights to deprive people of their healthcare. So you got to keep the fire burning. If the fire dims down and people start to look and they say, wait, I’m worried about Antifa, but I go to the doctor and I can’t pay my bill and I have to die, then people are going to get upset. So you got to keep throwing fuel, you got to keep burning, you got to keep the whole spectacle going. And the fuel is these kind of, what would be the way to describe Antifa isn’t even an organization.

    Taya Graham:

    Yeah, I mean by the very nature, if they’re anarchists, they don’t really get together

    Stephen Janis:

    Intrinsically, nearly prone to organizations. So it’s so utterly. So I think the point is to keep the fire burning so people don’t know what’s really going on. I think that’s the point of it. That’s why he keeps doing it. He will continue to do it and he knows how to do it. And

    Mansa Musa:

    Talking about the Klan Destin nature of the police, one of the techniques they do the masks and they also ride around in box trucks. So they come around, they be like Homeland Security, they be in a box truck and we open up the box truck, like 20 of ’em jump out in these areas where they so-called illegal immigrants and they round them up. But I was sitting back thinking about this when I thought about they started out with the immigrants and the fact that they’re not looking at giving them due process. If I say you committed a crime, then now you don’t have the right to pass the citizenship. If I say that the reason why I’m locking you up is one of them things that you say, I kidnapped robbed rape or murder, so you got a warrant for me. So now you locking me up and put me in a detention center pending the outcome of my case, determine whether or not I’ll be able to file for citizenship. But now they even took that out the equation and saying, when I put handcuffs on you, if you try to defend yourself against this, I’m going to put unconscionable charges on you

    And then send you to Somalia. But talk about, alright, at the end of the process, what is the response? What is this I common?

    Stephen Janis:

    Well, the idea is to eliminate due process because due process is probably one of the things that ties up the power of the government a little bit. It’s just one little break that says you have to present evidence in court, whatever it might be, whether you’re a US citizen, you’re not here legally or you’ve been charged with, they charged what the guy was charged with throwing a sandwich.

    Taya Graham:

    Yes, assault with sandwich.

    Stephen Janis:

    And they have said explicitly that they will start charging people for filming.

    Taya Graham:

    Yes,

    Stephen Janis:

    Filming ice. Do you realize what the precipice we’re on if they successfully prosecute? So the idea is to get rid of those, I guess would be pesky civil

    Taya Graham:

    Liberties. Those guardrails, those guard

    Stephen Janis:

    Rails. Let’s call ’em guardrails. Yeah, just to eliminate them. Go ahead, I’m

    Taya Graham:

    Sorry. Oh no, I was just going to say early on, anyone who spent time like perusing through project 2025 or even took a look, just took a really in-depth look at President Trump’s first four years. They would realize that the seeds were here to weaponize law enforcement against Americans that he either finds disfavor with politically that journalists, nonprofit organizations that, I mean, it sounds like George Soros is funding everything

    Stephen Janis:

    Apparently, but it’s going to be very really incredible to see what happens with the George Soros investigation. I mean, that is a scary, what if they do a rate on all the offices of the Open Society Institute cross

    Taya Graham:

    Country just because they’re receiving money and no one of course is counting the record number of billionaires that are funding various writing.

    Stephen Janis:

    All this doesn’t work if you can’t get around the court system. And that’s the problem because the court system is still somewhat of a buffer.

    Mansa Musa:

    Of

    Stephen Janis:

    Course, we all understand how the court system worked in Commut like Baltimore. It was not a very good buffer. But There’s still rich people who still don’t like people like George Ros, have lawyers that can fight back. And what Trump wants to do, I think, is to disengage the legal system.

    Mansa Musa:

    Absolutely. And that’s the other part. That’s what I think that we need to really emphasize that they’re dismantling all checks and balance and they systemically doing it. So if you systematically, you got the Supreme Court, if I can get a sum up the Supreme Court, it might just dismantle the saying that what they can do, they having their intent might be able to try to do something and they might just try to get a case up there to get that ruling and say, we can do that.

    Stephen Janis:

    I agree with the

    Mansa Musa:

    Test case. We can say stop people saying that we can round them up because they’re illegal immigrants and they don’t have, we can racial profile.

    Stephen Janis:

    If

    Mansa Musa:

    We can get the racial profile, then we can say from that we go into something else. And I think that’s where we find ourselves at this juncture right there, that we need to really emphasize the point that a lot of this is misdirection. Agreed. A lot of us miss that because to go back to your point, Janis, that if you got me constantly on the defense about you coming around me up and getting me, then I’m not looking at the price at the grocery store. I’m not looking at when I’m paying $5 for 10 pieces of bread, I’m not looking at like I’m paying $20 for 12 eggs. I’m not looking at the fact that I’m paying damn near $40 for a tank of gas

    Stephen Janis:

    Because

    Mansa Musa:

    You got me under the impression that

    Stephen Janis:

    The Yeah,

    Mansa Musa:

    Yeah.

    Stephen Janis:

    Saying the real problem is some spectacle of

    Mansa Musa:

    Some

    Stephen Janis:

    Disorder.

    Mansa Musa:

    Disorder.

    Stephen Janis:

    Absolutely. Or the fact that I can’t afford to go to the doctor, which every other country pretty much guarantees who it’s citizenry. We just gave 20 billion to Argentina. And Argentina has free healthcare for all their citizens. And we

    Taya Graham:

    Don’t, I mean American citizens need to realize if they didn’t see it before by reading Project 2025 and they didn’t see it in the first Trump administration, they need to see it now. Okay. Chicago was proof that these law enforcement agencies ice these secret police type tactics will be weaponized against US citizens, whether they’re journalists, for example. Actually right now there’s a database where people are collecting social media information from people who allegedly said something negative about the Charlie Kirk assassination, right? Allegedly. And then those people are being targeted to lose their jobs, to be docs, to be harassed, to receive death threats of their own. So this is all part of a piece so that there is a certain group of people who thinks they’re sitting home on their couch, they pass a paper bag test, they don’t have an accent, and they think it’s not going to be me. Don’t think that way. Once due process is gone for some, it’s gone for all. We forgot to talk about the elephant in

    Mansa Musa:

    The room. The government is shut down.

    Stephen Janis:

    Yeah,

    Mansa Musa:

    That’s right. The government being shut down. How do that impact what’s going on?

    Stephen Janis:

    It’s really interesting because we’ve been covering it, Tana, I’ve been on Capitol Hill and it means that a lot of interactions that might lead or a lot of presence. Okay, so here’s a perfect example. The Epstein victims, we covered that. They came to Capitol Hill, it was revelatory and it had a big impact. They had scheduled something for this Wednesday to bring them back. However, because the government was shut down, they did not do that. And I think the Epstein victims are some of the few people that could bring down President Trump or bring down this authoritarianism. Their stories are extremely powerful until you can talk about it. But the government being shut down means they weren’t on Capitol Hill. And that’s just one of many processes and discussions. I mean, I haven’t been able to find a Republican to put on camera since the spring since they passed a big beautiful bill. They just disappeared.

    Taya Graham:

    They’re hiding from their constituents. They’re not having town halls anymore. And to try to catch one interview on Capitol Hill is near impossible. It’s like they evaporated.

    Mansa Musa:

    My consternation is, or my apprehension is about this whole thing, is how they position themselves to take over the midterm, how to solidify, which goes back to why a lot of Republicans is not being proactive. Because if we see where they gerrymandering, we see more importantly that the conversation is constantly being said about they stole the election, they going have ballot. So you had the National Guard, you had ice garden ballot boxes. Oh God. So as we close out, can we find sos in this? And it was one time a time in this country where they had a Republican president, tricky dick, Richard Nixon, and they was doing all the things that we see now. And they had, Hoover was doing everything he could to destabilize any type of opposition. But it came to pass. And it came to pass because during that period, now remember, and James, you might remember this, the war in Vietnam was going on and you had protests after protests after protest. You had, regardless of what you had, civil disobedience in peaceful forms and not so peaceful forms. So can we say that this too shall pass? Or do we find ourselves in a space where we better get our passports and head for the board?

    Taya Graham:

    That’s a really good question, and it’s something I’ve actually really thought about in depth, and I would say this for an optimistic way of thinking of things that people just like the Vietnam War brought people out to protest because everyone had a chance of being conscripted. Black, white, didn’t matter. And so that sort of brought the American people together in a unique way. By the same token, economic hardship is bringing us all together in a unique way. So for example, the healthcare credits, the a c credits that are about to expire, that means someone who has a healthcare or Obamacare who was paying $600 a month or $800 a month is now going to be paying $1,900 a month. Okay? And your average American can’t afford that. I know, I show that. So I think when people see how his policies are really panning out, how it’s hitting them in their pockets, how they can’t afford to get sick, how they can’t afford to buy a new car, how they can’t afford to do any house repairs, if they’re lucky enough to own a home, when they feel that the true economic impact terrorists make it so that they can’t buy the toys they wanted for their kids in this Christmas, that then we might have a chance of being able to push back with unity. That’s what I’m hoping.

    Stephen Janis:

    I mean, I agree with you. I think that when the economic reality of our unequal system is manifest in ways that people really truly understand the gravity of it, I think they will rise up. I hope we have a no Kings protest again coming up,

    Taya Graham:

    Which

    Stephen Janis:

    Was we covered the first one. It was huge.

    Taya Graham:

    Yes,

    Stephen Janis:

    It was. It was huge. So I like to have hope because I think Americans have a history, like you said, of rising up when things are really bad. And I think we’re going to continue to do that.

    Mansa Musa:

    And I think I agree with both of y’all, and I think that really this system in and of itself, it creates a sense of security based on the constitution in our heads. So regardless what anybody else think in our heads as citizens of this country, right? We come to a point where, no, I got a right to say something

    In our head. So it don’t make no what you say. If I say what’s going to happen to me in my head in this country being birthed in this country, I feel a certain amount of liberty. And I think that because of that, the pushback going to come because at the end of the day, economic hardship or they talking right now as we speak, they’re talking about that’s why they’re holding out because of the medical. And he said, Trump even said, I’m going to look at that again. Not because poor people in urban centers is filled, but your constituents, the ones, your mega folk, the ones that’s so delusion about, I ain’t got a pot to piss and the one and throw it out, but somebody took my job, they started to say like, well, hold, wait a minute, couldn’t you take anybody, take my job? They ain’t round up everybody, including my neighbors. So why I don’t have no medical.

    Taya Graham:

    Right.

    Mansa Musa:

    So as we close, y’all got the last word. What y’all want to say in close?

    Stephen Janis:

    Well, I think we need to be instrumental about understanding that this idea of mass police and secret police is probably one of the pernicious political concepts in American history. And that we have to stop it,

    Taya Graham:

    I guess I would say, to try to continue to be hopeful that most of us who are born in this country have some form of legacy in our blood of resistance, whether it’s civil rights movement in my family, or actually I have some family that were around at the American Revolutionary War on the other side of my family. So most of us have some form of resistance in our ancestry tree that we can point out to. And now it’s our turn. Now it’s our turn to step forward.

    Mansa Musa:

    There you have it. Now it’s our turn to step forward. We have to look at this in the context that’s being offered us. We have a lot of illusion and disillusion and we have the magic show going on right now where you pull the rabbit out the hat. But now somebody is coming up and saying like, hold up. Let me get the hat the rabbit and put handcuffs on you because you created this illusion that people are actually doing things that they’re not. You’re rounding people up and saying that they’re a threat to society that they gangs. But each time you change a narrative, you expose yourself eventually everybody going to say, oh, the kings don’t have no clothes on and you going to be exposed. So we asked you to continue to look at this report and look at this information. Don’t believe the hype as public enemy enemy would say, this is a real, we find ourselves in a situation where we have to get up, stand up and don’t give up the fight. Thank you Steve and Janis for joining us.

    Taya Graham:

    It was a great conversation, was a pleasure.

    Mansa Musa:

    And as always, these my favorite two people to interview to talk with. I consider more just conversation than the interview. I’d like to double your knowledge about this stuff. And it’s more important, it gives people the opportunity to have information that they can evaluate and not be caught up on fake news or misdirection. So thank you. We ask that you continue to support real news and rattling the bars because guess what? We actually are the real news.

    This post was originally published on The Real News Network.

  • This story originally appeared in Baltimore Beat on Oct. 07, 2025. It is shared here with permission.

    Highlandtown sidewalks tell a much different story today than they did a year ago. Shops that once bustled with conversation sit emptier; families who once roamed the streets have now retreated. The day-to-day has become filled with fear under President Donald Trump’s mass deportation push, sending shockwaves through the largely Spanish-speaking neighborhood. 

    Both noncitizen, long-time U.S. residents L and E (whose full names Baltimore Beat is not using for their safety) are family members who are two sides of the same coin: L was already forced to leave the country; E feels imprisoned in his fear. Every glance from strangers, every passing security officer a reminder of the attention their brown skin draws. 

    Their parallel lives reflect a community sentiment, where daily rhythms are interrupted by immigration enforcement vans and streets become more desolate with every deportation.

    Lucia Islas, a case manager at the Southeast CDC, works with a client at their office in East Baltimore on September 30. Credit: J. M. Giordano.

    While L’s fight ended when she was forced to leave the country, E’s continues toward an unknown. L has walked her final moments in the United States, holding the hands of her two young children, and E could not walk beside her. In this moment in history, to get too close would be a risk to his own freedom. His life the last seven months has been characterized by living in the shadows. His heart is still heavy that he could not comfort his loved one in the way he wanted to.

    L, 32, came to the U.S. four years ago seeking safety for her son and was granted refugee status. At first, her check-ins were annual, then every six months. At her most recent appointment, her lawyer backed out at the last minute, telling her the location was “too far.” She asked immigration officials to reschedule and was denied. Speaking no English, L faced them alone.

    There, she was ordered to leave the country within 60 days and was fitted with an ankle monitor. If she failed to self-deport, agents told her she would be forcibly deported without her children. “As a mother, my kids always come first. They are everything. I don’t look like myself without my kids next to me,” L told the Beat.

    Under Donald Trump’s push for widespread deportations, what used to be a straightforward immigration appointment has taken on a different weight. 

    These check-ins now carry a looming threat of being arrested and put into immigration jail, replacing procedure with a steady undercurrent of fear and reshaping daily life in immigrant communities. Advocates say fear of being taken away from everything they know with essentially no notice is discouraging community members, regardless of status, from participating fully in their neighborhoods.

    Immigration experts working in Baltimore say that authorities are increasingly focused on individuals who had previously been allowed to remain in the community while their cases slowly progressed through backlogged courts.

    Immigration experts working in Baltimore say that authorities are increasingly focused on individuals who had previously been allowed to remain in the community while their cases slowly progressed through backlogged courts. Most have no criminal record and comply with regular check-ins, including L.

    Immigration check-ins are a way for ICE to monitor individuals with pending asylum claims or other immigration cases while they await a ruling. ICE officials have not disclosed how often detentions occur during or following scheduled mandatory check-ins. 

    After pleading for more time, officials gave L an additional 30 days to arrange her departure, buy her ticket, and prepare to go to Honduras.

    L is the mother of a seven-year-old son and a two-year-old daughter, the latter of whom was born in the United States and is a citizen. For the past four years, L has built a life in Baltimore — working steadily in a local restaurant, active in her son’s school community, and surrounded by friends and family. Baltimore is where she felt safe, where she put down roots, and the only place her children have known as home. 

    Still, the country she has contributed to and sacrificed so much to reach has forced her out. Her kids are the only thing keeping her together. She insists that she must remain strong for them. She does not let them see her cry, but behind closed doors she breaks down. She listens to people tell her, “This is not right. This shouldn’t be happening.” But it is happening.

    “I hope God gives me the chance to come back,” she said. “For the future of my kids.” The United States will always be her dream.

    Historically, asylum seekers were allowed to live freely in the U.S. while their cases were pending in court, said Caroline Barrow, a child immigration attorney with the Amica Center for Immigrant Rights

    “The current administration wants all of those people in detention, anyone pending in immigration court,” Barrow said. This often leaves people with no options to pursue legal channels toward citizenship. 

    Carla Paisely, director of Southeast Community Development Corporation (CDC), a community organization that offers housing and business development resources, called immigration policy a “moving target,” noting that many clients are deported through expedited removal without ever appearing before a judge, and that they are often the breadwinners in their households. She says the constant, low-level anxiety in immigrant communities is now punctuated by sudden absences. 

    “Clients and people you’d normally see don’t show up and your first thought is that they’re gone,” Paisley said.

    About 1,400 arrests, or 8% of the nearly 16,500 in Trump’s first month in office, likely took place during or immediately following a check-in appointment, according to arrest data from the Deportation Data Project, a team of academics and lawyers compiling immigration enforcement data. 

    Barrow says the administration is applying “very aggressive interpretations that every immigrant ever” should be denied bond across the board. As of September 21, the most recent data available, ICE was holding nearly 60,000 people in detention, among the highest figures in U.S. history, compared to an average of 37,500 in 2024. To sustain those numbers, the Trump administration implemented a 3,000 arrests per day minimum quota and will “keep pushing to get that number higher,” Stephen Miller, White House deputy chief of staff for policy, told Fox News in May. ICE has since denied the quota’s existence, amid a lawsuit linking recent Los Angeles sweeps to its enforcement.

    It is not just undocumented people who are being targeted. Eric Lopez of the Amica Center noted that DHS has narrowed asylum protections and reinterpreted immigration law more aggressively than ever. The result, he says, is profoundly chilling: families watch loved ones get funneled into ICE custody with little chance of release or fair treatment, and accessing court or finding a lawyer has become an uphill battle.

    ICE made 2,280 arrests in the first seven months of 2025 within its Baltimore Area of Responsibility, which indicates its physical jurisdiction for operation, surpassing the 1,498 total arrests in all of 2024 by a large margin. According to the Deportation Data Project, the Baltimore Area of Responsibility is all of Maryland and can include some parts of Virginia and Delaware. The overwhelming majority of arrests involved people from Guatemala, El Salvador, Honduras, and Mexico.

    CASA Housing Programs Project Manager Jorge Berrios adjusts a painting in one of the offices on Oct. 1. Credit: J. M. Giordano

    Detentions and deportations long predate Trump. What differentiates his approach from other administrations, advocates say, is the near-eradication of legal pathways entirely and the push to detain nearly all pending cases — a sharp escalation from prior administrations.

    Expansive expedited removal, for example, is now being applied to people who have been in the U.S. for years, according to Adonia Simpson, an immigration attorney. “Before, it was just for people that had arrived within 14 days within 100 miles of the U.S. border,” she said. But now this tactic is applied to individuals already settled in the United States, “and oftentimes people that have been here for more than two years.”

    One undocumented Baltimorean, who asked not to be identified, knowingly entered the United States illegally to save her daughter from human trafficking. In her home country, a local gang warned they would return for her child when she was older. She chose to move to the United States, bypassing closer countries where she believed gangs could more easily reach her.

    Immigration courts now operate under new constraints such as judges having expanded powers to dismiss cases outright and the acceleration of visa cancellations under programs like “Catch and Revoke,” a Trump administration-proposed policy that enforces zero-tolerance for noncitizens, particularly aimed at noncitizens who express political dissent toward the current administration.

    Advocates say these shifts show that the administration is not just tightening enforcement but dismantling the systems that once offered a path to lawful residency. Policies once seen as safeguards, like check-ins during pending cases, now feel like traps. The result is widespread fear across immigrant communities, where long-standing routes to stability and citizenship are disappearing along with hope. 

    Attorneys with Amica say many of their clients face serious health challenges on top of their precarious immigration status. One attorney described a client, several months pregnant with her first child, who avoids prenatal checkups out of fear of being detained. The constant threat of ICE raids targeting anyone who appears to be Latino has led many to avoid medical care, advocates say, putting their health at risk. “People are afraid to be out. They’ll go out to get essentials and go quickly,” Paisley said. 

    Another Amica advocate shared the story of a chronically ill client who was arrested while traveling to visit their comatose child.

    “The reality is that everyone is a priority for detention and arrest,” Eric Lopez of the Amica Center said. “People who pose absolutely no risk to public safety, even using ICE’s own metrics, are not being released from ICE custody.”

    “The reality is that everyone is a priority for detention and arrest,” Lopez said. “People who pose absolutely no risk to public safety, even using ICE’s own metrics, are not being released from ICE custody.”

    A case manager at Southeast CDC, who asked not to be named, says many of his clients — legal residents and noncitizens — are too afraid to use or open bank accounts. Carrying cash has left them vulnerable, earning a reputation as “walking ATMs,” but many believe the risk of theft is safer than the fear that money in the bank could be seized if they are deported.

    The same fear carries over to housing. Without the documents required by reputable property managers, noncitizens often turn to landlords who exploit their status, using it as leverage against them. Even when mistreated, most tenants refuse to push back. “90% of my clients, even when they’re right, won’t take action against a landlord,” the case manager said. “They don’t believe me when I tell them their immigration status has nothing to do with their rights.”

    The chilling effect reaches families with U.S.-born children as well. Case workers note that many parents avoid applying for benefits their children qualify for, worried that doing so will put their own status under a microscope.

    For some, the strain has become unbearable. One client, a mother of young children, attempted suicide earlier this summer under the weight of bills, unstable work, and constant fear. She had stopped responding to her case manager weeks before her mother finally called to explain what had happened.

    These experiences leave case workers feeling stuck. “Tell people their rights, and that’s great, but they need a lawyer,” the case worker said. 

    “Knowing your rights only goes so far when there’s no one to fight for you. People need lawyers, fact of the matter. And there’s nothing. I refer them, and attorneys have this huge waiting list.”

    a case manager at Southeast CDC, who asked not to be named.

    “It is great that they know their rights but how useful is that right now? Knowing your rights only goes so far when there’s no one to fight for you. People need lawyers, fact of the matter. And there’s nothing. I refer them, and attorneys have this huge waiting list.”

    Simpson, the D.C. and Baltimore-based immigration attorney, has observed a rise in scams targeting noncitizens, with individuals impersonating ICE agents or falsely presenting themselves as legal authorities to extort immigrants. Crisaly De Los Santos, director of CASA’s Baltimore and central Maryland branch, echoed Simpson’s concerns, alleging that ICE itself has used deceptive tactics, such as job postings for Spanish speakers and translators, to ensnare immigrants. 

    “Unfortunately, in times like this, when things are sensitive, there’s a lot of misinformation, there’s a lot of fear, a lot of uncertainty,” Simpson said in a community meeting. “There are bad actors that look to take advantage.”

    Beyond the immediate trauma of ICE arrests, there are questions around how long the community can tolerate the chilling effects of ICE’s presence before being forced into impossible economic choices. Johanna Barrantes, small business project manager at Southeast CDC, notes that the heavy ICE presence, coupled with the fear it instills in the surrounding Spanish-speaking communities, citizen and noncitizen alike, is eroding the community stability and sense of security. 

    Advocates and case workers at Southeast CDC report a steep drop in foot traffic, with local business revenues falling even more sharply. Paisley likens the desolate streets to the early days of the pandemic, noting that many business owners are reverting to strategies they used then to keep sustaining patronage and paying their employees so they can meet their financial needs. 

    While the pandemic posed a shared threat that everyone was learning to manage together, the current operation against immigrants is driven by a few against the many.

    But this is not COVID, Paisley stresses. While the pandemic posed a shared threat that everyone was learning to manage together, the current operation against immigrants is driven by a few against the many. Those in power shift the rules at will simply because they can, Paisley noted.

    Southeast CDC offers a range of community programs including a Know Your Rights training. Yet the central lesson — “don’t open your door” —  exposes a painful contradiction: While individuals can exercise that protection at home, small businesses do not have the luxury of refusing to open. Their survival depends on keeping their doors open to customers. 

    Meanwhile, many legal residents face precarious work permit situations. Southeast CDC sees expired permits weekly, with residents hesitant to renew for fear of ICE encounters. Under the current administration, this limits the types of jobs they can take and increases liability for employers, further restricting economic opportunity.

    Barrantes works as the bridge between Southeast CDC and local entrepreneurs. Since January, her role has increasingly centered on daily conversations about immigration enforcement. Even on the rare day the topic does not come up, she admits it is never far from her mind. Before, only a few businesses had installed buzzing systems to screen customers; now, she wonders how many more will feel compelled to follow suit. 

    Many community members are turning to Uber or delivery for essentials, earning less while spending more, further straining fiances. “We are about to head into event season, fall festivals, holiday events, which are a really big source of revenue for many small businesses, both brick and mortar and home-based. And for many folks that are in these targeted communities, they are going to have to make, yet again, another really difficult choice: what’s more at risk? My financial resources or my physical safety?” Barrantes said. “For many of our communities, they’ve always had to dance around, which is more dire?”

    A woman showing off her cultural dress on October 5 at the Fiesta Parade at Patterson Park. Credit: Fabian Perez

    All of these pressures are taking a toll on small businesses, especially those owned by Black and brown immigrants. Barrantes notes a slight rise in vacancy rates, and if the trend continues, it will likely leave an already vulnerable community even more exposed to the encroachment of large developers.

    “Mom and pop shops and microbusinesses know their communities,” Barrantes said. “They hire local, join associations, know their neighbors. Supporting them isn’t just about business success, it’s about fostering the strength and impact of the whole community.”

    Across Baltimore, fear permeates daily life. The sight of masked agents in neighborhoods leaves lasting emotional scars. The “arrest first and ask questions later” reality forces families to spend immense energy on safety planning, rights rehearsals, and preparing for potential detentions, fraying the very foundation of community well-being.

    The strain reaches beyond legal status. Heightened enforcement disrupts work, schooling, healthcare, and public life, shrinking once-vibrant cultural spaces. The community’s safe, joyous gathering places, once hubs of life, are shrinking. 

    Yet neighbors continue to act by raising their voices, banging on doors, and forming barriers, demonstrating solidarity and hope.

    Barrantes emphasizes that Black and brown communities have long navigated safety concerns; what is new is the speed and scale of impact. Still, resilience persists. Paisley says her staff remains committed to showing up, prioritizing community needs, and fostering joy. 

    “We’re seeing a number of people who are from this community, people who come to our doors saying, ‘We’re going to march because you can’t right now. You’re our neighbors,’” Paisley said.

    This post was originally published on The Real News Network.

  • Common Dreams Logo

    This story originally appeared in Common Dreams on Oct. 07, 2025. It is shared here under a Creative Commons (CC BY-NC-ND 3.0) license.

    Defying objections from state and local leaders, Texas Army National Guard troops sent on orders from President Donald Trump began arriving in Chicagoland Tuesday, sparking widespread outrage and vows to resist.

    Hundreds of federalized troops arrived at a military facility in suburban Joliet, Block Club Chicago reported. The Trump administration also announced plans over the weekend to federalize the Illinois National Guard and call up hundreds more troops for a mission to ostensibly support the president’s anti-immigrant crackdown.

    Officials including US Sen. Dick Durbin (Ill.), Illinois Gov. JB Pritzker, and Chicago Mayor Brandon Johnson—all Democrats—have condemned the deployment.

    “No officials from the federal government called me directly to discuss or coordinate,” Pritzker said in a statement ahead of the deployment. “We must now start calling this what it is: Trump’s invasion. It started with federal agents, it will soon include deploying federalized members of the Illinois National Guard against our wishes, and it will now involve sending in another state’s military troops.”

    President Trump and Governor Abbott have illegally sent the Texas National Guard into the sovereign state of Illinois over the objections of Governor Pritzker.This is a frightening and unconstitutional escalation.

    Senator Dick Durbin (@durbin.senate.gov) 2025-10-07T21:16:14.826Z

    Johnson—who on Monday signed an executive order establishing “ICE-free zones,” barring US Immigration and Customs Enforcement personnel from using city-owned facilities—addressed the deployment during a Tuesday press conference.

    ”As far as what we are hearing, the National Guard—first of all, it’s illegal, unconstitutional, it’s dangerous, it’s wrong,“ the progressive leader of the nation’s third-largest city told reporters. ”This is not about deportation. This is not about safety for this president.“

    Illinois and the city of Chicago on Monday filed a pair of lawsuits seeking to block Trump’s invasion. US District Judge April Perry subsequently refused to block the deployment, instead ordering the US Department of Justice to respond to the lawsuit within 48 hours. Perry set a Thursday hearing on the matter before she issues a ruling on the plaintiffs’ request for a temporary restraining order to block the deployment.

    Trump’s Illinois deployment followed his federal invasion of cities including Los Angeles, CaliforniaWashington, DC; and Portland, Oregon. Judges have ruled that the LA and Portland deployments are illegal.

    On Monday, Trump said he was open to invoking the Insurrection Act to put down future civil unrest in US cities, drawing sharp condemnation from legal experts and other critics, some of whom accused the president of trying to foment disorder he could cite to justify even more authoritarianism.

    Officials and activists in Illinois vowed to continue resisting Trump’s actions.

    ”Illinois will not let the Trump administration continue on their authoritarian march without resisting,“ Pritzker said Tuesday. ”We will use every lever at our disposal to stop this power grab because military troops should not be used against American communities.“

    This post was originally published on The Real News Network.

  • For over four months, masked federal officers have been arresting and disappearing immigrants attending their mandatory asylum court dates. Photojournalists in New York City fought to maintain their First Amendment right to observe the chaotic, cruel, and often violent breach of due process occurring daily in NYC’s immigration courts.

    A documentary by Michael Nigro.

    Transcript

    Brad Lander (NYC Comptroller):  These buildings have ceased to be courthouses. They are not places where judges are having hearings that are a meaningful part of the rule of law. These buildings are essentially abduction traps.

    [TEXT]  On May 29, 2025, journalists gained access to film in the hallways of the Jacob K. Javits Federal Building and the Ted Weiss Federal Building in lower Manhattan.

    Both buildings contain multiple immigration courts open to the public

    Dan Goldman (US Representative D-NY):  They are now literally arresting people who are coming to court, who are following the law, who are doing things the right way. These are the exact opposite of convicted criminals and worst of the worst that Donald Trump said he was going to deport. These are people doing it the right way.

    [TEXT]  Hundreds have been detained, deported, and disappeared to other cities or other countries.

    Dan Goldman (US Representative D-NY):  This is gestapo-like behavior, where plainclothes officers wearing masks are terrorizing immigrants who are doing the right thing by going to court, following up on their immigration proceedings, and trying to come into this country lawfully, which is through asylum.

    Speaker 1:  You have the right to remain silent.

    [Repeats in Spanish].

    Speaker 2:  [Speaking Spanish] No, please… My dad…

    Speaker 3:  [Shouting] Where’s my son? Where’s my son?

    Speaker 4:  You guys ask people to do it the legal way, they do it, and this is how you treat them.

    Speaker 5:  What’s your fucking family say about you? You fucking Nazi.

    [Inaudible].

    Speaker 6:  Yo, get the fuck off me! I’m American!

    Masked Border Patrol Officer:  I can put my hands up, too [obscures camera].

    Camera Operator 1:  Yeah, you can.

    [TEXT]  Early on, agents did not wear tactical gear.

    Few agents would identify themselves.

    Camera Operator 2:  Can you guys identify yourself, please?

    Plainclothes Officer 1:  I’m with the FBI.

    Camera Operator 2:  And your name is?

    Plainclothes Officer 1:  I decline to answer that, but we just have to do what we have to do and then we’ll be out of the way.

    Speaker 7:  The judge has trampled on his rights.

    Plainclothes Officer 2:  I apologize. But you have to talk to somebody at 26 Federal Plaza. We’re just following orders, ma’am.

    Speaker 7:  There’s no one who…

    Camera Operator 2:  Just following orders? Are you with the FBI as well?

    Speaker 7:  Can I get your name?

    Masked Plainclothes Officer 1:  I don’t have to answer that.

    Speaker 7:  Can I get your supervisor and what department you’re from?

    Speaker 8:  We need to close the door. Excuse me.

    [TEXT]  Activists and court observers were also allowed in these public spaces.

    They would later be restricted from being in the hallways.

    No cameras are allowed inside the waiting rooms or courtrooms.

    Speaker 9:  Excuse me. Excuse me.

    Speaker 5:  [Inaudible] fucking ashamed. Jesus fucking Christ.

    Speaker 4:  Shame on you. Shame, shame, shame.

    Speaker 5:  Fuck you, fucking Nazi.

    Speaker 4:  Shame.

    Speaker 5:  You are a Nazi.

    Speaker 4:  Shame on you. This is disgusting. Shame. [Camera shutters clicking].

    Speaker 5:  Move me out of the way. I’m an American citizen.

    Plainclothes Officer 2:  You are impeding arrest.

    Speaker 5:  Move me.

    Plainclothes Officer 2:  You are impeding arrest.

    Speaker 5:  Move me. Move me.

    Speaker 4:  Shame, shame, shame.

    Speaker 5:  Fucking fascists.

    Do you tell your mom you’re a Nazi? Did you dream about this when you were fucking growing up? Huh? Huh? Huh?

    Speaker 4:  Who are you? Who are you? I don’t know who you are.

    Speaker 5:  What’s your fucking family say about you? You fucking Nazi. Fucking SS, that’s who you are.

    Speaker 4:  I don’t know who you are. Why are you [inaudible].

    Speaker 5:  Fucking Nazi. Take your mask off you fucking coward. Take it off. Take it off.

    Speaker 10:  [Inaudible]

    Speaker 11:  Fucking abominations of people.

    Speaker 5:  Fuck you. Nazi! Fuck you!

    [Slams fists on door].

    [TEXT]  Being undocumented in America is not a criminal offence.

    It is a civil violation — Just like a speeding ticket.

    The courts are the sanctioned process to determine asylum eligibility.

    Agents often ignore a judge’s ruling and make arrests anyway.

    Brad Lander (NYC Comptroller):  The judge just granted every one of the people that’s about to leave this courtroom a continuance until Nov. 4, 2026. She advised every one of them of their right to have their cases heard in person, to be able to tell their stories. She asked them if they feared persecution, that they are entitled to have lawyers. She told them that they would have a list of the lawyers that might be provided free or low cost, although I’m told it hasn’t been updated since 2023, even though the city and the state are providing a lot of resources for lawyers.

    So anyone that [inaudible] God, including these families, they are violating the Convention Against Torture, and they are certainly violating Judge Adams’ very well-described rights.

    Speaker 12:  There’s a baby. There’s a baby, guys [crosstalk].

    Officer 1:  Make a hole —

    Speaker 13:  Not in the courtroom. Not in the courtroom. Not in the courtroom.

    Masked Officer:  No pictures in the courtroom.

    Speaker 12:  Guys —

    Masked Officer:  No pictures of the courtroom.

    Speaker 12:  Just hold him on the side, right here.

    No photograph inside the courtroom.

    Masked Officer:  Make a hole! Make a hole!

    Hey, just take them, just take them, just take them. We’ll come find you.

    [Crosstalk].

    Speaker 12:  It doesn’t matter their identity, it doesn’t matter who they are, you don’t even know —

    Camera Operator 3:  I got your back, I got your back.

    Speaker 14:  Sir, what country are you from?

    Speaker 1:  You don’t have to show documents. You have the right to remain silent [Spanish].

    Masked Officer:  Make a hole! Make a hole now! Make a hole now!

    Speaker 15:  Here we go.

    Out of the door.

    Masked Officer:  Make a hole now! Out of the damn way!

    [TEXT]  “…70.3% held in ICE detention have no criminal conviction … Many of those convicted committed only minor offenses, including traffic violations.”

    – Transactional Records Access Clearinghouse (TRAC), Sept. 2, 2025.

    Speaker 16:  Why is he being detained?

    Speaker 17:  What is the reason for his detainment?

    Is the reason for detaining him, has he done anything? Has he broken any laws?

    Speaker 16:  He has another court date. He has another court date. He’s been released by the judge.

    Speaker 17:  His court date is set for next May. Why is he being detained?

    [TEXT]  Detained immigrants are taken to the 10th floor and sometimes held for weeks.

    Despite legal precedent, politicians have been denied entry into those rooms.

    In August 2025, a leaked video exposed serious issues in the 10th floor holding cells, including overcrowding, poor sanitation, lack of medical care, [and] limited legal access.

    Speaker 18:  …I’m sure you’re following federal orders.

    Speaker 19:  Who’s out there?

    Speaker 20:  Don’t open the door.

    Speaker 21:  I got you. Who’s out there?

    Speaker 19:  Press.

    Speaker 21:  OK.

    Julia Salazar (New York State Senator):  And elected officials.

    Speaker 22:  Why won’t you open the door?

    Speaker 23:  State elected officials and city elected officials.

    Speaker 24:  Please do open the door.

    Julia Salazar (New York State Senator):  We’re just asking to observe.

    Emily Gallagher (New York State Representative):  It’s our right as elected officials to observe the conditions our constituents are in.

    Jessica González-Rojas (New York State Rep.):  We’re happy to wait as long as you need us to wait.

    Robert Carroll (New York State Representative):  Court proceedings can’t be fair if they’re done in the dark.

    Emily Gallagher (New York State Representative):  Yeah. A federal judge ruled yesterday that no one should be detained up here and that we should be able to enter.

    Gustavo Rivera (New York State Senator):  And since we know the folks are here, we just want to observe their conditions. That’s all.

    [TEXT]  After an hour-long standoff, Homeland Security arrested the 11 elected lawmakers.

    Crowd:  We want justice for our people!

    Officer 2:  Back up! If you impede, you will be placed under arrest!

    Crowd:  We want justice for our neighbors!

    Officer 3:  On that side, please. On that side.

    Crowd:  One! Two! A little bit louder! Three!

    Officer 2:  Make a hole! If you impede, you will be placed under arrest!

    Speaker 25:  Five!

    Photojournalist:  Violence…

    [Camera shutters clicking].

    Masked Officer:  Move, move, move!

    Masked Plainclothes Officer 2:  Keep walking, guys. Come on, keep going. Keep walking. Keep walking. Come on.

    Masked Plainclothes Officer 3:  Move out of the way!

    Speaker 26:  [Speaking Spanish].

    Benjamin Remy, Esq.:  That was an asylum-seeker from Venezuela. He was given his final hearing, and unfortunately, he was grabbed as soon as he left the room, so there will be no due process for this man. He’ll be shipped out somewhere across the country to a detention facility and he’ll have to start essentially from scratch.

    Camera operator 4:  Stand back. It’s a pregnant woman.

    Speaker 27:  Thank you.

    Masked Plainclothes Officer 4:  Clear a path, please.

    More space, more space, more space.

    [To the press] Get out of the fucking way! You do that one more fucking time, I’ll fucking arrest you.

    Allison Cutler, Esq.:  And I said that to them. I was like, she is pregnant and you’re detaining her. She’s in her final trimester, obviously, she’s incredibly pregnant, and you’re detaining her anyway. You can cause a miscarriage doing that.

    The pregnant women really get me.

    Speaker 28:  Oh, honey.

    Allison Cutler, Esq.:  Because we had a client whose wife suffered a miscarriage after she witnessed him being detained.

    Speaker 29:  I remember that, yeah.

    Allison Cutler, Esq.:  And so you could literally cause a miscarriage at this point.

    Speaker 30:  Do you know the nationality?

    Allison Cutler, Esq.:  [Shakes head “no”].

    I told them she’s pregnant. She’s obviously extremely pregnant. I told the client to tell him what medication she…

    [TEXT]  The White House has directed that people can be deported to countries they’re not from.

    Speaker 31:  [Spanish] Please, please, no.

    Masked Plainclothes Officer 5:  Out the way!

    [Speaking Spanish].

    Speaker 31:  [Crying].

    [TEXT]  Naturalization ceremonies are held in the same building.

    “Overall, immigration courthouse arrests have been nearly 14 times as common in New York City than the country as a whole. They made up 7% of all ICE arrests in the city since President Donald Trump’s inauguration on Jan. 20 through June, compared to 0.5% nationally over the same period of time.”

    – “NYC Is the Nation’s Capital of Immigration Courthouse Arrests, New Data Analysis Shows” by Haidee Chu and Gwynne Hogan THE CITY, Aug. 11, 2025.

    Protests outside the buildings while court is in session have become common.

    Protesters:  No ICE! No KKK, no fascist USA!

    No ICE! No KKK, no fascist USA!

    No ICE! No KKK, no fascist USA!

    Masked Plainclothes Officer 4:  We’re ICE, OK? You’re being detained.

    Officer 4:  Back up, back up, back up. Back up!

    Officer 3:  Everyone, get back!

    Speaker 32:  But you don’t have beds here?

    Speaker 33:  We do not have beds here.

    Protesters:  [Singing “Amazing Grace”] I once was lost…

    [Chanting].

    Officer 5:  You will be placed under arrest and charged with disorderly conduct.

    Chant Leader:  How do you spell “kidnappers?”

    Protesters:  I-C-E!

    Jumaane Williams (New York City Public Advocate):  It’s possible that the 4-year-old daughter would be taken and the mom would be left.

    Officer 5:  Please make a hole.

    Speaker 34:  Watch the water fountain, guys, behind you.

    Speaker 35:  Help, help —

    Protesters:  [Yelling].

    Masked Plainclothes Officer 6:  I’ll explain everything to you in a minute.

    Detained Man:  [Spanish] Thank you very much.

    Speaker 36:  Don’t try to push my hand. This is as far as you go.

    [TEXT]  On Sept. 9, 2025, the Supreme Court lifted a ruling preventing ICE from targeting people without probable cause in Los Angeles.

    Critics say the ruling allows “blatant racial profiling.”

    Profiling has been observed in the NYC court hallways since May 29, 2025.

    Speaker 38:  Get the fuck off me! I know my rights! You guys are harassing me!

    Masked Plainclothes Officer 7:  Get back, get back, get back.

    Speaker 6:  You’re harassing me! Stop harassing me! I’m American, motherfuckers! Get the fuck off me!

    Masked Plainclothes Officer 7:  I understand. Go ahead, bro.

    Speaker 6:  Stop touching me! Don’t touch me, nigga! I know my rights! Yo, get the fuck off me! I’m American!

    This is a fucking public building!

    [Crosstalk]

    Fuck you!

    Masked Plainclothes Officer 7:  Go that way! Get out of here! Get out of here!

    Speaker 6:  Don’t touch me! Stop touching me!

    [Crosstalk]

    A public building!

    [Crosstalk]

    Excuse me, I got to get my stuff. Excuse me. Excuse me. Good boy.

    Where’s my stuff at? Y’all threw it on the floor, huh?

    Masked Plainclothes Officer 7:  Well, you — [Crosstalk].

    Speaker 6:  …Move out of people’s way, huh? Y’all want to harass everybody in the fucking world. Y’all got nothing else better to do?

    You touching me, sir.

    Masked Plainclothes Officer 8:  You’re touching me.

    Speaker 6:  You’re touching my butt.

    Masked Plainclothes Officer 8:  You’re touching me. [Crosstalk].

    Touching your butt? You should be so lucky.

    Speaker 6:  Oh?

    Masked Plainclothes Officer 8:  You should be so lucky.

    Speaker 6:  I got five kids, homie, I don’t need it.

    Masked Plainclothes Officer 8:  Sure seems like it. You should be at home taking care of your kids.

    Speaker 6:  And I do take care of my kids. What do you do for a living, harass people?

    Masked Plainclothes Officer 8:  Yeah.

    Speaker 6:  All right, that’s what I thought.

    I dislike you for what the fuck you do, and I bet you $100 million your dumbass family’s not even from here! We all come from somewhere, you stupid motherfucker.

    Masked Plainclothes Officer 8:  Being racist.

    Speaker 6:  Yeah, I’m not racist. You’re the racist one for touching me! Your men harassed me! Your men harassed me! Your men harassed me! That dumbass agent nigga that’s not even American harassed me. And his stupid ass! Your fucking ancestors came here, fucking shit!

    Masked Plainclothes Officer 8:  [Inaudible].

    Speaker 6:  Yeah, yeah, get mad, big boy! You can’t touch me, nigga, I’m American!

    Masked Plainclothes Officer 9:  Where’s security? Are we able to get him out of here?

    Speaker 6:  Security, no. I’m not done, sir.

    Masked Plainclothes Officer 9:  Are we able to get him out of here?

    Speaker 6:  I’m not done, sir. Excuse me, I got to go do paperwork.

    Masked Painclothes Officer 10:  You’re done, you’re done.

    Speaker 6:  Sir, I got to go talk to the lady.

    Masked Painclothes Officer 10:  Not right now.

    Speaker 6:  This is a public building.

    Just do better. I pray for you. I hope to God he helps you and blesses you, and your life, and your family, and forgives you for your job, forgives you for everything that you did wrong [camera shutters clicking]. I pray to God he forgives you, I really do, and I forgive you. I forgive you for doing this to me today in front of all these people and cameras. I forgive you, and I pray for you. I pray for you, bro.

    [TEXT]  Masked agents stormed a courtroom when a scared asylum seeker ran back into court.

    A judge had just granted him a continuance for 2027.

    The agents arrested him anyway.

    Masked Plainclothes Officer 11:  Make a hole, make a hole, make a hole. Make a hole.

    Masked Plainclothes Officer 4:  Get out the way! Get out the way!

    Speaker 39:  Uh-oh.

    Speaker 40:  [Crying].

    [Handcuffs closing].

    This post was originally published on The Real News Network.

  • This story was originally published on Truthout on Oct. 06, 2025. It is shared here under a  Creative Commons (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0) license.

    Today, federal lawmakers sent a letter to the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) demanding information on any plans Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) has to use Graphite, a spyware program that can access — without the owner’s knowledge or consent — a phone’s location data, photos, and encrypted applications, including WhatsApp and Signal.

    Last year, the Biden administration paused the contract with Paragon Solutions, which operates Graphite, while it conducted a review to ensure it complied with an executive order issued in 2023 which limits the government’s use of spyware. In August, the Trump administration lifted the stop work order, news that was first reported by All-Source Intelligence.

    The letter to DHS Secretary Kristi Noem was signed by Democratic Reps. Summer Lee (Pennsylvania), Shontel Brown (Ohio), and Yassamin Ansari (Arizona).

    The lawmakers asked Noem to provide information on the government’s use of surveillance technology by October 14, including “a comprehensive list of data surveillance targets and ICE’s strategy for deploying spyware or mass data surveillance within the United States.”

    The lawmakers warned that allowing ICE to use to spyware “threatens Americans’ freedom of movement and freedom of speech.”

    “Given the Trump Administration’s disregard for constitutional rights and civil liberties in pursuit of rapid mass deportation, we are seriously concerned that ICE will abuse Graphite software to target immigrants, people of color, and individuals who express opposition to ICE’s repeated attacks on the rule of law,” they wrote.

    Paragon was founded in 2019 by former Israeli military intelligence officers who worked in the Israeli military’s Unit 8200. Last year, the Florida-based private equity firm, AE Industrial Partners, bought Paragon.

    Recently, Microsoft blocked Unit 8200’s access to its cloud software after an investigation published in The Guardian revealed that the unit was using the cloud to store information on Palestinians — information that was then used to plan deadly attacks on Gaza.

    Paragon has been repeatedly accused of violating people’s human rights. Earlier this year, the company was embroiled in a scandal after investigations revealed that the software had been used to spy on activists and journalists in Europe.

    “There’s no link to click, attachment to download, file to open or mistake to make,” John Scott-Railton, a senior researcher at the Citizen Lab, told the Associated Press of Graphite. “One moment the phone is yours, and the next minute its data is streaming to an attacker,” he said.

    Researchers with The Citizen Lab, based at the University of Toronto, conducted a forensic analysis of two reporters’ phones — “a prominent European journalist” who asked to remain anonymous, and Italian journalist Ciro Pellegrino. Both journalists’ phones were targeted with Graphite, according to the researchers’ report released in June.

    Amnesty International says Graphite “can never be human rights compliant and should be banned.”

    “Paragon’s Graphite spyware product is a form of highly invasive spyware capable of covertly accessing the most intimate and sensitive data on an individual’s phone, and cannot be independently audited,” the group said in March.

    The letter to Noem comes as the Trump administration has targeted anyone it perceives as an enemy, including pro-Palestine activists, anti-ICE protesters, and Democratic elected officials. On Friday, the administration deported award-winning journalist Mario Guevara for livestreaming law enforcement activities, which is protected by the First Amendment.

    In comments to Truthout on Monday, Lee said that she will “not allow ICE to operate in the shadows.”

    “Once that kind of surveillance is allowed, it rarely stays limited to whatever the government claims it is for,” she said. “History shows what happens when governments are given this kind of unchecked access. It leads to intimidation, to silence, to control. And too often, it is immigrants, organizers, and people speaking out for justice who feel it first. Our responsibility is to protect civil liberties, not surrender them.”

    This post was originally published on The Real News Network.

  • Eric King is a father, poet, activist, and anarchist who was imprisoned in 2014 for acts of solidarity with the Ferguson, MO, uprising in the wake of the police killing of Michael Brown. While locked up, King endured years of documented physical and psychological torture, spending the last 18 months of his sentence in the ADX supermax prison in Florence, Colorado. In this episode of Rattling the Bars, host Mansa Musa speaks with King about how he survived his incarceration “with heart and soul intact,” and about King’s new book, A Clean Hell: Anarchy and Abolition in America’s Most Notorious Dungeon, in which he “opens the doors of America’s most secretive prison and lets the reader step into the cell to experience all the horrors the Federal Bureau of Prisons tries to keep hidden underground.”

    Guest:

    • Eric King is an anarchist who was imprisoned in 2014 for acts of solidarity with the Ferguson, Missouri, uprising. While in federal custody King was indicted for a self-defense incident at FCI-Florence. King took it to trial and is one of the few people to ever win such a case at a federal trial. After his legal victory, King was sent to the federal supermax ADX, where he spent most of his final two years of his prison bid. During his time in prison King coedited the political prisoner anthology Rattling the Cages: Oral Histories of North American Political Prisoners. King survived years of documented physical and psychological torture and made it out of prison with heart and soul intact. He is an activist, antifascist, and loving father and husband who lives in Denver, CO.

    Additional links/info:

    Credits:

    • Producer / Videographer / Post-Production: Cameron Granadino
    Transcript

    The following is a rushed transcript and may contain errors. A proofread version will be made available as soon as possible.

    Mansa Musa:

    Welcome to this edition of Rattling the Bars. I’m your host, Mansa Musa. Eric King is a father, poet, author and activist. In December of 2023, he was released from the federal Supermax, ADX prison after spending nearly 10 years as a political prisoner for an act of protest over the police murder of Michael Brown in Ferguson, Missouri. He was held in solitary confinement for years due to his radical resistance and was met with violence by guards throughout his in conservation. Eric has published three zines and co-edited Rattling the Cages, all history of North American political prisoners in 2023. Eric now works as a paralegal for the Bread and Rose Legal Clinic. Welcome Eric to Rattling the Bars.

    Eric King:

    Glad to be back. Nice talking to you again.

    Mansa Musa:

    Alright, most definitely. And for the benefit of our, Eric is no stranger to the Real News or Rattling the Bars. So Eric, okay, let’s start by talking about the book that we are here to discuss today. A Clean Hell: Anarchy and Abolition in America’s Most Notorious Dungeon. And here we talking about, you wrote a book about specifically your experience in experience what is known as the supermax, the ultra Supermax, Florence, Colorado, ADX. And in it you outline a series of chapters that evolved into the conclusion where you ultimately got out. Okay. The term a clean hell. And I’ve been in Supermax, I did four and a half years in what they call the Supermax in Maryland, Baltimore. And it was a control, basically a control unit. You had 12 people on the pod. We never interacted with each other. Everything was, all the movement was controlled when you came out you had to turn around, put handcuffed from the back, taken out of yard by yourself. It was the only difference between this and the ADX. It was a small version, but it was founded on the principle of the Supermax principle control unit. And one thing I noticed about it when I got in there was how quiet it was. Oh my God.

    Talk about how did you come up with this name A Clean Hell, how did that come about? Hell being clean. But in terms of how did you come into that space that you recognize that this is actually hell no matter how they sugarcoat it.

    Eric King:

    So that saying comes from this punk ass warden that used to be the warden of ADX, and he was describing it to ABC News. And he was saying that the prison, usually prisons are kind of dingy, gross places, but this prison looks clean, it looks pristine, it looks new, but you go inside it and it is just a soul sucking desolate hell. There is no, you are not provided any joy, any stimulation. You got to find that yourself. And I had read about that shit before and I didn’t understand how real it was. I didn’t understand what weeks and months of silence can do to someone’s psyche. And that’s serious. That can tear people apart if you’re not conscious of what’s happening to you

    Mansa Musa:

    And evolution. Okay. So let’s talk about the evolution of, before we unpack some of the nuances of this hellhole, the evolution of the supermax. It started with in this country it started the concept of, it started with Alcatraz, the isolation and what you talking about. Silence, because it was mandated that you talk, you make any noise. After they lock them doors, you going to bring you out, bring out and beat you and put you back or put you in the hole, put you back. So this evolved out of that concept, the perspective of silence and control. Silence and control evolved out. Then they closed Alcatraz and they create Marion and then create Marion. Same principle, only difference is the control they had, the control that they was using, they phased in different aspects of allowing people to have access to each other or to interact at some juncture. Then you had Terry Hutt and all these, the control mechanism was not in the prison in and of itself. It wasn’t like is a controlled unit. Marion went, Marion went into a shutdown mode after a number of murders that took place, then they locked it down completely. But the control mechanism, and you can pick up from here, the control control mechanism might’ve been a section in Marion. Talk about that.

    Eric King:

    Yeah, so Marion, they called it a supermax when it first opened, but it was wasn’t like we have now. They still had several hours out of their cells. They could still congregate with people. But when the brand, the Arian Brotherhood, they butchered two cops in the same day. Somehow they didn’t lock down after the first one. And once that happened it became a full control unit. And once they had that, once they had that unit, they started filling it not just with dangerous prisoners but with influential prisoners or radical prisoners. That’s when you saw a lot of the black liberation cats go there. The white political prisoners, Leonard Pier, the Puerto Ricans. And they realized that they can use these supermaxes to shut down descent. And after about 20 years, the merit control unit finally got shut down. But while that was happening, they were already building ADX because they saw in Pelican Bay that you can really isolate people. And so they took avert, they had the same architect take a version of Pelican Bay, shrink it, make it a little more controlled, and then put the federal prisoners in there. And they sold it. They sold it to the public, they sold it to Congress and they created this shoebox. Ray Luke caught ’em rail like box cells,

    Mansa Musa:

    Right? They’re all concrete. Yeah. Like you taking them concentration camp.

    Eric King:

    Yeah,

    Mansa Musa:

    Like a train.

    Eric King:

    I can’t hear nobody, I can’t hit on the wall and play chess, have a conversation. So they wanted to take it to the next level and they did. They have no qualms taking things to that extent.

    Mansa Musa:

    Talk about the structure of the ADX for the benefit of our orders. We hear live things and you hear, oh, it’s underground. They bring the shower to your door, they open the backs of your cell, you go out in the yard, you come back in live futuristic stuff. Talk about the reality of it.

    Eric King:

    So ADX is, I guess it’s underground because it’s built into the ground. So we don’t see anything except for other parts of the other walls, the walls of the other units. But it’s broken down into about 12 units right now. I think they only have six or seven open, but each unit has four levels. Downstairs, A upstairs A downstairs B, upstairs B. And each unit has six to eight cells in it. And that’s where your law library is. That’s where your inside rec is. Your outside rec is either in a concrete box by yourself or in a dog kennel. And in your cells you have two doors. You have the inside door, which is where the cops bring you your food and laundry and shit. And then four feet away from that is the outside steel door. So they have you really contained and it’s very similar to what you said to where if you leave this cell, you’re handcuffed behind your back. You have two guards on you. One of ’em has a baton at all times. But the units are small and they’re small so that they can control and isolate them. If anything happens,

    You get into the unit, you have to pass through two doors basically just to get to the unit. Everything is electronic. When they open the doors, the guards can’t just open the doors. The bubble has to do it.

    Mansa Musa:

    Right, right.

    Eric King:

    And depending on what unit you’re in, depends on the amount of access you have. But every unit is at least 23 hours locked down, usually 24. We don’t get wreck every day. You know that. And the showers are in our cells in most units except for the H unit. And you press the button, you get 30 seconds of water every time you press it, but your life is that box. You don’t have an existence outside of that box anymore.

    Mansa Musa:

    And that right there, everything you described, the sax and the Maryland since in Maryland in Baltimore, it was identical in this regard. You had pods a, par, BPC, PA, DAE, A FP. On each pod it was four sections and each section had six, bottom, six on the bottom, six on the top. Same principle, same identical principle that you just outlined. So the architect of this and its designs, it wasn’t so much the architect of the design, it was the intent behind it is design to control. And a lot of dealt with lives of sensory deprivation in terms of the whole goal. Because if the isolation in and of itself, even if I give you a mechanism like a TV or radio, even if I give you something, it’s still the lack of human contact, the lack of the ability to exercise my senses. Outside of this box, you talked about in one of your sections, you talked about the new, you say a new type of institutionalization. Talk about that as we unpack this is the impact of this environment.

    Eric King:

    So normal prison institutionalization is violence. You’re institutionalized, have fight or flight at all times. You’re institutionalized not to trust people, you’re institutionalized to be wary of everyone to be on guard. And ADX reverses that and now you’re institutionalized to not trust yourself.

    Mansa Musa:

    Yeah. Come on, talk

    Eric King:

    About it. Yeah, you’re institutionalized to, you don’t have senses, you can’t hear shit. You can’t smell fresh air. And when this happens to you, when the guards and the institution continually treat you like you’re trash, you can start internalizing that whether you realize it or not. You can start internalizing that maybe I am violent, maybe I am one of the worst. And you become institutionalized to isolation. It becomes hard to be around people. Then it becomes hard to accept senses and voices once you’re finally released and all that emotion that you have to keep inside, that has to come out eventually. You’re going to be hurt, you’re going to hurt people around you.

    Mansa Musa:

    And

    Eric King:

    So that’s how they institutionalize you by breaking down your sense of self.

    Mansa Musa:

    And in this regard, you talked about how you was able to, what you did to try to combat that conditioning. And so talk about what your plan was and how you was able to, because we leave, George Jackson talked about this in so there bro, he say that he was not going to leave If I leave here alively, nothing behind won’t count amongst the broken men and the broken men that he was talking about. It wasn’t so much as him being broke, it was that the spirit was broke. That the goal was, he said the goal is to just kill our individuality. So now I’m functioning on herd instinct. Talk about how because now we in an environment where no matter what I think I’m here. I know the first thing they take away from me is my sense of hope when I come in the environment, oh you here until we let you go.

    So it’s not like you here and you go up every year and the prospect is getting out, we letting you know from the beginning that you are here until we let you go or until your time is up, whichever comes first. And in most cases your time being up. And in some cases you are not going to get out because your time is indefinite. So talk about how you was able to deal with it and come out of your sanity and enough sanity to be able to advocate for changes in these environments and the abolition of these environments.

    Eric King:

    So I had two advantages. The first one was I had just done five years straight in the shoe with constant, I didn’t have any communication with my family for five and a half years. So I already had that taken away. So I was kind of ready for that. But I also had an out date. I knew that no matter what, I’m going to be out here in two years. And that’s a blessing because a lot of the men there don’t have out dates, they’ll never get out. And I met people there that had been in for 25 years in that prison and they were never going to get released. I also saw and heard about men that were paralyzed by the tv. The TV became their new chain. They got stuck watching and they’d watch the fucking news and Big Bang Theory from 7:00 AM to 11:00 PM and that was their life now. And I read books like George Jackson, I read Ray Luke, I read Tom Manning. I read about Marian. So when I got there, I knew instantly that I have to be the one that determines my value and what my behavior works. And so I would give meaning to every day and I would give meaning to every object within that day. Cleaning my cell was a victory. Doing my burpees was a victory. Walking my laps was a victory. That was me winning over them. And that’s the way I framed is that I will create value to where they’ve tried to take it away. And that’s a form of resistance. When they say nothing means anything and now you say everything means something,

    You’re not going to take shit away from me. And so I had to do that. I had to have a routine and that routine had to be tight because if it got taken away, if it got fucked up, it felt like my whole world was falling apart. If they come and shake down the cell in the morning, I don’t get to do my burpees or clean my cell, they struck a blow. But as long as I can maintain that sense that I have value, what I’m doing has value. It creates dopamine in your brain. It tells you that you are doing something rewarding and something productive and that you have meaning. And that’s a revolutionary act to have meaning in the face of hopelessness. And I took strength from people like George. I took strength from people that had been through this shit. I didn’t know you then, but I would’ve taken strength from you. These people that paved the way teach us how to resist and everyone’s experience is a little different, but we can all learn from each other. And I had to do that or I would’ve fallen apart.

    Mansa Musa:

    And I wrong that you talk about the routine because when I did a lot of time in segregation, so I was already accustomed being locked behind the door. So the lack of movement wasn’t a problem for me. But in doing and going the prep, it’s preparation like you say you had been in this shoe, the preparation that’s like as it might sound as insane as it might sound, but it did prepare us for the most extreme forms of sensory deprivation or the most senior forms of torture. When I was in Superman, I had a routine, I was there, I was an escape risk. So I was subjected to coming to my cell three times a day, three times on each shift, once on each shift to search my cell. And one shift they might come right away when the shift change they might come and just do it and get it out the way the four to 12 might come and do and get it out the way. But the 12 to eight would play games. They would wait till they see me in their sleep, wake me up and then have me into a state of mind where I’m agitated. But my routine was

    Eric King:

    They want that too.

    Mansa Musa:

    And my routine was I didn’t cut the TV on until five o’clock. I listened, I had the radio on, I listened to talk shows from one to something from seven to six. Me and another guy study Spanish outside. We told each other Spanish outside the door from six o’clock to seven we did that. But the pointment I’m making is that the routine kept me, kept my mind agile. And so I never got frustrated at the fact that like I told you early, the first thing they took away from you when you went into Maryland supermax was you only getting out here when we want to let you out here. So if we take you up every year for review, we just doing that because that’s what the procedure say. That’s what the courts say. Courts say you have to be reviewed. But in terms of what we going to decide what we going to do, we’re not going to do nothing. We’re going status quo. But talk about, you had a chapter here called Stolen Moments of Freedom. Talk about that, the stolen moments of freedom. How was you able to steal moments of freedom in this environment? Or what was freedom? What was this freedom that you’re talking about?

    Eric King:

    Freedom. I like what you say too. It is really interesting hearing how other people’s experiences were because we were in different states, we were in different institutions, we were in different custodies, federal state. But it’s all created the same. They all learn from each other about how to evolve and how to find new techniques to hurt us and cause us to hurt ourselves basically with playing into their hands. So my freedom was based off the moments where I didn’t let them hurt me.

    It was based off looking outside and seeing the sunlight, that little inch that we had and knowing that there’s life out there. It was the brief moments of being able to write my family and feel like Eric not feel like political prisoner, not feel like seven. Oh it was being me. And just like I said with the routine, when I was able to do these small things and feel like myself, that’s when I knew I was free and I had a foot out the door. But it was also like when they would try to piss me off and I wouldn’t let ’em.

    When they would do his bullshit like rip up the mail or drop it outside your door knowing you can’t get it and instead of losing my shit and having ’em bring the sort team, I laughed at, laughed in their face, you can’t break me. Your power is over. And when you have family, when you have hope, when you have ethics, you can claim bits of freedom from them and retain who you are. And that’s the opposite of what they want. And I wouldn’t give ’em what they wanted.

    Mansa Musa:

    I think, I’m trying to think of his name of the book. I think it was Eric Frankel wrote a book about the Nazi concentration camp. And in that he talked about that, talked that right there. What you talking about how in this most dire environment where the Germans are playing mind games on everybody get on this bus, you go on the detail and you going to get extra whatever, but they take you out and shoot you the next day they say everybody get on the bus and now you petrified about getting on the bus. Everybody get on the bus, they go into detail. Everybody left behind, they shoot them and each time they play a mind game. But like you say, in terms of the mind game, how important was it or how important was you for you to hold on to that sense? It might seem to people in society it might seem like little trivial, trite getting a letter, but how important was it and being able to say, yeah, I’m good, I’m free. Or being able to write something. Oh yeah, I I’m, I got my clarity of things. How important was that for you to hold onto in the face of what you was going through?

    Eric King:

    So the UN did a study and found that 14 days in segregation is the period to where people start breaking down mentally if they’re not prepared. And holding onto my ethics was what gave me strength. So I went a long time without letters where they wouldn’t allow me mail or they wouldn’t allow me phone calls wouldn’t allow me visits. So when I finally got just a pinch of those, I knew that I was ready. I had this, I’m loved, people care about me. I am worth someone putting in that effort because if someone writes you a letter, it’s not just here’s a punk ass letter, they have to sit down, they have to consciously do this. And that’s showing that you’re worth it. And that helps you reclaim your sense of self, reclaim your sense of, alright, I’m not alone. I don’t have to face this fight alone. I can lean into people, I can have hope, I can have love, I can have conversations. And just knowing that people care is enough to push you forward at least a little bit longer because you just need to survive that one day and then survive the next day. But if you take it one day at a time and that one day you were loved and that one day people wanted you around and that one day people saw a future for you, that helps you see it for yourself. And once you have that, you can’t be beaten.

    Mansa Musa:

    In terms of you spoke on right there. Let’s talk about the demographics because here we talked earlier about when they build these environments, they build them, they brand them that the people that’s coming in this ADX is Al-Qaeda, anti-American terrorists, Charles Manson, mass murderers, the Pete, the worst of the worst coming in this environment. Talk about is that what actually was that the population more importantly, how many people do ADX hold and what that the total amount of people that the demographics, when you say you spoke about the demographic, talk about the demographic, but more importantly, how many people did ADX supposed to hold?

    Eric King:

    So ADX can hold 450. When I was there it had 354. Cause they’re having a hard time finding people to fit that criteria. Eventually they just started putting, I was essentially a filler. They needed a white leftist in there basically. So they gave me a leadership status and that’s how they get most people in there. They make up this bullshit claim of leadership. But there were, by the way, and I have a terrorist charge, but there were the people that they say are the worst of the worst. And I met some of them like yelling from my dog kennel to their windows. I write about Richard Reed, the shoe bomber.

    And I refuse what the government’s definition of people determine how I view them. I’m not going to judge you based off your actions against the US government. I’m not in Afghanistan or Pakistan or these areas getting bombed. So it’s not my place to judge you. And those people are in there, people that did bombings, people that it’s probably like 3%, there’s probably 40 of those cats. All of them are seemingly Muslim. And then the Oklahoma City bombers in there, some of the Eric Rudolph, the Olympic Bomber, people like that. There’s a couple. But most of the people I met were like black gang leaders or Mexican gang leaders. And when I say gang, that’s the prison’s definition.

    Mansa Musa:

    I know what you’re saying.

    Eric King:

    Yeah. And so I met so many cats from DC that they just called too powerful. One of the people I was closest with, I met him in the pre-release unit, his name was Shaheed and he was a DC black Muslim and he’d been in there for 19 years and his whole thing was leadership. You’re too influential. He was too influential as a 20-year-old. And so Wayne Perry’s there silk and you probably know who that is, but he’d been in there for gosh damn like 30 years, something like that in lockdown ADX for 20. And it’s not because you’re still killing cops or being violent, it’s because they know you can inject consciousness into people. And even if you’re a white gang leader, if you can get people to think you can have a lot of control and they shut that shit down. And so I’d say the vast majority of the people I met were either murderers, murder happens in prison, it’s the nature of the game. Or people that just were able to connect with people on a deeper level. And cats like Larry Hoover, he’d been there for 20 years. His whole thing was you’re too powerful. But that power is getting people to think and act on their own outside of the prison’s guidelines. And I’d say that’s a vast majority of people there.

    Mansa Musa:

    And the goal is, the goal is ultimately for these environments is to control your thinking. Oh yeah. And like you say, give up hope once you give up hope. My whole goal when I was locked up in prison was, and I had multiple temped escapes, I probably go down the world book of Guinness for most failed attempted escapes. My goal was I could down the other side of that fence, I just ain’t going down on the side of the fence that where I was held captive,

    I could get on the other side of the fence and fall out as long as I know that I was free. That’s the only thing. And that’s what drove me. What drove me was that I’m not going, I’m not going to let them beat me down to the point where I just give up. I’m not Claude McKay said Back against the wall dying but fighting back. As we get ready to wrap this up, talk about the two things when the fascists control the keys and anti-fascists political prisoner. Talk about those two things. When the fascist control the keys, and this is, I think you was going into the mentality of the guard, talk about that and then talk about you being the only anti-fascist political prison in ADX. Because according to them, ADX supposed be all your comrads supposed to be there, everybody from whoever to whatever to hire was supposed to be in there based on the design of this and the intent behind it.

    Eric King:

    Yeah. So you were talking about your hope, by the way. Your whole thing that gave you hope was get on the other side. My hole hope was my wife and kids.

    Mansa Musa:

    I

    Eric King:

    Had a wife,

    Mansa Musa:

    We had hope or something.

    Eric King:

    Yeah, she wanted me home and so I have to get home for her. And so that was my hope. And so when the fascists have the keys, I’m sure you experienced this, but these dudes are Nazis. They have Nazi badges on their vest. They took these guards to fight the George Floyd’s protestors in DC and other cities. And they had badges commemorating that. They had that stupid punisher skull. They had the tattoos. And these cats are the ones that control your mail. They control your access to the phone, your access to visits. And when the people that control you are the people that hate you the most, you are in a dangerous spot. We have their social media accounts, I put that in the book. They’re talking about how much they hate Muslims, how much they hate Blacks, how much they hate Antifa. But then you’re supposed to guard us and there’s no oversight when I’m getting pubic hair in my food, who’s holding them accountable, the fascist government. And they want this to happen. And so that’s a dangerous game. You got to learn to play. And I’ve got the scars on my head from my guards cracking my head open. And that’s not an accident. They hate us. I’m an anti-racist prisoner. I roll, I stand up for against Nazis, against white power. And they hate that shit. And as far as being the only anti-fascist, when Trump called Antifa, Antifa a terrorist organization, what he was saying was, race traders are terrorists because what does anti-fascism stand for? Essentially were anti-racist, anti-trans folk, anti-government bigotry. And I think they needed someone and they chose me. If there was more in there, it could have probably been someone else. We all know that if it wasn’t me, it would’ve been somebody

    Mansa Musa:

    That’s right.

    Eric King:

    And I had to fight. I had to fight on that. I had to fight other Nazi prisoners. I had to fight guards. And when you get an ADX, you’re vulnerable. They control everything. You have no control over anything in your life except for up there. Except for in your head. So it is scary. They still hate anti-fascists. They’re still raiding our houses. They’re still arresting us in the streets, but they’re also doing that to black people every day and brown people every day. So we’re not victims here. We are combatants. We are allies. And that’s the way I saw myself was them putting me in. There was a vindication of my movement.

    Mansa Musa:

    That’s right.

    Eric King:

    They were vindicating my resistance. And I forget who said that it was an elder black revolutionary, but that’s what they said. And I kept that in my heart that them putting me in here is showing why I was right. What they’re doing to shahied is proving to me why I have this fight going because I see your hatred and I’ll call it out and not everyone will, but I will call that shit out. I will put you on blast. I will fight you. Yeah,

    Mansa Musa:

    Right.

    Eric King:

    Because you’re wrong and right is right. And so I think that’s the difference. And I think that’s why they hate anti-fascists. That’s why they hate conscious or hip to it black prisoners. That’s why they hate Muslim prisoners because we will not bow down. We will fight back however we have it either with the pen, with the fist, with the mind. And that’s what anti-fascism in prison, it’s all about being an ally in this struggle and they hate that shit so much.

    Mansa Musa:

    Alright. And thank Eric and what you want to tell people about the book and how they can get it and more importantly, how they can stay connected with you as we wrap this up.

    Eric King:

    So the book comes out and we pushed it forward. It was going to be January now, it’s going to be late September, early October. And I want people to understand that this book isn’t just about me. This book is highlighting how these men are treated because they don’t have a voice. A lot of men in there will never get their stories out. They won’t hear how commissary is used as a weapon. They won’t hear how your family is used as a weapon. They won’t hear how the guards treat us and how this mentally affects us. But I do have that ability and because I have that blessing, I have to use it. And so I encourage people to read the book, not to hear about poor Eric, but to inspire them to fight for these men that they’ll never know because there’s 350 people in there and I guarantee most people that read that book will have maybe heard of two of them. Chapo and the Boston Bomber, Boston Marathon Bomber. But there are people in there that still have hope that are refusing to give up. And there’s people in there that have given up and they need love too. People need to hear how this breaks us. And I also talk about winning at trial in there because no one in the feds goes to trial. So I talk about that, what it’s like to go to trial and win. And these things are things that there’s no books about ADX.

    Mansa Musa:

    That’s right.

    Eric King:

    Not one. And so I’ve got the market cornered, so that’s important to me that people understand because there can be more of us as they crack down. Luigi is going to go to ADX, A lot of these Palestine protestors and ICE protestors, they might end up there. And it’s on us to be prepared and have the infrastructure ready to support people when they are there. And that’s crucial to me. It’s crucial to me not to just talk about myself, but to lift up the other men and hopefully make a positive change in their lives. Also, the books on PM Press, you can buy it there or anywhere else.

    Mansa Musa:

    And for the benefit of our audience, I just want to put in context about who Eric is because we have examples of someone or people that stormed the Capitol, beat the police fire bomb. We got examples of an insurrection, what they call an insurrection, but it was a riot. So you would think that Eric committed a crime or was involved with something to the same caliber or beyond the way he’s being treated because those people that stormed the Capitol, they were sent to DC City jail, they cried and they piss on and groan about their conditions and had the federal judge order them to clean up the jail. Eric was put in this situation. He’s in there because he had the heart, the consciousness and the soul to stand up for poor and oppressed people and not allow himself to be put into a class system where it was him, his race against our races, but put in a system where it’s us against them and them is the fascist capitalist imperialist people that runs this country.

    There you have it. The Real News and Rattling the Bars. Eric, you rattled the bars today, Eric, and we appreciate that. We appreciate you taking time out to educate our audience. We asking our audience to look into what Eric is saying, but more importantly, look into what he just said as he closed out. It’s human beings in these places that we’re talking about. You have Florida Alligator Alcatraz, you have ain’t no telling what other black sites they’ve got people in that people don’t have no way of getting the information out. But at least we have someone who took it upon themself to say, I’m going to make sure everybody know what this ADX is really about and how your money, the taxpayers money, y’all paying for this and y’all, if y’all, that’s what y’all want y’all money to go to, then say that. But if y’all know y’all money going somewhere it ain’t supposed to go, then you need to stand up and say, enough is enough. Thank you. We ask that you continue to support The Real News and Rattling the Bars. We ask that you send your common sense. Tell us what you think. It’s important that we hear your voice because we don’t give you a voice. We just apt turn the volume up on your voice. And with the state that we are in now in this country, it’s important that the volume of our voices, the voices of resistance, be loud and clear.

    This post was originally published on The Real News Network.

  • Common Dreams Logo

    This story originally appeared in Common Dreams on Oct. 02, 2025. It is shared here under a Creative Commons (CC BY-NC-ND 3.0) license.

    Just hours after President Donald Trump said US soldiers should use Americans cities as “training grounds,” federal law enforcement officials on Tuesday night descended upon an apartment complex in Chicago where witnesses say they broke down residents’ doors, smashed furniture and belongings, and dragged dozens of them, including children, placed in U-Haul vans.

    Local resident Rodrick Johnson, who lives in the building raided by Immigration and Customers Enforcement (ICE) agents, told the Chicago Sun-Times that federal officials broke down his door, put him in zip ties, and kept him detained outside the building for three hours before letting him go.

    “I asked [agents] why they were holding me if I was an American citizen, and they said I had to wait until they looked me up,” he explained to the paper. “I asked if they had a warrant, and I asked for a lawyer. They never brought one.”

    Pertissue Fisher, who also lives in the building, backed up Johnson’s account and said that agents forcibly removed all residents from their homes regardless of their legal status.

    “They just treated us like we were nothing,” she told local news station ABC 7 Chicago. “They, like, piling us all up in the back on the other side, and it wasn’t no room to move nowhere.”

    Ebony Sweets Watson, who lives across the street from the raided building, told the Chicago Sun-Times that she saw children, some of whom weren’t even wearing clothes, dragged out of the building by ICE agents and then placed into U-Haul vans.

    “It was heartbreaking to watch,” she said. “Even if you’re not a mother, seeing kids coming out buck naked and taken from their mothers, it was horrible.”

    Watson also said that it appeared the federal agents had ransacked the building during the raid.

    “Stuff was everywhere,” she said. “You could see people’s birth certificates, and papers thrown all over. Water was leaking into the hallway. It was wicked crazy.”

    Dan Jones, a resident at the building, told the Chicago Sun-Times that he returned from work on Wednesday to find that several of his belongings, including electronics and furniture, were missing from his apartment, and that all of his clothes had been strewn across the floor. He said that he asked the Chicago Police Department for any information about what happened to his belongings in the wake of the ICE raid, but has so far received no response.

    “I’m pissed off,” Jones told the paper. “I feel defeated because the authorities aren’t doing anything.”

    Darrell Ballard, who witnessed the raid, told ABC 7 Chicago that it felt more like a military operation than law enforcement.

    “We’re under siege,” he said. “We’re being invaded by our own military.”

    The Department of Homeland Security (DHS) said that 37 people were arrested during the raid, and it claimed some of them “are believed to be involved in drug trafficking and distribution, weapons crimes, and immigration violators.”

    American Immigration Council fellow Aaron Reichlin-Melnick said in a Thursday social media post that the raid represented “a surreal moment for America” that was a clear violation of residents’ civil liberties.

    “Needless to say, if the normal police ever pulled something like this—pulling every single person out of an apartment building and handcuffing them to run warrant checks—they would be sued into oblivion,” he observed. “Yet ICE is going to get away with it entirely.”

    Reichlin-Melnick also said that, even if the agents had a valid warrant to enter the apartment complex, it was highly unlikely that warrant would extend to removing every single resident there.

    “I am… DEEPLY skeptical that the warrant permitted them to smash down every door and arrest every person in the building,” he wrote. “My gut says they went far beyond the warrant.”

    This post was originally published on The Real News Network.

  • Veronicah Mbindyo is among the scores of young Kenyans caught up in mass arrests after June 25 anniversary protests, which marked a year since the country’s historic Gen Z uprising, when tens of thousands of youths united against crippling living costs and government corruption. 

    Later, police informed her of her charge: terrorism.

    “I was shocked,” says the 21-year-old, sitting in her small room in Matuu, a town in eastern Kenya. “I was so confused. To me, a terrorist is a really bad person—someone covering their face, throwing grenades, shooting people.”

    “But… hey, I guess I’m Al Shabaab now,” she says mockingly, releasing an edgy laugh.

    Mbindyo is one of hundreds of youths across the country facing serious charges since June 25 ranging from arson to terrorism, which carry steep bail and harsh sentences. At least 75 have been charged with terrorism. 

    Kenya has now joined a disturbing global trend. Similar tactics have been used in the U.S., U.K., and Germany to suppress grassroots movements, including pro-Palestinian and climate activism.

    Turning the country’s anti-terror laws on an entire generation of protesters marks an unprecedented escalation of state repression, Kenyan experts warn. 

    Kenya has now joined a disturbing global trend. Similar tactics have been used in the U.S., U.K., and Germany to suppress grassroots movements, including pro-Palestinian and climate activism. Under President William Ruto, Kenya has adopted the same playbook, using terror charges to impose crushing financial burdens and social stigma—making clear to the country’s youths that protests will bring life-altering consequences. 

    “I’m still traumatized by this,” Mbindyo tells The Real News Network, her eyes fixed on the floor. “Even now, I don’t feel like myself; I’m constantly stressed.”

    Veronicah Mbindyo, 21, was shocked to be charged with terrorism. Her case is part of a broader trend of weaponizing anti-terror laws against peaceful protesters. Photo by Jaclynn Ashly.
    Veronicah Mbindyo, 21, was shocked to be charged with terrorism. Her case is part of a broader trend of weaponizing anti-terror laws against peaceful protesters. Photo by Jaclynn Ashly.

    ‘Bad dream’

    Mbindyo didn’t attend the June 25 protests. Working at a fuel shop in the town center, she closed early and went home when the demonstrations began. She was shocked, then, when police arrived at her workplace days later and took her into custody.

    “The police just questioned me about what I saw during the protests,” Mbindyo recounts. “I told them I didn’t see anything because I wasn’t there.” The next day, she was charged with arson, accused of attacking officers and smashing police station windows.

    “The whole time I had no idea what they were talking about,” she says. Her bail was set at 200,000 Kenyan shillings ($1,548 USD).

    After several days, her mother, an informal vegetable vendor, managed to get her out on a surety bond. But weeks later, Mbindyo was rearrested with seven other youths and taken to Nairobi’s Kahawa Law Courts, which handle terrorism cases. She was informed of her charge and given a 200,000-shilling cash bail.

    She was then transferred to Langata Women’s Prison for two weeks. “Those days were one big nightmare,” she says, shaking her head. “The first day I couldn’t cope. I had a crushing headache and so much stress. I thought I’d be stuck in prison forever because I didn’t know how my family could get that kind of money.”

    “I kept thinking, why me? I was the only girl arrested in Matuu, and I wasn’t even at the protests. Why did the police have to come for me?” Eventually, the court lowered her bail to 50,000 shillings ($387), and her mother took out a loan to free her.

    Franklin Wambua, 25, was also rounded up, despite also not attending the June 25 protests. “I didn’t know what was going on,” he recalls. “I couldn’t even remember the last time I did something bad.”

    Franklin Wambua in his hometown of Matuu, where terrorism charges have left young protesters and their families carrying heavy social and financial burdens. Photo by Jaclynn Ashly.
    Franklin Wambua in his hometown of Matuu, where terrorism charges have left young protesters and their families carrying heavy social and financial burdens. Photo by Jaclynn Ashly.

    Accused of throwing stones at police, he was charged with arson and given 200,000-shilling bail. Transferred to Yatta Prison, he was denied contact with his mother for nearly a month. “It was my first time ever being arrested,” says Wambua, who has a three-month old child. “There were so many people in one small cell, and the food was disgusting. I was going crazy thinking about my mother because she had no idea if I was alive or dead.”

    By the time he appeared in court weeks later and finally spoke to his mother, he was at his breaking point. “I just told her I will confess to whatever they want so they can take me to jail,” he recalls. “I was skinny. I felt so tired and weak. I just wanted everything to be over.”

    But his ordeal was just beginning. Police soon bundled him and several other young men into a white van. “I honestly thought we would be slaughtered—that this is how they would make us disappear.”

    He was also taken to Kahawa Law Courts and charged with terrorism, an offense carrying up to 30 years in prison. “I couldn’t believe it,” Wambua says with a deep sigh. “I’ve never stolen or hurt anyone. How is this real? I thought my life was over — that I’d rot and die in prison.”

    From there, he was transferred to Kamiti, Nairobi’s maximum-security prison for the country’s most violent offenders. “Kamiti is a place I used to see on TV,” he says. “That’s where murderers go, not people accused of petty things. I just prayed constantly, asking God to open up a way for me to get released.” 

    Inside, he was in a large hall with about 70 other young Kenyans, all charged with terrorism. “They were all really scared,” he tells TRNN. “Some were just quiet, lost in their thoughts.” Even some guards seemed astonished, reassuring the youths the charges wouldn’t hold.

    After three weeks, Kenyan activists crowdfunded his 50,000-shilling bail, securing his release.

    Yet the weight of these charges has extended far beyond prison, closing doors to opportunities and jobs and casting a dark shadow over these youths’ lives.

    “I feel like I’m stuck in a bad dream and I just want to wake up,” Wambua says, dragging his hands down his face.

    Framing the youths 

    Since the June 25 and annual pro-democracy “Saba Saba” protests in July—which left dozens of protesters dead—authorities arrested about 1,500 people. Hundreds, mostly under 25 years old, face terrorism and other serious charges, including murder, arson, sexual assault, and robbery with violence. 

    Seventy-five are being prosecuted under the 2012 Prevention of Terrorism Act, designed to combat insurgent groups like Al Shabaab, the Somalia-based Al Qaeda affiliate that has carried out numerous deadly attacks in Kenya. In Matuu alone, 23 youths have been charged with terrorism. 

    Yet many of these arrests remain unaccounted for. “Out of the 1,500 youths the Interior Ministry claims to have arrested, we’ve only traced 500,” says Andrew Mugo, a lawyer who is heading the legal team representing the youths. “The other 1,000 we know nothing about—they either haven’t been taken to court or were taken to courts we don’t know about.”

    Kenya’s civic space has narrowed sharply under Ruto, and targeting youths with terrorism charges is the latest escalation, says Otsieno Namwaya, associate director of Africa research at Human Rights Watch. 

    “Even peaceful protest is now treated as a threat to the state.”

    “Even peaceful protest is now treated as a threat to the state,” Namwaya tells TRNN from hiding, citing state threats. “Officials portray demonstrations as attempted coups to justify extreme punishments—including shootings, abductions, and disappearances—while pushing a counter-narrative that protests are driven by looting and violence.” 

    Experts contend that framing protests as terrorism signals an unparalleled heightening of state repression in the country. 

    Previously, demonstrators were often charged with unlawful assembly, which mostly meant endless court dates. Terrorism charges, however, give police sweeping powers: suspects can be detained for up to 90 days without trial, their property and bank accounts scrutinized, and bail set prohibitively high, explains Namwaya. 

    Past Kenyan governments misused counterterrorism laws to try and silence critics, but targeting an entire movement is new. “It has never been to this extent where it has been weaponized against peaceful youths whose only weapons are cameras, water bottles, and Kenyan flags,” says Mwaura Kabata, vice president of the Law Society of Kenya (LSK). “Only this government has taken laws created to protect people and specifically used them against its own.”

    The crackdown has also extended online, with authorities disrupting internet access, tightening rules for social media, advancing real-time surveillance legislation, arresting activists under the Cybercrimes Act, and pushing new bills to curb both online and offline dissent.

    Beyond the courts, rights groups accuse the state of using informal vigilantes, or “state-hired goons,” sometimes alongside uniformed police, to destroy property, assault, loot, and intimidate. These groups—often criminal gangs and militias hired by senior politicians—have been deployed to discredit peaceful protests and create a pretext for the state’s violent crackdown.

    During the June 25 anniversary protests, these vigilantes, armed with clubs and whips and backed by police, attacked demonstrators, while authorities banned live coverage and switched off leading television stations.

    “We know that those who destroyed property or looted during protests were state-hired operatives,” Mugo tells TRNN. “Yet you will not find one of them being escorted by a police officer into court.”

    Instead, authorities have tried to shift blame onto Kenya’s youths for the unrest.

    According to Mugo, the evidence against the youths is “absolute rubbish,” with police as the state’s sole witnesses. The supposed proof—mostly photos of police station damage—fails to connect any youth to the alleged crimes. 

    “I am very confident these cases will be thrown out,” Mugo says. “They will never meet the bar of proving beyond a reasonable doubt that any of the accused did what they’re charged with.”

    But the drawn-out process still brands youths as security threats, barring them from jobs requiring clearance or furthering their studies. Even with volunteer lawyers and activists fundraising for bail, the fallout lingers: it may take a year just to have charges dropped, followed by another process to clear their records.

    “These baseless charges will keep young people’s lives on hold for as long as the courts drag on,” Mugo adds.

    ‘Warning is clear’ 

    Experts say the state likely knows these charges will collapse but uses them as intimidation—sending a warning to Kenyan youths about the heavy price of protest, especially with the 2027 elections approaching as Ruto seeks a second term.

    “These trumped-up charges are meant to make protesting unbearable,” says Ernest Cornel, spokesperson for the Kenya Human Rights Commission (KHRC). “Terror cases come with bail terms most families can’t afford. They are also meant to isolate protesters—‘terrorism’ is a loaded word that breeds suspicion and distrust in their own communities.”

    Mwau Katungwa, 27, was arrested at his home in Matuu two weeks after the June 25 protests. He says police identified him from a video showing him at a hospital helping his friend, 22-year-old Kelvin Mutinda, who was shot at the protest and later died. Katungwa was also charged with terrorism and spent a week in Kamiti prison before taking a loan for the 50,000-shilling bail.

    Mwaura Katungwa faces terrorism charges but remains determined, vowing not to be silenced. Photo by Jaclynn Ashly.
    Mwaura Katungwa faces terrorism charges but remains determined, vowing not to be silenced. Photo by Jaclynn Ashly.

    “I cried a lot over this,” Katungwa tells TRNN. “On June 25, we were peaceful—just using our phones, fighting for a better country. Yet in the end, we are the country’s terrorists.”

    Katungwa had been living with his extended family—his only surviving relatives—but they forced him to move out, fearing there might be truth behind the charges. 

    Wambua, a conductor on the matatus—Kenya’s shared minibuses—lost his job after his arrest. “People are saying I’m a terrorist, I’m a bad guy,” he says. “I think they worry bringing me back to work could put them at risk.”

    For Katungwa, who does irregular construction work, and Mbindyo, both of whom took out loans to cover bail, the debt is mounting. Mbindyo says she must pay about 450 shillings ($3) a day in interest. “My mom only makes around 600 ($5) a day selling vegetables,” she explains. “That’s a huge burden for us.”

    “I’m still carrying so much stress,” Mbindyo adds. “I’m afraid of people… If I talk to someone, maybe they’ll hear I’ve been accused of these things. So now I just keep my distance and stay alone. It feels like all of this is pulling me backward in life.”

    Kabata points out that in a country scarred by hundreds of Al-Shabaab attacks that have killed thousands, branding youthful protesters as terrorists is particularly shocking. “Our communities are deeply sensitive to terror-related issues, especially homegrown threats,” he says. “To weaponize that against our own youths is simply immoral.”

    Experts emphasize that the stigma these youths are confronting is deliberate and calculated—to sap young people’s will to protest and isolate them from their communities.

    “As lawyers, we know for a fact the police have no evidence, but communities don’t—and that’s the point,” Mugo explains. “The stigma is devastating. Community members, especially business owners, unable to distinguish those arrested from those actually responsible for property damage, grow fearful or even hostile.”

    “As lawyers, we know for a fact the police have no evidence, but communities don’t—and that’s the point,” Mugo explains. “The stigma is devastating. Community members, especially business owners, unable to distinguish those arrested from those actually responsible for property damage, grow fearful or even hostile.” 

    “Most of these young people lose their jobs with little chance of being rehired,” he continues. “Even if the charges are dropped, that label sticks. A terrorism charge brings instant unemployment and long-term exclusion.”

    The situation is made worse by the fact that many arrested hadn’t even attended the protests. “In Kenya today, being young has become a criminal offense,” Kabata tells TRNN. “Anyone under 25 is treated as a suspect—rounded up and charged with absurd allegations.”

    “The state is deliberately targeting those least likely to commit these crimes—peaceful, helpless youths—just to fit a narrative,” he adds. “The state is sending a message to parents: don’t let your children demonstrate, or they’ll be shot or slapped with serious charges.”

    “The warning is clear—whether you attended protests or not, this is what awaits you if you ever dare to.”

    The misuse of Kenya’s anti-terror laws also undermines national security, eroding public trust when Al Shabaab remains a serious threat. “If the government keeps misusing this law against critics, then when genuine terrorists are arrested, no one will believe it—it will just look like another ploy to silence dissent,” says HRW’s Namwaya.

    Kenya receives substantial international counterterrorism support—over $700 million from the U.S. between 2010 and 2018—and was designated a Major Non-NATO Ally last year, cementing long-term security ties. While the Trump administration has cut health and food aid, its engagement with Kenya so far signals continuity in counterterrorism cooperation.

    Experts warn that misusing anti-terror legislation risks undermining this support. 

    The weaponization of Kenya’s anti-terror legislation has already had an impact on demonstrations—this year’s Saba Saba protests in Matuu were nonexistent, as fear of terrorism charges kept people off the streets. 

    Still, many insist they won’t be deterred. “If there’s a protest tomorrow, I promise you I’ll be there,” says Katungwa, defiantly. “People say the youth are the leaders of tomorrow. Well, tomorrow has become today.”

    “This is the generation that will make change in Kenya. Even if we are all charged as terrorists, we will not remain silent.”

    This post was originally published on The Real News Network.

  • There are two primary federal agencies tasked with immigration detention: ICE, which is well known, and the US Marshal Service. Under the Trump administration, the US Marshals have dramatically increased their role in detaining and incarcerating undocumented immigrants, using their federal power to override restrictions on immigrant detention in local jails around the country. In this episode of Rattling the Bars, host Mansa Musa speaks with Wanda Bertram, communications strategist for the Prison Policy Initiative, about how the Trump administration is weaponizing legal loopholes and the US Marshal Service to execute the mass incarceration of immigrants.

    Guest:

    Additional links/info:

    Credits:

    • Producer / Videographer / Post-Production: Cameron Granadino
    Transcript

    The following is a rushed transcript and may contain errors. A proofread version will be made available as soon as possible.

    Mansa Musa:

    Welcome to the edition of Rattling the Bars. I’m your host, Mansa Musa. We’ve been hearing terms like deportation, immigration, arrest, ice, the federal marshals. When we hear these terms, we hear ’em relative to people. People that’s undocumented in this country under the pretense that they’re committed a crime in this country, that they’re being arrested. But the reality is they’re being rounded up. They’re being rounded up like slaves was rounded up. They’re being rounded up like the Japanese was being rounded up and placed in tournament camps. Joining me today is Wanda Bertram, communication strategist with the Prison Policy Initiative at one of the most reliable research hubs for Data on Incarceration. A recent report by the Prison Policy Initiative titled Hiding in Plain Sight Revealed how local jails are central to Trump’s deportation. Wanda, welcome to Rallying the Bars.

    Wanda Bertram:

    I’m happy to be here. Thanks for having me.

    Mansa Musa:

    And so let’s start here. Explain to our audience the loophole that the Trump administration is using to bypass city and county sanctuary policies. Unpack that for our audience.

    Wanda Bertram:

    So I think the place to start is that there are two main federal agencies that are tasked with immigration detention, and one of them is ice, which most people have heard of Immigration and Customs Enforcement. And then the other one, which is a little bit less well known is called the US Marshall Service. And the Marshall Service does things that are not immigration too. They’re generally speaking, the federal agency that handles pretrial detention. And in our report, one of the things we did was we gave an estimate of how many people are in ICE detention and US Marshals detention because a lot of people don’t think about the US Marshals. Right. And then one of the other things we did was we pointed out this loophole that you mentioned and what we call the loophole is just the fact that lots of local jails, including many that have said, we are not going to cooperate with ice,

    Have contracts with the US Marshals to house, to detain immigrants who are under the jurisdiction of that agency. And actually, ICE can also piggyback off those US marshals contracts. So whether someone is under the jurisdiction of the US Marshals, and I can explain the difference between that and ice, whether someone is under the jurisdiction of the US Marshals or with ice, hundreds of local jails across the country are making room for those detainees to be held. So there are thousands and thousands of detainees who are being held in local jails that are run by sheriffs that the people left.

    Mansa Musa:

    Right. Okay. So in terms of the difference between ICE and the Federal marshals, because I think we was talking off camera, when you think of a person being detained by the Federal Marshals, we’re thinking about actually a crime has actually been committed a crime in form of like a gun violation of a federal statute violate of federal criminal code, violate of federal law. I’m in possession of large quantities of drugs. I’m doing counterfeit, I’m in possession of weapons. I think they had in Baltimore City, they had passed this law saying that anyone court, in order to get control over what they dubbed as a serious possession of guns in the city, they created this law where they say that anyone arrested with a gun in Baltimore, they federalized it. So they called it, I’m trying to think if they had a term that they was using. But everybody that got caught with federal guns got caught with guns during that time was arrested and put under Federal Marshall jurisdiction. At that time, I was in Supermax in Baltimore City and they took a whole section and specifically design it for that. So talk about that. Talk about the difference between the two and why it’s important that people understand that.

    Wanda Bertram:

    Yeah, I’m really glad you brought that up. The US Marshals, like you’re saying, when I think of the US Marshals, I think about people being charged with gun related crimes, with drug related crimes. Sometimes with federal violent offenses, the federal government has a wide latitude to choose to prosecute certain cases. And once they bring someone under their jurisdiction, or if they arrest someone, obviously they can also bring people who are under state or local jurisdiction into their jurisdiction through these state and local agreements. So the long and short of it is if you are charged with a federal crime, you are under the US Marshal’s jurisdiction. The rub here is that there, there’s been an increase in several thousand people since Trump took office in January who were under US Marshals, who were booked into US Marshalls jurisdiction for immigration related crimes. And what is an immigration crime? Come on. That can be as simple as just being undocumented illegal entry or illegal reentry. I think most people think, okay, if you’re under US Marshalls’ jurisdiction, you must have committed some horrible crime. But there’s a lot of people there who are just undocumented and their cases are becoming criminalized.

    Mansa Musa:

    And I was talking to one of the staff members here and I was telling that, and this is my thinking, right, the criminal element that will be under the Federal Marshals, they be like, in their mind they like, hurry up, hurry up and get me out. Send me to wherever you want to send me at so I can hurry up and get back in the country. A person that’s a person that’s committed immigration crime or whatever these terms they’re using, these people know the threat that they represent is, I’m a threat because I’m working hard, I’m paying taxes. But talk about how local jails specifically playing Trumps mass deportation program, both in terms of scale and conservation and immigration arrest, and you spoke on it earlier about how many people being arrested and being detained, but talk about how it’s planned out.

    Wanda Bertram:

    We know. So we estimate that on any given day, currently there’s about 83,000 people, immigrants being held for ice. And the US Marshals, I can break down how we got to that number, but of those, we know that about 10,000, a little over 10,000 people are being held in local jails for ice. We unfortunately can’t tell how many people are being held in local jails for the Marshall who just don’t have that granular data. But we actually, I will say one more thing. I’ll throw out one more statistic, which is that between January and May of this year, the number of people held for immigration reasons grew more in local jails than it did in privately run detention centers. I’m throwing this out there just to say that jails play an essential role in housing immigrants for these agencies.

    I think a lot of people think about ICE as having tons of detention centers, its own detention centers around the country. And it’s true, there are several, but these agencies depend on local facilities that can hold people temporarily or for a longer time after they’re arrested. In fact, in 26 states, jails provide the sole detention capacity to ice US marshals. So a lot of people think, okay, sure. This is going on in Texas, it’s going on in Florida with alligator Alcatraz. It’s not happening where I live. You might be wrong. It might be happening where you live. A lot of jails caught up in this.

    Mansa Musa:

    Right? And that right there, the impact, talk about the impact that have on the population because I know if I’m a state and I’m outsourcing or I’m contracting with the federal government, I’m contracting with ICE to provide so many bids for immigration or a section for immigration, then how does that play out in terms of the way that particular detention center function overall? Because now I have to allocate staff, I have to allocate extra money, I have to allocate. And in terms of what they’re entitled to versus what people that’s is entitled to have Y, is it a problem with that or from your investigation and your study, have you seen this being problematic?

    Wanda Bertram:

    Well, I think we need to start talking about the money. That’s the reason that ICE and the Marshals, or excuse me, that’s the reason that local jails have these agreements in the first place. Jails are keen to bring in money from the federal government that they get in exchange for housing people, and they get somewhere anywhere between 50 and a hundred dollars per person. So it’s thousands of dollars that come in just every month for a local jail. And importantly, we have very little transparency into what that money is used

    Mansa Musa:

    For.

    Wanda Bertram:

    But some jails have been open about saying, we are using this to pay our staff. We’re using it to cover costs of the jail.

    It ties into a very toxic pattern that we’ve seen over the last couple of decades, which is that counties will build, actually, they will build bigger jails anticipating that they’ll be able to allocate some of their new jail space to renting to the federal government or to their state prison system. And where there’s two ways that this all goes wrong, one is that oftentimes these jails are already understaffed. They don’t have the staff to care for their own populations, much less an additional influx of immigrants or people held by the US Marshal for any reason. And then the second thing, the second way this goes haywire is that these populations, these populations that come in from the feds, they flux, right? They come and go. And when those populations, when that source of revenue dries up for the jail,

    Mansa Musa:

    They’re

    Wanda Bertram:

    Going to need to justify the existence of such a large facility in other ways, and that’s going to lead to more local incarceration. We like to say that if you build it, they will fill it. And when counties build bigger jails anticipating renting beds to ICE or the Feds in some other capacity, they find a way to fill those beds, whether it’s with federal detainees or their own community members.

    Mansa Musa:

    And then in some states like California, Massachusetts, New York and Illinois have laws that restrict local law enforcement from collaborating with ice. But that’s like when you do a comparison versus the amount of money that y’all talked about how this past great, beautiful nightmare of a bill that they passed, they allocated a lot of money to ICE and a lot of money to the federal government. So how do you see the pushback, or what can states do to eliminate this nightmare? Because as you said, at the end game, the end game, the state going to be holding the bag and the end game, they’re going to have to come with some way to fill themselves, and that’s going to be at the expense of the citizens of their particular state or county. Talk about that.

    Wanda Bertram:

    Yeah. One thing in the report that we really hammer on is that communities have, in so far as communities are providing some of the backbone of detention. They also have the power to be a real thorn in the side of the Trump administration by resisting that. Like you pointed out, some states and several counties have instituted sanctuary city policies, and often that means, or sanctuary state policies, and that limits the jail’s. Collaborations of ICE communities also need to cancel their contracts at the US Marshals, because as I said, at the top, ICE can piggyback off of the US marshals. They can put people in jails through a US Marshals contract, and those often go overlooked. Again, the marshals are not an agency most people think about. So that’s a step that counties have been able to take to several years. They can do it now and they should do it now.

    I think the other thing is on a longer timeframe, being critical of your local government, when they talk about building a new and bigger jail, just to throw something out there, this is not related to immigration at all, but about 80% of people in local jails are their pretrial. Now, this is another thing that Trump has been trying to attack is bail reform. But when counties are facing overcrowded or understaffed jails and they have these large pretrial populations, one thing that most places most counties have not tried is decarceration, right? Pursuing bail reform, pursuing cashless bail as a way of decreasing their jail populations. Instead, what many counties will do is they will try to build a bigger jail thinking it’s going to solve the problem.

    And sometimes that’s what gets counties into this pickle with the federal government is they build this big new jail, and then they have a big tab to cover. And it’s very helpful if the federal government comes in and says, well, we can offset some of your costs. You just have to house some people for us. So I mean, definitely to anyone listening who’s wondering, what can I do in my community? I definitely would say being critical, being skeptical of any plans to expand your county jail and show up to city council meetings about that. Be a sticky wheel, because that’s how this happens. That’s how it starts.

    Mansa Musa:

    Okay. And thank you wa tell our audience how they can stay in touch with you or stay aware of some of the work that you’re doing with Prison Policy Initiative as we close out.

    Wanda Bertram:

    Well, no. I mean, first, thank you so much for having me. I think it’s great to be able to come on and talk about this stuff. Our website is www prison policy.org. We have a newsletter. If you sign up for that, you’ll get everything that we publish. It’s about a once a week newsletter. We also have social media. If you go to basically whatever social media you’re on, we’re at slash prison policy.

    Mansa Musa:

    Thank you. And as we close out, we thank you and appreciate all the work that y’all are doing at Prison Policy Initiative. And we want to tell our audience, remind our audiences that we deal with evidence, and it’s based on the statistics that the Prison Policy Initiative has offered us, that you can fact check ’em to get a clear understanding. But what we do know is this here, we know that people are being rounded up. We know that agencies that supposed to protect, serve and protect people’s rights are being used to help aid and assist in rounding people up. We know that people are being housed in astronomical numbers, in inhumane environments for one reason and one reason only. All because they’re undocumented in this country. They haven’t committed no crimes. To the extent that’s being perpetuated by the Trump administration, they’re here, they’re undocumented, and the most crime that they committed is driving without license or picking tomatoes. We ask that you continue to support real news and rallying bars. We ask that you continue to evaluate this information. We ask that you weigh in on what you think about this information, but more importantly, we ask that you make a decision on what you think should be done and do that. Thank you.

    This post was originally published on The Real News Network.

  • After years of pressure from community members and a coalition of over 80 organizations, the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation has announced plans to close the infamous California Rehabilitation Center in Norco, CA, by the fall of 2026. But organizers say this is just the beginning—they are fighting to close more prisons in California and prevent the government from re-opening shuttered facilities for immigrant detention. In this episode of Rattling the Bars, host Mansa Musa speaks with Woods Ervin of the grassroots organization Critical Resistance about California’s prison system and the growing abolitionist movement working to dismantle it.

    Guest:

    • Woods Ervin is the National Co-Director of Campaigns and Projects at Critical Resistance, a national grassroots organization seeking to build an international movement to end the prison-industrial complex.

    Additional links/info:

    Credits:
    Producer / Videographer / Post-Production: Cameron Granadino

    Transcript

    The following is a rushed transcript and may contain errors. A proofread version will be made available as soon as possible.

    Mansa Musa:

    Welcome to this edition of Rattling the Bars. I’m your host, Mansa Musa. Today we are discussing California’s prison system and the abolition movement working to dismantle it. Joining me today is Woods Ervin. She’s the National Co-Director for Campaigns and Projects at Critical Resistance, an organization founded in the mid 1990s with the mission of ending the use of prisons and police. Woods, thank you so much for joining me today.

    Woods Ervin:

    Thank you so much for having me today, Mansa. I appreciate it.

    Mansa Musa:

    Recently the California Department of Correction and Rehabilitation announced that the California Rehabilitation Center or CRC in Norco will close in the fall of 2026. Now, CIC is known for the most inhumane conditions as it relate to road infested unsafe drinking water, severe overcrowding, stifling heat and violence at the hands of the staff. Can you walk us through how this came about and were there any unlikely alliances that emerged in the fight to close prisons that people might learn from when building coalitions?

    Woods Ervin:

    Thank you so much. So that’s a really great question. So just to take us back a little bit to 2020, Critical Resistance joined a campaign, a coalition that was leading a campaign to close 10 prisons by 2025, feeling ambitious, it was 20. And the coalition is actually in an alliance. The California is United for Responsible Budget.

    And at the time around 2020, we heard from the legislative analyst office, which is a bipartisan research office within the California state infrastructure that at the very least five prisons could close without impacting the imprison population. Just with all of the work that we’ve been doing to get people out of prison over the last decade, the population had gotten to that point. So we launched this campaign and had moved a few prisons towards closure, but we were focusing on the person who had the decision making power ultimately, which was Governor Newsom. And he was just making choices around whatever prison he saw fit to close, I think in relationship to or talking to CDCR, but not necessarily to us. And so even though we knew that Gut Newsom does have the final say in whether or not our prison closes, we also thought that everyday people should also get a say in how dollars are spent.

    So we decided to engage in a site fight just to sort of test our power, our ability to be able to name a prison and then have that prison get shut down. So when we first started the campaign, it was based in what we called the People’s Plan for Prison Closure, which was a research project that Curb did back in 2019 or 2028 where they interviewed hundreds of imprison people across the state. What were the prisons that were most toxic? And given everything you listed initially, clearly CRC Norco was one of the prisons at the top of that list. So we pulled 10 prisons and we were just like between people inside wanting the prison to close. And we had heard that there were pushes from the city council and the mayor to close the prison as well. And we thought that might be good conditions for trying out focusing on CRC Norco to get it to close.

    So we did the sort of, I think some of the usual things around grassroots organizing where we, and agitated our base of supporters to send the governor letters for closure or advocating for closure. We did also engage in mobilizations to CRC Norco as direct action and also we organized with interfaith movements. So a bunch of churches from across the state that would mobilize to Norco, they did a pilgrimage of the direct action as well to show their opposition to Norco support for people inside and the desire for it to close. But we didn’t want to stop there. We did some organizing outside of the prison, which looked like what we call parking lot outreach days. So with the goal of organizing the families of people

    Mansa Musa:

    And not to cut you off and that was onsite at the institutions. When you say pa, alright, go ahead. That’s

    Woods Ervin:

    Every weekend when folks would visit their family members inside we would have a table with food and water and iceman outside. And so the goal was to one, just generally support family members of people who were in CRC Norco and then also to let them know about the campaign to encourage them to join if they were interested in doing so. And we were hoping to also then set the groundwork so that if we did win the closure of CRC Norco, then we would be prepared to mobilize with family members on that. Right,

    Mansa Musa:

    Right. And you just described organizing 1 0 1 in terms of going where the people are because as you said, y’all got this strategy to close it. But now we looking at conditions that shifted in this country in the interim of what you just said, the mentality has shifted. Now we have the raise on people, rounding people up, ice rate rounding people up because they’re now United States citizens. So we see that. How are y’all looking at alright, the close of these prisons and not allowing them to become a repurposed for federal detention and ice? Is that a part of y’all plan? Because Governor Gavin Newsome signed AB 1 37 to prevent ICE from acquiring closed facilities. Has this legislation been effective in stopping the federal government from taking over sites like FCI, Dublin and Chaco Walla Valley State Prison?

    Woods Ervin:

    Right on. So we’re definitely excited to have been able to push for AB 1 37 to get passed and that to include some of the language that would allow for prisons that we get closed to not be able to be sold to the federal government. Just like you were saying, 2020 when we started the campaign, it was a different moment when we knew in the fall of last year when Trump got elected and was spouting all the anti-immigrant rhetoric that we needed to get ahead of the issue with prisons being converted to detention centers. So the legislation AB 1 37 currently says that the state has to name a building as excess to fall into the status of not being sold. And while that is one step forward, that does then bring about a lot of challenges in terms of it’s implemented, right? So what the prisons you were speaking to Chuck Wall Valley State Prison is not currently named as excess. So we’re organizing our base to send letters to the governor to move it into that category. But we’re also thinking about this next legislative cycle. How do we figure out ways to either strengthen the legislation via amendment or if there are ways administratively to figure out some supporting the interpretation of the legislation to a little bit one more automatic, it shouldn’t be that we have to fight for every prison that we get closed to then get named as excess so that we don’t have to worry about it getting sold.

    And two, so that it’s just broader. So it covers as many of the facilities that get closed as possible. Unfortunately with a case of something like FCI Dublin, which was a federal facility, so it was already federally owned. So AB 1 37 doesn’t cover it, right? Federal property. So there’s no need to exchange hands in terms of ownership,

    Mansa Musa:

    But there’s always the question, when a prison closed, does it actually mean the conservation, are people being released or are they simply being transferred to another jail or prison? And in that regard, we are looking at the impact of the closure. Talk about the impact of closure when y’all made y’all analysis, how y’all tracking that?

    Woods Ervin:

    Yes, I can definitely speak to that. So how we’re approaching this is rooted in the answer to your first question because some of our grassroots organizing was not just with people on the outside, it was also on people with people on the inside,

    Mansa Musa:

    Right?

    Woods Ervin:

    Okay. We organized with people on the inside about if we were successful in getting Norco name for closure, what would they want to see? How would they want us to approach it? And so really at the top of their desire was for us to move for releases and not transfers. So already a lot of us just wanted to get clarity on we want what’s the highest bar, but then if we don’t have the juice or the capacity to get CR to get our prison system to release everybody what then? And so even though we’ve been continuing to push for releases, not transfers, we’re also realistic about where is there some room beyond that? So what we’ve been trying to do is then also to have, if they are going to be transferring people to try and mitigate the harm as much as possible. So what we’ve looked at is we’ve been trying to push for our process for our prison system to assess eligibility for release and create reentry plans, push for autonomy and choice in the transfer process.

    So we know that especially when thinking about programs like programming for folks inside, we’re trying to, there’s a penal code 2030 3.7 in California that should allow for people in prison to choose to be able to continue programming at their next facility. But that will require that the facility that they move to have that program program, right? So we’re pushing for in accordance with law people should be moved to a prison, continue to program and also other things like people should have adequate prep time and in planning and advance the transfer and clearly everything else maintain adequate levels of medical assistant food stocks and space to avoid overcrowding. And so those are some of the things that we are pushing for as part of our ultimate goals release is not

    Mansa Musa:

    Transferred.

    Woods Ervin:

    If they’re not going to fully comply with that, we have other demands in addition to that.

    Mansa Musa:

    I like the strategy because it’s interconnected. You close the prison and you create a transitory environment, then that means that okay, I go from maximum security to medium security to minimum security to pre-release if that’s a system that exists in California. But ultimately I don’t stay in one secure environment. My behavior is now allow me to be able to progress through the system. Whereas though before I’m just, I need a plantation, I need numbers. One of the numbers that need to be on the plantation versus ain’t no more plantations. So we close them. That mean we got to do something with the people and I like that strategy. So that’s all power to the people in that regard. Another factor here is that we had did a story on North Carolina and we found in our study, in our investigation that a lot of prisons in environments where if you got fires, floods when it rains and they don’t have a contingency plan for preparation to move people into a safer environment or close the prison and then have the people move to a more secure environment or process them out. Can you speak to that?

    Woods Ervin:

    That’s exactly right. I think we saw this back in I think 20 21, 20 22 during the fires, the fire, right? Exactly. In Susanville and we were pushing a closed California correctional center at the time. And at the time, just like CIC Norco, California Correctional Center did not have an emergency plan even though the fire was heading directly towards them. And so we literally had to intervene because family members were calling us and they didn’t know what was going to happen to their loved ones. So because the prison system didn’t have an emergency plan, a contingency plan for that, we were like not only do we need to manage the outside advocates, we have managed this situation when CDCI has all this money to do that, but then also this prison needs to close immediately. Right? Right,

    Mansa Musa:

    Exactly.

    Woods Ervin:

    That was a blatant and clear example of the inability for them to keep people inside safe.

    Mansa Musa:

    It’s only because of the advocacy of families and people much like y’all cells that bring this to national attention. That makes it an issue that has to be dealt with in a more humane manner. Fine. Let’s touch on the broad economic picture. California is basically facing a deficit now. I was looking at how much money in the 20 24, 20 25 fiscal year. They estimated 18.1 billion for that fiscal year. Alright. Talk about perhaps repurposing the facilities. Will it help strengthen the state economy, especially given the outgoing hostility from the Trump administration? So we find ourselves in a situation where you close in prison. Okay. How was this closing and repurposing those facility help strengthen the state’s economy? What’s the economic impact?

    Woods Ervin:

    I love that question. I let you ask the question. So essentially there are a couple of things. So there is the fact that there’ll be less wasteful spending. So prior to the closure of CRC Norco, California spent 250 million on repairs as we said earlier is in terrible condition. So 250 million on repairing CRC Norco that in a way that wasn’t effective given the state of the prison,

    Mansa Musa:

    Right? Right, exactly.

    Woods Ervin:

    We want to stop our prison system, our state from pouring the state’s resources into these dilapidated prisons that need to be closed and have our folks released. So that’s like baseline, right? So also as a result of this continuing trend downward of the population, so the population reductions that have been happening inside of prison, the legislative analyst office shows that California is in a position to close five more prisons and that would save 1.5 billion annual, yeah,

    Mansa Musa:

    1.5 billion

    Woods Ervin:

    Foreseeable future. And that can be put towards the deficit, but if as it currently stands, but it can also support some of the gaps in Medi-Cal food services

    And other programs, housing exactly. That are being slashed in this moment. There’s also this really interesting opportunity. So as I was saying earlier, the prison system CDCI has no plan whether it be for emergencies or for the prison closure. So what did we do? We came up with a plan and we were like, here’s an example of what we could be doing with as part of prison closures. So we are pushing for the state to not only close prisons permanently and not reopen or sell them, but then to try and transform the conditions of the prison. So that could be tear it down, use it for something else

    Like detoxify the land, give it back to the local communities, right? Give it back to put it into a program for reparations or back to this communities we’ve been working with. So that’s one example of what we could do. We’ve been working with an organization called Designing Justice, designing Spaces that does redesigns for prison facilities that could be turned into lots of other things that are generative for the local economy. And clearly from the funds that gets saved from the prison being closed that would’ve gone to that prison, could go back into the general fund at the state level, but then be set aside for the county to make decisions about their local economy and youth. Norco is a particular case. That county is relatively wealthy and conservative, so they actually don’t need the money to do what they want to do with the prison after it shuts down. So what we’re advocating for in that instance is, or instances like these and in general is that the money that would go to that, there’s money that could go to counties, but there’s also the money that should go to the counties. So there’s the counties that the prison is located in, but then there’s counties where the majority of imprison people come from like LA County and there should be more resources going to where the people who are locked up the most come from,

    Mansa Musa:

    You can divide that like you say, it is equity, economic equity because you can divide that money up in two places where it can be served the most in terms of advancement of humanity. And that’s a good strategy to counter what the Trump administration is doing. They throwing a lot of money to the states and it’s not being regulated. I’ll give you 1.9 billion or I’ll give you like 1.5 million and you just do this right here for me. And whatever happens in terms of being regulated, if you knock somebody’s brains out, if you put people in thumb locks, it don’t really matter to me as long as you contain that population that I wanted to put in that space for closing first, we want to thank you for coming to the real news and rallying the bars. Tell us about going forward, what you want our listeners and our viewers to be on the lookout for coming out with the critical resistance space.

    Woods Ervin:

    Yeah, I mean, thanks again so much for having me. And the fight continues. We’ve got four public prisons and one private prison closed. As I said earlier, we’re still going to keep trying to make sure that those prisons that we close don’t get turned into something we don’t want them to get turned into that the money goes where it needs to go. And then we still have five to six additional prisons that we want to get named for closure. And according to legislative analyst office, even though there’s been, as you were saying, the landscape has shifted and there’s more of a sort of tough on crime approach that is gaining popularity in moment, there is still room to close many more prisons in California and just given the amount of people that we’ve been able to get out and that we could potentially still get out and so we’re going to, are going to keep fighting. It would be amazing if we got the 10 prisons, the rest of the name this year. But I definitely think that even if they don’t get named this year, we’re going to fight until we reach our goal.

    Mansa Musa:

    And I want to close with the immortal words of Bob Marley, get up, stand up. Stand up for your rights. Get up. Stand up. Don’t give up the fight. And I see from what I’m seeing in California, George Jackson say, when the doors open, the real dragon will come out. Well the real dragon is out in the form of critical resistance in the form of curb. The real dragon has come out and make no mistake about y’all are actually showing the nation, when we say abolition, what that look like in terms of the full colony of it. Not just shutting the prison doors but ensuring that the people that’s in prison have a transition. The states and the counties. Well, the counties where the prisons, I have an opportunity to transition from relying on slave labor to looking at expanding your imagination, imagining some other than making money off of people’s sweat and browe.

    Woods Ervin:

    Thank you so much Mansa for having me. Thank you for being those very big kind words.

    This post was originally published on The Real News Network.

  • On June 25, Tom Mwadime Mzungu took to the streets of Nairobi for the first time, joining thousands of protesters to mark the one-year anniversary of Kenya’s historic Gen Z protests—when the country’s youth shocked the world by rising with hope for a better future.

    The day also marked one year since his 36-year-old brother Andrew Kelvin Mwawasi was killed during these protests The brutal crackdown left at least 60 dead.

    “I just went alone,” 32-year-old Mwadime recalls, sitting beside his grieving mother at her home in Juja, a town north of Nairobi. “I was carrying so much pain and anger, and I needed to let it out.”

    As Mwadime marched forward, the harsh sting of tear gas filled his lungs for the first time, and the looming presence of armed riot police bore down on him. “I just asked God to protect me and walked without fear,” he says, his voice determined.

    “I needed to fight for my brother. When the government ignores you, going to the streets is the only way to hold on. Being there that day meant I was finally standing up for him.”

    “I needed to fight for my brother. When the government ignores you, going to the streets is the only way to hold on. Being there that day meant I was finally standing up for him.”

    Since last year’s protests against a controversial finance bill that would have sharply raised taxes, over 100 demonstrators have been killed and thousands arbitrarily detained or abducted, intensifying public anger at President William Ruto and his administration over state violence, soaring living costs, and corruption. Observers warn the government’s escalating crackdown on protesters, activists, and human rights defenders is unprecedented.

    For the families who lost loved ones during the Gen Z uprising more than a year ago, the pain remains raw and justice elusive. 

    “In Kenya, there’s no justice,” says Mwadime, his eyes red and clouded with tears. “The government wants the world to believe the protesters are criminals and terrorists to justify their murders.”

    “The government wants the world to believe the protesters are criminals and terrorists to justify their murders.”

    “I’m sick of this system, sick of this government,” he adds, his voice tightening. “Ruto needs to step down. We’ve had enough.”

    ‘Stop killing kids’

    Missing Voices, a coalition of Kenyan human rights groups, documented 104 cases of police killings and 55 enforced disappearances last year—a 450% increase from 2023 and the highest number of disappearances recorded in a single year.

    During the one-year anniversary protests, at least 16 people were killed and hundreds injured. On July 7, security forces killed at least 38 people during the annual Saba Saba demonstrations, marking the country’s historic pro-democracy movement. Most of those killed were under 25, including two children. Nearly 1,500 people have been arrested, with hundreds charged with arson or terrorism—a move rights groups warn sets a dangerous precedent under Ruto.

    “They need to just stop killing the kids,” whispers 55-year-old Patience Kishaga Gertrude, Mwadime’s mother, through sobs. It has taken her over a year to find the strength to speak publicly about her son, Kelvin, and she struggles to get a single word out. “The government needs to just sit down and talk to them and stop all this killing.”

    Patience Kishaga Gertrude holds a photo of her son Kelvin, who was killed in last year’s protests. It has taken her more than a year to find the strength to speak about him.
    Patience Kishaga Gertrude holds a photo of her son Kelvin, who was killed in last year’s protests. It has taken her more than a year to find the strength to speak about him. Photo by Jaclynn Ashly.
    Kelvin’s younger brother places a memorial poster on a sofa at their mother’s apartment in Juja, north of Nairobi.
    Kelvin’s younger brother places a memorial poster on a sofa at their mother’s apartment in Juja, north of Nairobi. Photo by Jaclynn Ashly.

    Kelvin was killed on the night of June 25 during what became known as the “Githurai massacre,” when security forces opened fire on protesters in Githurai, a neighborhood north of Nairobi. Estimates of the death toll vary, but witnesses claim around a dozen people were killed, while a BBC investigation found no evidence of mass killings. 

    Kelvin was not part of the protests, his family says, but was heading home from his job when police forces began shooting, causing people to flee. His body was found on the street with a gunshot wound to his head.

    By the time the family was informed, police had already moved his body to Nairobi’s city mortuary, where Mwadime was forced to identify the disfigured, swollen body of his eldest brother. Mwadime immediately went to a police station to report the killing, but says he was met with abuse.

    “It was so infuriating,” he says. “The officers just shrugged everything off and said my brother was a thug, and it wasn’t the police who shot him.”

    “They just kept turning us around, playing with us, and not giving us any clear information,” he continues. “This is what they do until you just give up. They just add more trauma and pain on top of what you’re already feeling.”

    The post-mortem concluded Kelvin was killed by a bullet wound to the head, but the bullet exited the back of his head and was not recovered. The family believes Kelvin was severely beaten before being shot close-range. In a morgue photo, his head appears shattered, his eyes and nose bruised and swollen, and dried blood collected under his nostrils.

    Families often distrust preliminary investigative processes, since officers themselves secure crime scenes and collect evidence. Activists note that bullets, crucial links between killings and the shooter, are rarely recovered, and cover-ups are common.

    “We have to rely on the police to cooperate and provide evidence, yet they are the ones who are doing the killings,” Mwadime says, his voice heavy with frustration. 

    “We have to rely on the police to cooperate and provide evidence, yet they are the ones who are doing the killings.”

    The family reported Kelvin’s murder to the Independent Policing Oversight Authority (IPOA), created to provide civilian oversight of Kenya’s police. But despite repeated follow-ups, the case has made no progress. 

    “IPOA is just useless,” Mwadime laments. “Unless you attract media attention, no one cares.”

    High-profile cases highlight this disparity. Rex Kanyike Masai, one of the first killed in last year’s protests, drew widespread coverage and public outrage, prompting IPOA to launch a detailed investigation. The agency identified Police Constable Isaiah Murangiri Ndumba as the shooter, leading to an ongoing inquest.

    Gillian Munyao, mother of Rex Kanyike Masai — among the first killed in last year’s protests — sits with her other son during a court hearing in the ongoing inquest into his murder. Masai is one of the few victims of police killings whose case has led to a detailed investigation.
    Gillian Munyao, mother of Rex Kanyike Masai — among the first killed in last year’s protests — sits with her other son during a court hearing in the ongoing inquest into his murder. Masai is one of the few victims of police killings whose case has led to a detailed investigation. Photo by Jaclynn Ashly.

    Similarly, 22-year-old mask vendor Boniface Kariuki was shot point-blank in June during demonstrations sparked by the killing of teacher and blogger Albert Ojwang. Video evidence led to a murder charge against the officer involved, while three officers were also charged in the death of Ojwang.

    But such prosecutions are rare. More than a decade after its creation, IPOA has secured only a handful of convictions despite thousands of complaints.

    Ernest Cornel, spokesperson for the Kenya Human Rights Commission (KHRC), tells TRNN that IPOA is staffed largely by former police officers, with commissioners appointed by the President and approved by parliament, meaning it “cannot purport to be independent.”

    Investigations often advance only when public pressure or media attention is high, not just based on evidence. “Even with overwhelming evidence, IPOA can still fail to act,” Cornel explains. “What matters is how much pressure the public applies.”

    Most families who have lost loved ones to police bullets never step into a courtroom. They are left alone to navigate their sorrow, which stretches on without relief.

    “We feel lost,” Gertrude says, her words stuttering through weeps. “We feel abandoned and ignored. Even if the government just acknowledged my son’s death, it would help my heart. He didn’t deserve to be killed.”

    “Now I’m feeling so much pain and it never gets better,” she continues. “If I see someone who looks like Kelvin, I just start screaming and crying. I’m always breaking down.”

    Mwadime says the sight of a police officer sends a jolt through him. “I have this anger in me when I see them,” he says. “I feel like attacking them because any one of them could be the officer who killed my brother.”

    From Messiah to Anti-Christ

    In 2022, Ruto won Kenya’s presidency by casting himself as the champion of the “hustler nation,” embodied in his United Democratic Alliance (UDA) party’s slogan Kazi ni Kazi (“Work is Work” in Swahili), promoting the dignity of work in the informal economy. A self-described hustler from humble beginnings, he ran on a “bottom-up” platform promising jobs for the youth, small-business loans, and lower living costs.

    “I was a big supporter of Ruto,” 49-year-old Caroline Mutisya tells TRNN from her home in Machakos in eastern Kenya. On the wall hangs a memorial poster of her 25-year-old son Ericsson, killed in last year’s protests. 

    “When he won, I was so excited. I thought he would lift up the mama mbogas [informal female vegetable vendors] and the boda boda [motorcycle taxi] drivers. I truly believed he was going to change Kenya.”

    “But now here we are,” Mutisya says with a sigh, her eyes glassy as she scrolls through photos on her phone from June 25. In one image, Ericsson’s bloodied body lies on the street; in another, it has been placed before the gates of parliament, where protesters carried him and laid him down as lawmakers looked on.

    Caroline Mutisya shows a photo on her phone of her son Ericsson’s body, laid by protesters at parliament’s gates.
    Caroline Mutisya shows a photo on her phone of her son Ericsson’s body, laid by protesters at parliament’s gates. Photo by Jaclynn Ashly.
    Caroline Mutisya sits in her Machakos home beneath a memorial poster of her son, Ericsson, who she says was killed in “cold blood.”
    Caroline Mutisya sits in her Machakos home beneath a memorial poster of her son, Ericsson, who she says was killed in “cold blood.” Photo by Jaclynn Ashly.

    Once in office, Ruto quickly abandoned his promises. He scrapped subsidies on fuel and maize flour, driving up living costs for low-income earners he had pledged to support. He also pushed for new taxes while indulging in extravagant government spending—earning the derisive nickname “Zakayo,” after the biblical tax collector Zacchaeus. To many, his approach bore the mark of dictatorship.

    “The problem with Ruto is that he gave Kenyans so much hope,” says 29-year-old activist Sophie Mugure Njehia. “He convinced us he was our Messiah. But once in office, he revealed himself as the anti-Christ—doing the exact opposite of what he had promised.”

     “He convinced us he was our Messiah. But once in office, he revealed himself as the anti-Christ—doing the exact opposite of what he had promised.”

    “Ruto talked about how he would make sure that ordinary Kenyans will have more money in their pockets,” she says. “But then all he is doing is taking money from our pockets.”

    Despite his young age, Ericsson had worked tirelessly to open his own butcher shop in Nairobi, eventually hiring four employees. But as the rising cost of living drove customers away, he was forced to let two employees go.

    “My son was not one to complain,” Mutisya recalls. “But I could see the frustration building. He felt he was working hard, doing everything right—yet the government was punishing him.”

    By the time the 2024 Finance Bill was introduced, young Kenyans were already seething. The bill proposed a 16% VAT on essentials like bread and mobile money transactions, which would disproportionately hit low- and middle-income households. It also targeted the digital economy—taxing content creation and online sales—striking at a vital income source for many youths. 

    The government framed the proposals as a way to raise revenue to service debt. But even as it pushed taxes that would hit struggling youths and slashed social services, Ruto’s administration set aside large sums to refurbish state buildings—spending seen as lavish and at odds with its austerity pledges.

    On June 18, 2024—the day parliament was to debate the bill—months of online outrage spilled into the streets. The historic demonstrations united a generation from all walks of life: from residents of informal settlements to content creators, business owners, and NGO workers. 

    But this hope gave way to grief when police responded with brutal force. Within days, at least two protesters were killed and hundreds injured. On June 25, outrage erupted after lawmakers passed the bill: protesters broke through police barricades, tore down parliament fences, and briefly entered the grounds before security forces cleared them out. 

    In the BBC Africa Eye documentary Blood Parliament, which investigated the June 25 killings at parliament, footage shows a plainclothes officer—identified as being from the Central Nairobi police station—advancing toward protesters and shouting “uaa!”—Swahili for “kill.” An officer with a concealed face kneels; gunfire erupts, and seven protesters—including Ericsson—collapse. The same officer can be heard continuing to urge his colleagues to “kill.”

    The violence only galvanized the protesters. Hundreds breached parliament grounds with arms raised, moving slowly and squatting to show they posed no threat. Overwhelmed guards were unable to stop them as some entered the building. Chaos followed—windows were smashed, part of the building set ablaze, and lawmakers fled, some escaping in ambulances. Two lawmakers who had supported the bill, unable to flee due to disabilities, were shielded by protesters they later described as “very kind.”

    The mayhem lasted only minutes before protesters began retreating. As they fled, a Kenya Defence Force (KDF) officer opened fire, killing 27-year-old university student Eric Shieni.

    By the end of the day, the country’s streets were strewn with the bloodied bodies of young protesters, leaving the nation in shock. 

    That night, Ruto claimed the protests had been infiltrated by “organized criminals” and announced the army’s deployment. Yet none of the three young men killed at parliament that day were armed or connected to criminal networks. The following day, he announced the withdrawal of the bill. 

    But for many, the damage was already irreparable, prompting widespread calls for his resignation.

    “My son was murdered in cold blood,” Mutisya says, tears overtaking her. “He was only carrying his phone—no weapons. What threat could he have posed to the police?”

    She speaks with rising indignation. “The same man I had put all my hope in was now on television calling my son a criminal. That broke my heart. My son was humble and hard-working. He was our family’s angel.”

    “These were young people who wanted a better country, and they were killed for that.”

    ‘Sheer brazenness’

    Police violence is not new in Kenya, but under Ruto, rights groups warn that state repression is reaching alarming new heights.

    Weeks after the protests, plainclothes security forces continued abducting and targeting perceived protest leaders. Abductors used unmarked cars with constantly changing plates. Those taken were held without due process in unlawful facilities, including forests and abandoned buildings, and denied contact with families or lawyers.

    Bodies of missing people surfaced in quarries, forests, and mortuaries, some showing signs of torture. More than a year on, over a dozen abductees remain unaccounted for.

    As police violence escalated, many young Kenyans moved their activism online—but authorities quickly extended their crackdown to the digital sphere. Officials have disrupted internet access, imposed restrictive rules on social media companies, and advanced legislation to allow real-time monitoring of users that would grant the government expansive surveillance powers. 

    Officials have disrupted internet access, imposed restrictive rules on social media companies, and advanced legislation to allow real-time monitoring of users that would grant the government expansive surveillance powers.

    Young Kenyans have been abducted, beaten, and tortured for posting satirical images of Ruto online. Police have also targeted prominent online activists, including developer Rose Njeri, who was detained after launching a platform for the public to email parliament about the new finance bill, and political commentator Ojwang, who was abducted, tortured, and killed after accusing a high-ranking police official of corruption on social media.

    Civic and artistic spaces have not been spared. Authorities pressured the BBC to cancel a screening of Blood Parliament and detained filmmakers. Ruto’s office also attempted to ban a high school play examining Gen Z’s frustrations with Kenya’s leadership. The ban was overturned by a court, but police responded to its staging with violence, assaulting journalists and firing teargas.

    According to KHRC’s Cornel, Ruto’s administration has shown “sheer brazenness” in police excesses, with top officials openly endorsing deadly force. While Ruto apologized and introduced a compensation plan for protest victims, he also ordered police to shoot protesters in the legs so “they can go to hospital on their way to court.”

    While Ruto apologized and introduced a compensation plan for protest victims, he also ordered police to shoot protesters in the legs so “they can go to hospital on their way to court.”

    “In our analysis, ordering police to shoot protesters in the legs is effectively a shoot-to-kill directive,” Cornel says. “Regardless of the body part, gunshot victims can die from bleeding without immediate care—and in Kenya’s failing healthcare system, those shot are likely to die.” Masai, killed in last year’s protests, bled to death from a gunshot wound to his upper thigh.

    Kenya’s Interior Cabinet Secretary has also instructed police to kill anyone who “attempts to attack” them—a directive rights groups say grants officers a license to kill with impunity.

    Human rights groups have additionally condemned the authorities’ use of informal vigilante groups—dubbed “state-hired goons”—to suppress protests. Armed with clubs, whips, and other crude weapons, these militias are accused of beating and robbing demonstrators and committing sexual assault.

    The Global Initiative against Transnational Organized Crime (GI-TOC) describes them as “criminal gangs and hired militia,” whose deployment on June 25 anniversary protests coincided with a state ban on live broadcast coverage. According to GI-TOC, they are funded by senior politicians to depict peaceful protesters as violent actors. 

    “The state hires vigilantes to sow chaos and discredit protesters,” Cornel tells TRNN. “It’s also a way for the state and police to dodge blame.” 

    This is not a new tactic in Kenya; past governments used informal militias to suppress voter turnout or opposition. “But under Ruto, we are witnessing an unabashed audacity in committing these crimes—escalating them in broad daylight, without even trying to hide,” Cornel says.

    On July 6, a day before the Saba Saba protests, a press conference at the offices of KHRC by Kenyan mothers whose children were killed or forcibly disappeared during demonstrations was violently broken up by a group of about 50 men, with some wielding sticks and pickaxes. They forced their way past locked gates, sending activists and journalists fleeing.

    “We can say without a doubt that this militia was hired and operated under the protection of the state to silence dissent,” Cornel says.

    While Ruto has intensified long-employed tactics, he has also reached for a sharper weapon: the country’s anti-terror laws.

    Of the hundreds arrested over the last two months, at least 221—most under 25 years old—have been charged with terrorism and other serious offenses, with high bail conditions. At least 75 of these cases are being pursued under the Prevention of Terrorism Act, a law designed for insurgent groups like Al Shabaab. 

    Previous administrations in Kenya have misused anti-terrorism laws to intimidate critics. This, however, is the first time a government has applied them so broadly and publicly against protesters—an approach meant to deter protests and civic participation altogether, Cornel says. 

    These developments are also intended to sap the youth movement’s resources, activists say. Organizers are forced to spend time and resources locating detained protesters, providing legal aid, and fundraising for bail.

    Mwanase Ahmed, a 33-year-old prominent activist, says these grassroots efforts have secured the release of at least 200 people. “But, now we’re spending so much of our time and resources defending ourselves, tracking down the missing, and covering legal fees and bail, instead of strategizing on how to change our country for the better.”

    Betrayed hope

    For Jacinta Onyango, her 12-year-old son Kennedy embodied all her hopes. Two of her other children have sickle cell anemia, leaving them often bedridden. But Kennedy’s sharp mind and gift for art lit a path she thought might lead her family to a better life.

    “He had really big dreams,” the 35-year-old says, clutching a wad of tissues, her face wet with tears. “He wanted to be an artist—a really big one. He was already talking about getting a scholarship to study art in the United States.”

    She spreads out some of Kennedy’s drawings on a table in her two-room home in Ongata Rongai, a Nairobi satellite town, including his last piece of the Dome of the Rock and Al Aqsa Mosque in occupied East Jerusalem. 

    “He promised me that this one would pay our rent,” Onyango murmurs. Her husband, 36-year-old Michael Odero, sits quietly beside her, his jaw tight and eyes brimming with tears he won’t let fall.

    At her home in Ongata Rongai, Jacinta Onyango shows a photo of her late son Kennedy.
    At her home in Ongata Rongai, Jacinta Onyango shows a photo of her late son Kennedy. Photo by Jaclynn Ashly.
    Michael Odaro and Jacinta Onyango sit in their two-room home in Ongata Rongai, with drawings by their 12-year-old son Kennedy spread across the table. Kennedy was shot and killed by police while on his way to collect a schoolbook from a classmate during protests.
    Michael Odaro and Jacinta Onyango sit in their two-room home in Ongata Rongai, with drawings by their 12-year-old son Kennedy spread across the table. Kennedy was shot and killed by police while on his way to collect a schoolbook from a classmate during protests. Photo by Jaclynn Ashly.
    At the family’s home in Ongata Rongai, Kennedy’s youngest brother sorts through his late brother’s drawings.
    At the family’s home in Ongata Rongai, Kennedy’s youngest brother sorts through his late brother’s drawings. Photo by Jaclynn Ashly.

    “A big part of his heart belonged to the Palestinian people,” she says, a faint smile slipping through the grief as she recalls her son’s compassion. “He felt their pain as if it were his own.”

    On June 28 last year, amid still simmering protests, Kennedy set out to a classmate’s house to borrow a book he needed for homework. He never made it. A police bullet tore into his back. “It looked like he had been mauled by a lion,” Onyango says, her voice breaking as she remembers identifying his body. 

    A week later, Onyango’s phone rang. On the other end was President Ruto.

    “He told me he was very sorry for what happened to my son,” Onyango recounts. “He said not to worry—that he would personally make sure my son got justice, that someone would be held accountable. He promised to call me soon and that we would sit down and talk.”

    “He gave me so much comfort,” she continues. “It eased some of the pain, because I believed the president was with me—and surely we would get justice for Kennedy. I felt like he was a father to me.”

    But more than a year later, the call the family had placed all their trust in still hasn’t come. They tried calling the number back and sent message after message—but received only silence.

    “That man is a liar,” Onyango snaps, her voice rising. “He fooled us, pretending to be a good person, and then abandoned us. He dangled hope in front of us, then used it to torture us. It would have been better if he’d never called at all. He made our grief so much worse.”

    Onyango’s anger is not hers alone. It’s shared by many Kenyans who feel the sting of betrayed hope. 

    “My son’s soul can’t rest in peace until we get justice,” Onyango says, her lips trembling. “And if his soul is not at peace, then we can never be at peace.”

    “But I don’t know what I’m supposed to do. I don’t know who to speak to or which direction to go. It feels like we will be stuck like this forever.”

    Onyango’s grief swallows her words, and she falls silent. Her husband, Odero, sitting beside her, picks up where her voice falters. 

    “Go tell the world what’s happening here,” he orders this reporter. “Tell them this government is rotten—that they kill human beings like chickens.”

    This post was originally published on The Real News Network.

  • Common Dreams Logo

    This story originally appeared in Common Dreams on Sept. 15, 2025. It is shared here under a Creative Commons (CC BY-NC-ND 3.0) license.

    Senior Trump administration officials on Monday made fresh threats to crack down on a nonexistent left-wing “domestic terror movement” following last week’s assassination of Charlie Kirk—a move that critics called an attempt to exploit the far-right firebrand’s murder to advance an authoritarian agenda targeting nonviolent opposition.

    Even as investigators work to determine the motive of Kirk’s killer, members of Trump’s inner circle and supporters have amplified an unfounded narrative of a coordinated leftist movement targeting conservatives.

    According to The New York Times:

    On Monday, two senior administration officials, who spoke anonymously to describe the internal planning, said that Cabinet secretaries and federal department heads were working to identify organizations that funded or supported violence against conservatives. The goal, they said, was to categorize left-wing activity that led to violence as domestic terrorism, an escalation that critics said could lay the groundwork for crushing anti-conservative dissent more broadly.

    Appearing on the latest episode of “The Charlie Kirk Show” podcast—which was guest hosted by US Vice President JD Vance—White House Deputy Chief of Staff Stephen Miller said that “we are going to use every resource we have at the Department of Justice, Homeland Security, and throughout this government to identify, disrupt, dismantle, and destroy these networks and make America safe again for the American people.”

    “It will happen, and we will do it in Charlie’s name,” Miller vowed.

    Vance said during the podcast that he wanted to explore “all of the ways that we’re trying to figure out how to prevent this festering violence that you see on the far left from becoming even more and more mainstream.”

    “You have the crazies on the far left who are saying, ‘Oh, Stephen Miller and JD Vance, they’re going to go after constitutionally protected speech,‘” the vice president said. “We’re going to go after the network that foments, facilitates, and engages in violence.”

    Vance, who like Trump and numerous supporters claim to champion free speech, also took aim at “people who are celebrating” Kirk’s killing.

    Another unnamed administration official told the Times Monday that government agencies would be investigating people, including those accused of vandalizing Tesla electric vehicles and dealerships and allegedly assaulting federal immigration agents, in an effort to implicate US leftists in political violence.

    Vance and Miller’s threats ignored right-wing violence—which statistically outpaces left-wing attacks—including the recent assassinations of Democratic Minnesota House Speaker Melissa Hortman and her husband Mark Hortman, who were murdered in June by a right-wing masked gunman disguised as a police officer.

    Investigative reporter Jason Paladino reported last week that the US Department of Justice apparently removed an academic study previously published on the National Institute for Justice’s online library showing that “since 1990, far-right extremists have committed far more ideologically motivated homicides than far-left or radical Islamist extremists, including 227 events that took more than 520 lives” versus “42 ideologically motivated attacks that took 78 lives” committed by “far-left extremists.”

    “Militant, nationalistic, white supremacist violent extremism has increased in the United States. In fact, the number of far-right attacks continues to outpace all other types of terrorism and domestic violent extremism.”The Trump DOJ scrubbed this study from their website.

    Mehdi Hasan (@mehdirhasan.bsky.social) 2025-09-13T01:43:34.653Z

    Responding to Miller’s remarks, New Republic staff writer Greg Sargent noted on social media that “Stephen Miller was directly involved in one of the largest acts of organized domestic political violence the United States has seen in modern times, the January 6 [2021] insurrection.”

    Congresswoman Diana DeGette (D-Colo.) weighed in Monday on Miller’s attempt to exploit Kirk’s murder, writing on the social media site Bluesky that “it’s never acceptable to kill someone for their political beliefs. But the Trump [administration] exploiting the shooting of Charlie Kirk to follow their authoritarian instincts and crack down on the left is incredibly disturbing.”

    “We must end any form of political violence—and reject those who try to exploit it,” she added.

    Democratic California Gov. Gavin Newsom noted Monday on social media that Miller “has already publicly labeled the Democratic Party as a terrorist organization.”

    “This isn’t about crime and safety,” Newsom added. “It’s about dismantling our democratic institutions. We cannot allow acts of political violence to be weaponized and used to threaten tens of millions of Americans.”

    The progressive Working Families Party (WFP) said Monday on social media that “JD Vance and Stephen Miller want to use the horrifying murder of Charlie Kirk to target and dismantle pro-democracy groups.”

    “Their comments call to mind some of the darkest periods in US history,” WFP continued. “They’re dividing people based on what box we ticked on our voter registration.”

    Vance and Miller “want to stoke fear and resentment to justify their un-American crackdowns on free speech, mass abductions of working people, and military takeovers of our cities,” WFP added. “This isn’t going to fly. We’ve survived crises like this before as a country, and we can choose to live in a place where our political freedoms are protected, where we settle disagreements with words not weapons, and where no one has to fear losing a loved one to gun violence.”

    This post was originally published on The Real News Network.

  • The 11th Circuit Court of Appeals has halted the imminent closure of the infamous “Alligator Alcatraz” detention camp in Florida; now, the future of the facility, and the people incarcerated within it, remains in limbo. “But no matter the future of Alligator Alcatraz, the Trump administration is turning it into a model for expanding detention capacity across the country,” Shannon Heffernan and Beth Schwartzapfel report at The Marshall Project. “Similar large-scale facilities, opened in collaboration with state governments, are already in the works. These projects mark the first time that states have gotten this involved in large-scale immigration detention.” In this episode of Rattling the Bars, host Mansa Musa speaks with Heffernan about how the Trump administration, in collaboration with state governments, is expanding the US system of mass incarceration to unprecedented levels.

    Guest:

    • Shannon Heffernan is a staff writer at The Marshall Project whose work focuses on prisons and jails across the US, as well as sexual and gender-based violence, immigration and mental health, and how arts and culture shape (and are shaped by) crime and punishment.

    Additional links/info:

    Credits:

    • Producer / Videographer / Post-Production: Cameron Granadino
    Transcript

    The following is a rushed transcript and may contain errors. A proofread version will be made available as soon as possible.

    Mansa Musa:

    Welcome to this edition of Rattling the Bars. I’m your host, Mansa Musa. Today we’re talking about detention centers, zombie prisons, and alligator Alcatraz. Joining me today is Shannon Heffernan, an award-winning reporter and fiction writer whose works focused on prisons and jails across the United States. Her recent reporting include two major pieces. The next alligator Alcatraz could be in your state, which looks at the controversial ICE Detention Project in Florida and zombie prisons about how ICE is bringing shuttered facilities back to life. Shannon, welcome to Rallying the Bars.

    Shannon Heffernan:

    Thank you so much for having me. I’m happy to be here.

    Mansa Musa:

    Let’s start with the next alligator. Alcatraz could be in your state. Okay. So construction on Alligator Alcatraz was stopped because a lawsuit was filed saying it had a environmental detriment, and so it was stopped. Based on that, walk us through how that came about and what’s going on with that now.

    Shannon Heffernan:

    Sure. So a couple of groups, some environmental groups as well as some indigenous tribes. Our a indigenous tribe bought a lawsuit against Alligator Alcatraz because of environmental concerns. They essentially said, this is a federal facility, it should follow federal laws, and it’s not done the proper environmental review. Originally, a court did halt that. However, very recently an appeals court has lifted the halt on alligator Alcatraz, so it moves forward. All of this is going to continue to play out in courts. We don’t know where it will land for alligator Alcatraz, but I do believe that this all has implications beyond what’s happening in Florida for states across the country. And no matter what happens at Alligator Alcatraz, I think it gives us some insight into the strategies that the federal government wants to use to increase immigration detention across the United States.

    Mansa Musa:

    In terms of the conditions in alligator Alcaraz, I recall reading some things where one is beyond the environmental aspect of it, the impact it has on environment, but the impact it has on human, human beings, people that’s being detained in there. And I seen a picture of how it’s designed and the way it’s designed is designed like with multiple bunks and cages and tents. In your report and in your gathering your information, what can you say about the conditions of alligator ture?

    Shannon Heffernan:

    Yeah, there’s been some pretty big complaints about the human conditions there. You’ve had people complaining about food not being edible. You’ve had people complain about their access to legal representation. You’ve also had people complaining about how difficult it is to even find if somebody is incarcerated at alligator Alcatraz. They weren’t showing up in the federal system. They also weren’t showing up in the state system. So it was hard to locate folks. It became this kind of black hole. The federal government has denied some of those claims in terms of how bad the living conditions are, but there have been multiple reports from people who are incarcerated there as well as civil rights lawyers representing their case,

    Mansa Musa:

    Talk about the law that gives them the right to detain people, and if you can juxtapose that against what is actually taking place now.

    Shannon Heffernan:

    Yeah, so I think this is a really important point that I heard from legal scholars I’ve been speaking to about immigration detention. Technically, immigration detention is not supposed to be punishment. It is different in that way from what you see in the criminal system, at least in terms of the law. That said, you see these places not only having troubling conditions like you’ve mentioned, but being given these names that raise the specter of them being frightening places. Alligator Alcatraz, you now see that they want to send people to Angola, a place that has a long history of problems and lots of associations with abusive treatment or the so-called speedway slammer in Indiana. So I think that it seems to be clear that officials are really raising the spectra of these places, being places you don’t want to go, that would be punitive. So I do think there’s that gap between what you hear legal scholars saying immigration detention should be, and then actually how it plays out and what it does.

    Mansa Musa:

    And you mentioned speedway slammer, and then the fact that AIN going is known for its plantation style facilities, but more importantly, we had the opportunity to talk to some people relative to crop dusting and when they come around and crop dust, whether or not it has an effect on going into the cell blocks. And so in terms of your investigation, how do you see that playing out? Because you mentioned earlier that this what we see now taking place in alligator Alcatraz is ominous a whisk to come down the pipe in terms. Talk about that.

    Shannon Heffernan:

    So I mean, I think that there’s a couple of things to consider. I mean, I think generally there’s the issue of detention increasing across the United States and what that means for conditions. But specifically what I meant when I talked about that is there’s a strategy that the federal government is now using to specifically get state governments involved in alligator Alcatraz. As I said, this is a state run facility. You see what’s happening in Indiana, in Nebraska with the so-called corn husker clink with Angola and Louisiana, that there are these collaborations with states to do that. And so why would that matter? Why would that matter? Right. Well, when it’s fuzzy who’s in control, a lot of the experts I spoke to about this says that makes accountability much harder. It sets up conditions that are really ripe for abuse, and we already know that there have been problems with conditions and immigration detentions for a long time, and I think what folks are arguing is this just creates a really fertile ground for that to happen even more and an even more extreme way. The collaboration with states, I think also could potentially free up resources for the federal government to do this even more other places. You’ve had the DHS secretary, Christie Noam saying that this strategy of working with states is actually becoming her preferred method instead of working with private prisons. And why is that? Because she says she thinks it’s cheaper, she thinks it’s more efficient. Instead of having to sign long-term contracts, she can sign these shorter term contracts.

    She didn’t say this now, but this is me, at least she hasn’t said it that I’m aware of. It also would give her access to a workforce that might not otherwise be available because it comes from the state or buildings that might not otherwise be available because their own bar state. So if the United States government really wants to up the number of people who they’re detaining and then eventually deporting, which they’ve said that is their goal, collaborating with states on this level is something that can help them do that. I think it’s really important to note that this is unprecedented. Local governments have played a role and immigration detention in the past. For example, local jails rent out their beds to ice, but you haven’t really seen it on this scale. We’re talking about massive, massive facilities that are supposedly under the state’s control, although I think that there’s some complications and nuance there about how much they’re under the state versus the federal control.

    So this is something we’ve not really seen at this scale before in the United States and is definitely worth paying attention to. I also think it speaks to a larger idea that I think we really need to be wrestling with and thinking about, which is how our country’s history of mass incarceration is actually deeply tied to what you see happening with immigration right now. These facilities are available and built because the United States has a long history of incarcerating large numbers of people. When you saw criminal justice reforms in the last decade, some of those facilities began to be shut down, either because places were shrinking, their prison population changes to parole or sentencing, or because the facilities were simply deemed too terrible, too harsh of places to put humans into. But after those facilities closed, the buildings weren’t destroyed and now you’re seeing them reanimate it for use by immigration detention.

    And I think that’s really important to notice because in the same way that they’re being moved from the criminal system to the immigration system right now, once this system is built, once the system is fortified, you can see it being deployed against other populations. Once the infrastructure is there, there are financial incentives to keep them going. So when we see immigration detention getting bigger and bigger, I think there’s a question of like, well, what does that mean for the next decade in the United States? I think it’s something, it’s going to be a legacy that is likely to continue beyond just this present moment.

    Mansa Musa:

    Do immigrants people that’s locked up under the Immigration Nationalization Act, do they have constitutional rights? Do they have the protection under the eighth amendment, the cruel, unused upon the 14th due process, 14th amendment due process? Do they have these rights of once they’re locked up, do they have the same rights that United States citizen had or are they just put detained and then when they determine where they’re going to send ’em, they pack ’em up and fly ’em to wherever state or country they want to take ’em to?

    Shannon Heffernan:

    So there are standards that are supposed to be met in these detention centers. I think the question is, regardless of what the standards are, if you don’t have oversight, then it doesn’t matter. If you don’t have enforcement, then it doesn’t matter. And we’ve seen a real decimation of the systems that have historically provided oversight in these facilities. If you can’t prove what’s happening inside, it becomes really difficult to hold those systems accountable. And in addition to some of the groups that were supposed to watch dog detention centers shrinking or ending, you also have lawyers less able to access their clients in these facilities, which means the word is getting out less about what’s happening there. So I think it’s a real challenge and it’ll become an increasing challenge to make sure that what’s happening inside these detention centers is meeting basic humanitarian standards.

    Mansa Musa:

    And I think that based on everything that’s being done, and I did 48 years in prison before I got out, and I did, and I served time in some antiquated elaborated involvements, but I’m looking at what’s going on here. These ain’t no detention. These are basically concentration camps. They’re holding them, pinning, sending them somewhere else, but they’re holding them under the most inhumane conditions known to man at this time. But let’s talk about how the next article you wrote was Zombie Prison. I want to shift there, and you made very astute observation on this. What we’re seeing now is how their practice is in terms of how they establish this prison industrial complex, the infrastructure, how they mapping it out in terms of finding places, putting people, finding places, putting people, finding places, putting people, talk about the zombie prison, how ice detention is raising troubled facilities from the dead.

    Shannon Heffernan:

    Yeah, so we’ve seen a number of facilities that used to be prisons and got closed down reopening now as ice detention centers. And I think that’s important because in some cases these facilities closed for a reason. Either the infrastructure is in poor shape or the staff there were treating people poorly, for example. And now I think the real question is how are they going to ensure that’s not repeated for immigrants? I also think that that really illustrates the question of detention’s not supposed to be punishment.

    Then why are places that were prisons able to handle these populations? Why are they equipped? Why are the places that we’re going to send these folks? As you know from your understanding of prisons, a lot of these facilities are in fairly remote locations. They’re hard to get medical care too. They’re hard to get translators to, they’re hard to get legal help to. So just by the geographic location, you’re already setting up a real challenge in terms of people getting what they need. I want to go back to something you said before, which is you were talking about the poor conditions in these places before they deport people. I think there’s a real connection between the conditions and deportations themselves. We’ve spoken to immigrants who are inside some of these facilities who want to stay in the United States and who may even have credible legal paths to staying in the United States, but they’re choosing to leave.

    They’re choosing deportation over those legal battles because they are so disturbed by the conditions that they’re experiencing that they want to leave and they want to get out. So the conditions have, in the same way that you have people talk about people confessing to crimes that they maybe do not commit because they want to get out of jail, right? Because bail’s not available to them. The conditions are so terrible. I would say this is sort of analogous to that. People who may have credible claims to stay in the United States choosing to leave anyways because the conditions are so abysmal that they don’t feel like they can stay there safely.

    Mansa Musa:

    Talk about where we stand in terms of advocacy, what we have to do or what people need to do, what people need to understand about fighting back. Because I think Angela Davis say, if they come for me in the morning, they’ll come for you night. So the coming is coming. It’s just a matter of how they change the narrative on how they identify why a person or class of people fit up under the statute to say that you are a danger to the security of the United States, therefore you can be detained as an illegal immigrant even though you are a United States. Talk about the pushback, how we fight back or how to fight back.

    Shannon Heffernan:

    As you alluded to the so-called big, beautiful Bill gave a huge infusion of cash into immigration detention and deportation. So I suspect we’re going to continue to see efforts to grow this machinery from the federal government. I think one big challenge that advocates and activists are up against is historically under other administrations, immigration, detention and deportation was also a problem. This has gone across both parties. It’s not just unique to the Trump administration, but one thing that I think was really different is some other administrations would be shamed into action when there were reports of bad humanitarian treatment. They didn’t want that to be what it appeared to be on the outside. They wanted to appear friendly and nice. So if activists or advocates or the media showed bad conditions, there would be some thought that that would result in an action because they didn’t want to be perceived that way. But I think we’re under an administration now where that specter of it being terrible, that specter of it being cruel is something that they’re less afraid of. I mean, you have them naming these facilities, things like alligator, Raz,

    Which have a connotation of the conditions themselves being poor. So if you’ve relied on a strategy in the past that if you expose harm, if you expose things being terrible, that’s going to result in action, I think that’s a strategy that you’re going to see work a little differently now under the current administration, and it’s going to require different ways of operating for activists and advocates. I think another challenge is just moving at a really, really quick speed. How quickly the administration has been able to get these places up and running is really quite astounding. Now, I say all that with those challenges. I do think it’s also important to note that this has gotten a lot of attention. You have seen a lot of activists and advocates being motivated towards action. So people are in motion across the United States resisting this and showing

    Mansa Musa:

    Up. And I think another problem that we are confronted with as we moved in opposition, you hit on it the speed at which they’re doing it, but in every regard in terms of the amount of money they put into it and the countries that they looking at putting money into these countries, telling them like El Salvador was the test case and say, I’m going to give you money to house these prisons. I’m going to give you money. And came out and said, yeah, I’m with this. Whatever you want to send, however you want to send. Now they talking about going to different African countries or other third world countries to pay them to take people. Talk about going forward, how do we look at it from the legal landscape? Because right now, as it stands right now, it seems, and I raised this earlier, it seems like the courts don’t have jurisdiction over the treatment aspect of it that’s being litigated. It is cruel and unusual punishment. It’s inhumane. So is it a United Nation thing or is what? Talk about that. This is mind boggling. I know our audience would probably saying the same thing if this was done to United States prisoners, at some point in time the court going to intervene because we got constitutional rights to be treated a certain way. But when it comes to a person that’s they done dub illegal immigrant, a non-citizen to that non citizenship mean I can treat you like inhuman and with impunity.

    Shannon Heffernan:

    So there are legal challenges that have been brought and will play out in the courts, and I suspect that will continue. I think one of the things you really have to think about when you’re talking about these legal challenges is the law is created by humans and the law is enforced by people in power. And what the law means is decided by courts, and as you’ve seen some of these cases work their way up, you will see the courts siding with where their political affiliations are. I mean, courts aren’t supposed to do that, but there’s a range in what judges can decide. So we know what the Supreme Court looks like right now as these cases reached that the question is regardless of how the law has been interpreted in the past, what is the law itself capable of doing right now? In the same way that I talked about the specter of cruelty being a little bit differently, I also think the specter of what the law will and won’t do is something that’s really in flux right now under the current administration. So I think that’s something that definitely is worth paying attention to.

    Mansa Musa:

    And as we close out, tell our audience how they can stay on top of your reporting because it’s definitely impactful in terms of really focusing on the issues and informing people about what is the real news versus fake news. So talk, how can our audience stay intact?

    Shannon Heffernan:

    Sure. So you can read my work@themarshallproject.org. I’m also on Blue Sky, and we would love to hear from all of you about what you’re seeing on the ground and what kinds of recording you think we need to continue to do. We are especially interested in looking at ways that the criminal justice system overlaps with the immigration system because we think that’s going to be really key going forward.

    Mansa Musa:

    Alright, thank you. And as you said earlier, I just want to close on this point. So we ask that as you look at this information that Shannon put out, we ask that you follow her lead in terms of letting them know some of the things that are going on with your views on these things, what you witnessing.

    But more importantly, we ask that you take a critical look at what’s going on in this country because it’s not a matter of what I like someone or don’t like someone, it’s a matter of whether or not a person should be treated as a human being. This is about treating people as human beings. It’s not about treating people as animals because they’re not United States citizens. This is about treating people as human beings, what the Statue of Liberty says, the Statue of Liberty right now would be taking the mass off and running down the water. As you see what’s going on in this country, we ask that you continue to support the real news and rally the bar. We ask that you look at this information, give your views on it, critique it, and let us know what you think. And we’ll definitely echo your voice because we don’t give you a voice. We just turn the volume up on your voice.

    This post was originally published on The Real News Network.

  • Jacobin logo

    This story originally appeared in Jacobin on Sept. 09, 2025. It is shared here with permission.

    On June 17, 2025, New York City comptroller Brad Lander, at that time a mayoral candidate, was arrested by Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE). Lander was engaged in the process of immigrant accompaniment, which is when humanitarian supporters accompany immigrants to their court proceedings. Their presence can throw sand in the system’s gears and slow down deportations. Donald Trump’s second administration is criminalizing this practice precisely because they know it works.

    In researching my book The Politics of Sanctuary, I spent years during Trump’s first term observing activists who practice immigrant accompaniment, trying to understand its mechanics and effectiveness. “We can stop or slow down the deportation process,” said one volunteer with the New Sanctuary Coalition (NSC), an organization dedicated to assisting migrants and asylum seekers. The Trump administration has moved to punish nonprofits and faith-based groups that engage in sanctuary practices like accompaniment, alleging that they promote and facilitate immigration law violations.

    “The judges know us, ICE knows us. They fear us,” the NSC volunteer continued. “They have blocked us [from accompaniments], but we will keep going. We show up to doctors’ appointments, to family court, to lawyers’ appointments, [and] to Varick Street,” where New York City’s immigration court is located.

    The volunteer was not bluffing about the effectiveness of the accompaniment strategy. I observed numerous cases where NSC volunteers accompanying immigrants slowed down the deportation process. The volunteers I observed were mostly native-born, white, female New Yorkers, ranging from middle-aged to senior citizens. Their presence was critical for the success of migrants’ cases. At times they were a silent presence at ICE check-ins and case hearings, while at other times they were vocal in their advocacy. “We are literally standing at that line and making sure that we hold that line and enforce rights,” one volunteer told me.

    During Trump’s first term, migrant advocates sought to counter the administration’s anti-immigrant rhetoric with evidence that immigrants commit crimes at lower rates than native-born Americans. These efforts did not completely reverse public opinion, which carried Trump to a second victory on an even more anti-immigrant platform in 2024. However, activism during the first Trump term did bring citizens and noncitizens together at demonstrations and protests, strengthening the movement for migrant rights. Many citizens developed political consciousness during this period and dedicated themselves to sanctuary practices like accompaniment — practices that continue to this day, often led by faith-based organizations.

    These citizen activists didn’t just sympathize with immigrants but felt they had a duty to defend them. This sense of responsibility led many to 26 Federal Plaza in Manhattan to support migrants attending ICE appointments. Living near immigrant neighborhoods, having immigrant friends, and believing that New York City’s institutions could be pushed to protect migrants all contributed to their support. The immigrants involved in these networks, meanwhile, saw themselves not as criminals but as tentative residents whose rights were being violated — a perspective that grew stronger through their participation in sanctuary practices. Their own activism challenged the idea that migrants are simply victims of an exploitative economic system.

    Cities as Battlegrounds for Citizenship

    Sanctuary practices in cities create space for undocumented people, asylum seekers, and refugees to engage in political struggle. But they can’t do it alone: their effectiveness depends on building alliances with citizens and permanent residents who join these struggles with practices like accompaniment and acts of civil disobedience. It is precisely this solidarity that the Trump administration is seeking to criminalize.

    Nor can migrants claim rights without the dedicated assistance of sympathetic political leaders. Many of them lack the right to vote; the New York Court of Appeals ruled six to one in March 2025 that the state constitution requires citizenship for voting. Systematically barred from the formal representational political process, they must rely instead on voluntary action from political figures — actions like Lander’s arrest as a mayoral candidate during an accompaniment action.

    Trump has made outright threats to defund sanctuary cities (though only small percentages of budgets would actually be affected). He has also threatened to expand the criminalization of immigrants, which city administrations have resisted by refusing police cooperation with ICE. These words have turned into violent acts against protesters and political representatives seen as obstructing ICE enforcement.

    Trump’s threats against grassroots sanctuary efforts serve to heighten racial hostilities, scapegoat immigrants, manufacture emergencies, and instill fear in immigrants to keep them from using social and health services. Meanwhile, urban disinvestment and austerity programs are creating a false sense of scarcity for which immigrants are held responsible. Amid urban inequality, blaming immigrants can mask the lack of real solutions for urban problems like affordable housing, high-functioning social services, accessible transit, and so on.

    Trump’s executive orders earlier this year intensified threats to sanctuary jurisdictions by calling to cut federal funding, penalize the granting of public benefits, and target local officials for prosecution. Federal courts largely blocked these measures as unconstitutional, and cities continue to fight the policy in court. They must continue to put up a fight, as sanctuary practices represent an essential part of the struggle for migrant rights and indeed all human rights.

    The sanctuary movement offers migrants more than simply hope that they won’t be deported. It provides concrete assistance toward the goal of avoiding deportation. Of course, getting migrants to participate in sanctuary practices becomes difficult in a climate of heightened fear amid stepped-up deportations. This makes the participation of native-born activists all the more necessary to create conditions of safety and solidarity. Only when migrants and nonmigrants stand together can they thwart Trump’s anti-migrant agenda.

    This post was originally published on The Real News Network.

  • This story was originally published on Truthout on Sept. 05, 2025. It is shared here under a  Creative Commons (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0) license.

    Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) is incarcerating immigrants at Louisiana State Penitentiary, better known as Angola, Gov. Jeff Landry (R) and Trump administration officials announced Wednesday.

    Fifty-one immigrants are currently incarcerated at Angola, in a solitary confinement unit once dubbed the “Dungeon.” Officials closed the unit in 2018, but over the summer, Landry ordered repairs so it could reopen as an ICE lockup.

    The unit has been named Camp 57 for Landry, the 57th governor of Louisiana. Officials also refer to it as Louisiana Lockup.

    “This facility is fulfilling the President’s promise of making America safe again by giving ICE a facility to consolidate the most violent offenders into a single deportation and holding facility,” Landry said at a press conference, with Department of Homeland Security (DHS) Secretary Kristi Noem, ICE Deputy Director Madison Sheahan, and Attorney General Pam Bondi standing behind him.

    Landry continued: “This camp was originally built here at Angola to house the most disruptive of prisoners. It was called Camp J. Over the years, it was neglected and fell into disrepair. We decided to repair it and put it back into service to help fulfill the mission of removing criminal illegal aliens that have been causing havoc in our communities.”

    Landry said that the unit will be able to hold more than 400 people within the next few months.

    “If you are in America illegally, you could find yourself in CECOT, Cornhusker Clink, Speedway Slammer, or Louisiana Lockup,” Noem wrote in one of several social media posts about Angola. “Avoid arrest and self deport NOW using the CBP Home App.”

    Officials made similar threats this summer when they opened “Alligator Alcatraz,” the ICE jail hastily constructed in Florida’s alligator-infested swamplands.

    “You never have to go to Alligator Alcatraz as an illegal alien,” Florida Gov. Ron DeSantis (R) said at a news conference in July. “If you can take that plane ticket and you can go, and DHS is picking up the cost of that,” he added, referring to DHS’s self-deportation campaign.

    Last month, a federal judge ordered the administration to close the Florida facility, but yesterday a Trump-dominated appeals court blocked the lower court’s ruling, allowing it to stay open.

    Angola has long been synonymous with brutal, inhumane, and dangerous conditions.

    In 2023, a district court found that “rather than receiving medical ‘care,’ the inmates [at Angola] are instead subjected to cruel and unusual punishment by medical mistreatment.”

    “The human cost of these 26 YEARS is unspeakable,” the judge continued. “In the following pages, the Court will make detailed and extensive findings of the callous and wanton disregard for the medical care of inmates at Angola. The finding is that the ‘care’ is not care at all, but abhorrent cruel and unusual punishment that violates the United States Constitution.”

    In another case, incarcerated workers at Angola sued prison officials, alleging that they were forced to work in the fields performing “grueling, but pointless, manual agricultural labor,” for, at most, two cents an hour. They say they were forced to work in extreme heat with little if any access to clean, cold drinking water. If they were unable to work, they were placed in solitary confinement, according to their motion.

    Amy Fischer, Amnesty International USA’s director for refugee and migrant rights, said in a statement that detaining immigrants at Angola “is just the latest move in President Trump’s shameful attack on immigrants.”

    “Angola prison, a notorious facility built on a former plantation used to enslave people, is steeped in a legacy of racism and brutal conditions,” she continued. “Detaining people in places like Angola and ‘Alligator Alcatraz’ is not about safety; it is cruelty by design. And it must stop.”

    This post was originally published on The Real News Network.

  • It’s past midnight on September 6, 1971. 

    Across the prison, dozens of men slip out of their beds. Bricks slide out from the walls of their cells. Bodies slip out silently. They move into a tunnel that has been chiseled and dug slowly and silently for eight months, and they creep one by one underneath the prison.

    It is the stuff of movies. Or of legends. Or of cartoons. The only sound is the ruffle of their prison uniforms and the occasional scrape of knees and hands on the ground.

    A total of 111 men escape from the Punta Carretas prison that night. The prison break was known as “El Abuso.” The abuse. Because that’s exactly what the prison guards felt by the escape.

    This is episode 65 of Stories of Resistance—a podcast produced by The Real News. Each week, we’ll bring you stories of resistance like this. Inspiration for dark times.

    Please consider supporting this podcast and Michael Fox’s reporting on his Patreon account: patreon.com/mfox. There you can also see exclusive pictures, video, and interviews. 

    If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment, or leave a review. 

    And please consider signing up for the Stories of Resistance podcast feed, either in Spotify, Apple Podcasts, Spreaker, or wherever you listen.
    Written and produced by Michael Fox.

    Transcript

    Michael Fox, Narrator: In an upscale neighborhood of Montevideo, dozens of men move quietly. Silently. Crawling their way to freedom. The year is 1971. September 6. Uruguay. South America. The country is not yet a dictatorship. That will happen two years later. 

    But it’s on the way.

    Government repression. Political prisoners. Torture against supposed subversives, taught by US advisers. But the Tupamaros are pushing back. They’re an urban guerrilla group. One of the most successful in the region. They take their name from Tupac Amaru II, one of the last Incan resistance fighters, who tried to lead a rebellion against the Spanish in present day Peru in the 18th century. 

    But the Tupamaros have faced setbacks. Many of their people have been detained. Arrested. They’re held in jails like this one, Punta Carretas. There, hundreds of political prisoners are being held. But that is going to change for many of them tonight. 

    It’s past midnight. September cold. Still winter in Montevideo. Across the prison, dozens of men slip out of their beds. Bricks slide out from the walls of their cells. Bodies slip out silently. They move into a tunnel that has been chiseled and dug slowly and silently for eight months, and they creep one by one underneath the prison.

    It is the stuff of movies. Or of legends. Or of cartoons. 

    The only sound is the ruffle of their prison uniforms and the occasional scrape of knees and hands on the ground. No words are spoken. Just movements and gestures. They crawl one after the next, after the next. Hearts pounding. Sweat pouring despite the chill. Hoping they are out and far away before they are discovered missing.

    Time seems to stand still. Each breath, each movement an eternity.

    And then… they’re crawling up past floorboards into a house. One after another. After another.

    Signs point them into a neighboring home. Silent embraces. They’re given new clothes. Weapons. And then trucks whisk them away into the night. By the time the guards discover they are missing, they are long gone… Distributed in safe houses throughout the city.

    A total of 111 men escape from the Punta Carretas prison that night. 

    One hundred and eleven. Most are members of the Tupamaros. But not all. 

    Among those who crept out that evening was one of the historic founders of the Tupamaros organization, Raúl Sendic, and Pepe Mujica, who, four decades later, would become president of Uruguay.

    The prison break was known as “El Abuso.” The abuse. Because that’s exactly what the prison guards and the government felt by the escape. Today it is still considered the largest jailbreak of political prisoners in history. The prison break occurred on September 6, 1971. 

    Uruguayan Filmmaker César Charlone won an academy award for his cinematography on the movie City of God. He is currently working on an eight-part series about the prison break.

    “At a time when the world was deeply divided, this jailbreak symbolized freedom for an entire region,” Charlone told a news outlet earlier this year.


    Hi folks, thanks for listening. I’m your host Michael Fox.

    I have been wanting to do something on this story for years. So glad you are finally getting a chance to hear it. And please keep your eye out for a much more exhaustive look at this prison break and the resistance to the Uruguayan dictatorship in the upcoming season two of my podcast Under the Shadow about Plan Condor and the role of the United States.

    As always, if you like what you hear and enjoy this podcast, please consider becoming a subscriber on my Patreon. It’s only a few dollars a month. I have a ton of exclusive content there, only available to my supporters. And every supporter really makes a difference.

    This is the latest episode of Stories of Resistance, a podcast series produced by The Real News. Each week, I bring you stories of resistance and hope like this. Inspiration for dark times. If you like what you hear, please subscribe, like, share, comment, or leave a review.

    Thanks for listening. See you next time.

    This post was originally published on The Real News Network.

  • Common Dreams Logo

    This story originally appeared in Common Dreams on Sep. 03, 2025. It is shared here under a  Creative Commons (CC BY-NC-ND 3.0) license.

    Legal and human rights experts said that Tuesday’s deadly US attack on a boat the Trump administration claimed was transporting cocaine off the coast of Venezuela violated international law.

    “Drug trafficking is a crime, not an act of war,” former Human Rights Watch director Kenneth Roth said on social media following the strike, which US President Donald Trump said killed 11 people. “Traffickers must be arrested, not summarily executed, which US forces just illegally did.”

    “Trump admits he ordered a summary execution—the crime of murder,” Roth added. “Drug traffickers are not combatants who can be shot on sight. They are criminal suspects who must be arrested and prosecuted.”

    Declassified video showing the U.S. committing a war crime when it fired on a civilian vessel near Venezuela.Being suspected of carrying drugs does not carry a death sentence and certainly not without due process.

    Arturo Dominguez 🇨🇺🇺🇸 (@extremearturo.bsky.social) 2025-09-02T23:02:57.529Z

    Michael Becker, an associate professor of international law at Trinity College, Dublin in Ireland, told the BBC Wednesday that the Trump administration’s designation of the Venezuela-based Tren de Aragua and other drug trafficking groups as terrorist organizations “stretches the meaning of the term beyond its breaking point.”

    “The fact that US officials describe the individuals killed by the US strike as narcoterrorists does not transform them into lawful military targets,” Becker said. “The US is not engaged in an armed conflict with Venezuela or the Tren de Aragua criminal organization.”

    “Not only does the strike appear to have violated the prohibition on the use of force, it also runs afoul of the right to life under international human rights law,” Becker added.

    Although the United States is not a signatory to the United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea, US military legal advisers have asserted that the country should “act in a manner consistent with its provisions.”

    Luke Moffett, a professor of international law at Queens University Belfast in Northern Ireland, told the BBC that while “force can be used to stop a boat,” this should generally be accomplished using “nonlethal measures.”

    Such action, said Moffett, must be “reasonable and necessary in self-defense where there is immediate threat of serious injury or loss of life to enforcement officials,” and the US attack was likely “unlawful under the law of the sea.”

    “It reflects the worst of US militarism—secretive, unilateral, and contemptuous of due process, human rights, and the rule of law.”

    The peace group CodePink said Wednesday that “even if Washington’s claims are accurate, drug trafficking does not justify a death sentence delivered by missile.”

    “International law is clear: The use of force is only lawful in self-defense or with explicit UN Security Council authorization,” the group continued. “This strike had neither. It reflects the worst of US militarism—secretive, unilateral, and contemptuous of due process, human rights, and the rule of law.”

    “Under US law, it’s equally indefensible,” CodePink argued. “The Constitution gives Congress, not the president, the power to authorize war. Unilateral action may only be used in emergencies or self-defense, and this strike meets neither.”

    CodePink continued:

    With the US Southern Command assets already deployed in the region, why blow up a vessel instead of capturing and interrogating the crew? If the goal were really to uncover evidence of [Venezuelan President Nicolás] Maduro’s alleged involvement, this reckless approach raises only two possibilities: Either the narrative is fabricated and Washington used it as a pretext for a deadly show of force or it’s real, and the US chose extrajudicial killing over law, evidence, and humanity.

    CodePink called on Congressional Progressive Caucus Chair Greg Casar (D-Texas) “to lead the fight in Congress to stop this escalation,” urging him to “introduce legislation to block unauthorized military force, hold hearings to expose the dangers of border militarization, insist on transparency of all relevant directives, and rally Congress to cut off funding for these reckless operations.”

    Tuesday’s attack came amid Trump’s deployment of an armada of naval warships off the coast of Venezuela, whose socialist government has long endured US threats of regime change—and sometimes more.

    Infused with the notion that it has the right to meddle anywhere in the hemisphere under the Monroe Doctrine, the US has attacked, invaded, occupied, and otherwise intervened in Latin American and Caribbean nations well over 100 times since the dubious declaration was issued by President James Monroe in 1823.

    Since the late 19th century, oil-rich Venezuela has seen US interventions including involvement in border disputes, help with military coups, support for dictators, and attempts to subvert the Bolivarian Revolution—including by officially recognizing opposition figures claiming to be the legitimate presidents of the country.

    Critics of US imperialism highlighted Washington’s hypocritical policies and practices toward Venezuela.

    “Venezuela produces no cocaine, but US warships patrol its coastline under the banner of a ‘drug war,’” New Hampshire Peace Action organizing director Michael “Lefty” Morrill wrote Wednesday.

    Meanwhile, neighboring Colombia and nearby Peru—the world’s two leading cocaine producers—get no such treatment. Nor does Ecuador, which has emerged as one of the world’s leading trafficking hubs.

    Morrill also briefly explored bits of the long US history of supporting narcotraffickers when strategically expedient, noting that former Panamanian President Manuel Noriega “was first a CIA asset, then branded a narco-dictator and dragged to a US prison.”

    “The Taliban was once a strategic partner in Afghanistan’s opium trade, before being cast as the world’s largest trafficker,” he added. “‘Drugs’ are not simply powders; they are pretexts, shaped to fit the contours of empire.”

    This post was originally published on The Real News Network.

  • Residents of Washington, DC, continue to take to the streets to protest President Trump’s federal takeover of the city and deployment of National Guard troops and federal law enforcement officers as a “solution” to a fabricated “crime wave.” “We demand ICE out of DC. We demand an end to this unnecessary law enforcement,” Nee Nee Taylor, co-founder and executive director of Harriet’s Wildest Dreams, said at a “Free DC” rally on Monday, Aug. 18. “We demand full autonomy. We demand: Hands off DC!” TRNN correspondent and host of Rattling the Bars Mansa Musa reports from the ground in federally occupied Washington, DC.

    Additional links/info:

    Credits:

    • Producer / Videographer / Post-Production: Cameron Granadino
    Transcript

    The following is a rushed transcript and may contain errors. A proofread version will be made available as soon as possible.

    Speaker 1:

    Hey, hey ho. The National Guard has got to go. We out here on 14th and you in Washington dc At the end of the free DC rally, the free DC movement is calling for the end of the occupation by the federal government of the District of Columbia. The free DC movement has a strategy and they implement this strategy one person at a time.

    Speaker 2:

    We’ll not let our people be snatched, kidnapped, abused, or disappeared by the state. We will protect each other always because we keep us safe. We demand ice out of dc. We demand an end to this unnecessary law enforcement. We demand full autonomy. We demand hands off dc. We demand homes for the unhoused. We demand dignity for our immigrants and we demand DC statehood. So this

    Speaker 1:

    Is y’all building y’all momentum.

    Speaker 4:

    How

    Speaker 1:

    Y’all doing that?

    Speaker 4:

    So we building it with people power, and we are moving just like they moved. When they take a step, we right behind them. Like I said, we didn’t just start this, we prepared for this

    Speaker 5:

    Beginning of this year we’ve been organizing on a neighborhood and at ward level in DC we’re fighting for statehood and we’re fighting to protect home rule and we’re going to keep doing that regardless. And yeah, we got to talk to our neighbors and keep fighting.

    Speaker 4:

    We knew that Trump was coming from the project 2025 when he got elected. So three DC project had been organized since January, 2025. So we have a strategy to build people power, and as they move closer to the occupation where they think they’re going to stay in DC we truly have to rise up and resist.

    Speaker 1:

    Talk about y’all strategy around trying to get the congressional body to prevent him from getting an extension on his occupation. I heard you talk about that earlier where y’all calling out all elected officials, federal and state. That’s

    Speaker 4:

    Right. State by state. State by state. We are asking everybody nationally to call your local congress person in your city and demand that they actually vote against everything that Trump is doing in an occupied authoritarianism and fascism way. We know that the power is in the people hold your Congress person accountable. DC doesn’t have a voice, DC doesn’t have a vote, but you can stand in solidarity with DC and free DC

    Speaker 1:

    How important it is for us to start looking at this in the context of us protecting because we say we keep us safe. So y’all strategy for us keeping us safe is to become more focused on pair up together and being accountable with where we like letting everybody know where we are going. You think that’s important?

    Speaker 5:

    I think it’s very important because really we move at the speed of our relationships is something that I like to say. Simply getting to know your neighbors is really the first step in building those relationships, having networks of people that can look out, let people know. If you see something going on, if you see the police or harassing people, snatching people up, you can look out for that. You can respond, you can whatever tactics you have at your disposal, right?

    Speaker 4:

    So at her’s dreams, we’re going to rise up, we’re going to go to court with our people. We are going to snatch them back just like we did Afeni in ways that they try to steal our people at free DC project. That’s when we are protecting DC home rule and also fighting in the long run. When Trump leave to make DC a state

    Speaker 1:

    In terms of your mayor’s response and your mayor, when Trump said something about Baltimore, your mayor stood up and defied them outright like, no, you can’t, we not having it. Sure. How do you think the DC government should be reacting?

    Speaker 6:

    Well, I can’t tell you that I have the answer when it comes to the legalities of it, but I can tell you that the humanity of it is unquestionable, right? You have to protect your people. You have to remember who people are. You have to give them the humanity back, and you have to do it sometimes in ways that are uncomfortable. You have to remind people that you stand with them no matter what happens. You have to show them that you care for them, care about them, and you have to walk it like you talk it. You have to. It’s not just we are tired of empty words and we’re tired of people making false promises. If anything that I could say, I’m not in a place to be dictating what a city should be doing, but I could tell you that as a human being, I think we owe it to our neighbors, to our community, to our brothers and sisters, to ourselves, to fight for each other because at the end of the day, that’s all that matters. If we’re not willing to stand up and fight for each other, then how dare we just ask anything of anybody?

    Speaker 7:

    This Gestapo take over. It’s not acceptable because she’s a black woman. I mean this clearly showing bias, stereotype xenophobic, why they don’t go and do that in the white cities. He got California, he got Baltimore, he got here, he got New York. All those cities that he mentioned, all black mayors. There’s something in the water, something don’t add up. I’m always

    Speaker 8:

    Cognizant of I’m a link in a long chain. I’m not doing anything new. I’m just the next person in the line doing the thing. You get what I’m saying? As it relates to today’s events though, one of the things I think is the coolest thing about the world that we’re in right now is everything being interconnected. This idea that borders and all these things are important, and oh, you got to be a certain type of person to do, don’t even, I’m not even respectfully absorbing that because I was a student once. I’m somebody’s child. You know what I’m saying? And if I can get outside and do these things and get in here and do this political organizing work, political organizing work is not, no, it looks like this sometimes, but it’s really, it’s you going and talking to your neighborhood. You feel me? It’s you being in your neighborhood realizing that you don’t have something that you need, and making sure that you and your peoples get what they need and then spreading that around. That’s organizing work. You can be like her if you’re willing to do the work, if you’re willing to get involved in your community. The whole reason why I’m even out here is because of people like me.

    Speaker 4:

    Our reality, I’m tired and I don’t want to be here. I don’t want to be here.

    Speaker 6:

    I never want to remember myself when the moments when things happen that I sat out, that’s not who I am. When injustice happens, I show up and I know I’m tired. And it was said in the speeches that black women are out here tired, that they’ve been pushing, and we have, we’re exhausted. We’re angry still, and we’re disappointed. And I could tell you that many of us wish we could just sit at home and just stop.

    Speaker 1:

    We don’t have that

    Speaker 6:

    Luxury. We don’t. We don’t. And that’s that I come because honestly, I have been pushing for people who look like me to be more vocal and visible. I know it’s scary. I know people are, they’re throwing in a towel. But we absolutely, like you said, do not have that luxury. And I want people to know that we should not be going out laying down.

    Speaker 2:

    We to let a white supremacist authoritarian control our lives. Our ancestors resisted worse than what we are going through and we’ll resist. Now. Children shouldn’t be

    Speaker 3:

    Afraid at home of soldiers on the streets. Children should not feel like suspects for simply living. Our young people deserve joy, safety, and dignity, not militarization.

    Speaker 9:

    The biggest connection to make is where does the money go and why is there always money for war and not for dealing with the poor? And that’s a domestic as well as an international issue.

    Speaker 10:

    According to estimates, it costs over $420,000 a day to deploy the DC Guard. That number does not factor in the guard now invading from West Virginia, Ohio, and South Carolina. But just using this DC cost $420,000 a day tells an important story. It costs $47,000 a year to get somebody off the street and into housing for one year. For one day of DC Guard activation. We could solve homelessness for nine people.

    Speaker 9:

    I was out of town, came back yesterday, walked into Union Station outside and saw these tanks placed around

    Speaker 1:

    There

    Speaker 9:

    With these guys in military uniform. And I’m thinking, what the heck is this? We don’t want militarized city. But what I’m worried about is that Trump is now touting this. He had just had a national press conference and saying that his friends in DC and I think he means white, rich people in DC suddenly feel that they are safe to go out and have their dinner parties and be out on the street at night. Which is ridiculous because the streets of DC have been filled with people. And so they’re making this stuff up and they’re pretending that DC was so crime ridden and now it’s been liberated. And I think if the media, not the real news, but the corporate media echo this kind of thing, it will be a dangerous precedent, not only for DC but for other cities. And he is going after the, not only democratic cities, but cities that are governed by black mayors. And so this is one facet of this racist attempt to change the city, to get rid of all the DEI, what he’s doing around the Smithsonian and all these other things. It’s part of a much larger, very diabolical

    Speaker 1:

    Plan. And you deploy all that for homeless people, but talk about his attack on people that’s poor and don’t have no place. They crime, the only crime they guys, they don’t have.

    Speaker 9:

    Well, absolutely, and I know I saw an interview they did with one of the people who are sleeping on the streets and they give us housing. So yeah, I mean, talk about the rent is too damn high. The rent is too damn, too damn high in this city. It’s impossible for a lot of working people to live in the places where they work. That’s an issue that has to be dealt with. Instead of these millions of dollars that they’re spending on bringing in the National Guard and bringing all of these federal troops into our city, they should be dealing with the basic issues of how do we get housing for people? How do we get mental healthcare for people? How do we deal with people’s everyday needs and issues? And I’m wearing a shirt that says, money for the poor, not for war. And I see war in the largest context, not only of the billions of dollars we spend on wars in Ukraine and on Israel, but also the war at home. And this is now such an obvious example of the war at home and how skewed our priorities are. We need the money we’re spending on militarizing our streets to be used to help the poor in DC.

    This post was originally published on The Real News Network.

  • This story was originally published on Truthout on Aug. 25, 2025. It is shared here under a  Creative Commons (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0) license.

    President Donald Trump signed two executive orders on Monday aimed at ending cashless bail and criminalizing flag burning protests — as reports say that the administration is arming national guard troops patrolling Washington, D.C., in a major escalation.

    The order regarding cashless bail declares that states and local governments that do not suspend their cashless bail policies will lose federal funding. It instructs Attorney General Pam Bondi to report on states and jurisdictions that have eliminated cash bail within the next 30 days.

    Trump has specifically instructed his administration to focus on D.C., which has had a cashless bail system for decades. He and his administration have spent months spreading disinformation claiming that cashless bail — implemented predominantly in liberal-leaning areas — contributes to crime rates.

    But there is no evidence to back this claim. Numerous analyses have found that there is no correlation between cashless bail policies and crime rates in places where it’s been implemented. D.C.’s own Criminal Justice Coordinating Council recently found that only seven people, or 3 percent, of defendants were rearrested on pre-trial release between August 2024 and January 2025. None of them were rearrested for violent crimes.

    Nonetheless, Trump has repeated this narrative numerous times. “Crime in American Cities started to significantly rise when they went to CASHLESS BAIL,” Trump said in a Truth Social post in July. “It is a complete disaster, and must be ended, IMMEDIATELY!”

    Cashless bail allows people facing charges to be released while they await trial, as long as a judge does not view them as dangerous or a flight risk.

    Cash bail systems, which are widely used across the country, are frequently criticized for deepening inequality and supercharging the two-tiered criminal legal system, especially among Black communities. The average bail for felony charges is $10,000, and many people are roped into predatory bail bond schemes. The U.S. is one of only two countries in the world allowing for a commercial bail industry that profits from people’s inability to post bonds on their own.

    Trump also sought to widen the scope of what constitutes a crime on Monday. He signed a separate order ordering Bondi to “prioritize the enforcement to the fullest extent possible” of criminal and civil laws regarding “desecration” of the American flag, “consistent with the First Amendment.” Notably, the Supreme Court ruled in 1989 that the burning of the U.S. flag is protected under the First Amendment.

    The order says that immigrants must be subject to punishment like revocation of visas or other immigrant statuses if they have engaged in “American Flag-desecration activity.”

    The orders come after the National Guard announced on Sunday that troops in D.C. are now carrying weapons and will start carrying out detentions, in a major escalation of Trump’s militarization of the capital city. Trump has said that he may target Chicago with troop deployments next.

    “I have a slob, like [Illinois Gov. J.B.] Pritzker, criticizing me. They say he’s a dictator, he’s a dictator. A lot of people are saying maybe we’d like a dictator,” Trump opined as he signed the orders Monday morning, before adding, “I’m not a dictator.”

    This post was originally published on The Real News Network.

  • Russell Mmemo Dlamini, Prime Minister of Eswatini speaks during the High-Level Segment of the United Nations Climate Change Conference (COP29) in the Nizami Plenary Room at Baku Olympic Stadium. Photo by Dominika Zarzycka/SOPA Images/LightRocket via Getty Images

    This story originally appeared in Progressive International on Aug. 21, 2025. It is shared here with permission.

    On 16 July 2025, five prisoners from the United States were secretly transferred to Swaziland, Africa’s last absolute monarchy. They arrived without UN oversight, parliamentary approval, or judicial scrutiny.

    Only after widespread shock and outrage among ordinary Swazis did Prime Minister Russell Mmiso Dlamini concede the truth: the transfer was arranged during “high-level engagements” with Washington, and the deportees were described as “guests of His Majesty the King,” a euphemism for detainees held at the monarch’s pleasure. 

    The prisoners are held at Matsapha Maximum Correctional Prison, but no one knows precisely on what charges and in what conditions, prompting significant concern from human rights groups. Civil society activists have launched a lawsuit on the matter, but there is little expectation of justice as the judiciary is commanded by the throne. Worse still, it appears that the agreement with the US is for a total of 150 prisoners, suggesting that many are yet to arrive.

    The secrecy of this deal, and the fury it provoked, underscored a reality that ordinary people know too well: in Swaziland, the rule of law bends to royal decree. Parliament was never consulted, the courts were sidelined, and the Attorney General himself has declared the transfer unconstitutional, warning that it could make the country a target for violent reprisal. Yet legality means little when a king rules with absolute power.

    This scandal is part of a wider pattern. Swaziland is a dictatorship in which political parties have been banned for over fifty years. King Mswati III wields sweeping executive, legislative, and judicial powers, controls an economy marked by staggering inequality, and presides over one of the most repressive regimes in Africa. The people have repeatedly demanded democracy, only to be met with lethal violence. The rebellion of 2021–2022 claimed at least 46 lives, with many more injured or forced into exile. The assassination of human rights lawyer Thulani Maseko in January 2023 was one terrible marker in a broader campaign of repression that has also included other political killings, torture, and imprisonment of activists. Regular abuses — abductions, unlawful detentions, and violent intimidation — are well documented.

    Swaziland is a subcontractor of imperial power. Much like Rwanda, it functions as a U.S. proxy state on the continent. It aligns with Israel, is preparing to host an Israeli embassy even as South Africa pursues justice at the International Court of Justice, and remains the only African state to recognise Taiwan. The regime has, following Rwanda, sought advanced Israeli surveillance technology to monitor and suppress dissent, continuing its long campaign of silencing opposition. And it has deepened relations with reactionaries across the region, positioning itself as a hub for neocolonial interests in Southern Africa and beyond it. 

    The transfer of U.S. prisoners is not an isolated scandal. It is part of a wider pattern in which Swaziland acts as a staging ground for imperial interests, reactionary politics, and repression. Left unchecked, more prisoners will be dumped, more deals struck, and more lives sacrificed to preserve one man’s throne.

    The people of Swaziland, however, continue to struggle with courage and determination for peace, democracy, and justice. Their rebellion is inseparable from the global fight against imperialism and authoritarianism. Progressive forces worldwide must recognise Swaziland for what it truly is: a dictatorship serving imperial power at the expense of its people and the region.


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Velaphi Mamba.

    This post was originally published on Radio Free.

  • In this documentary report, CLUE members Rev. Dr. Jason Cook and Rev. Dr. Terry LePage speak about the chilling truth behind the Trump administration’s targeting of immigrants at federal immigration courts and what they’ve witnessed at the federal immigration courthouse in Santa Ana, California.

    Federal immigration courts have become a primary site for ICE abductions as the Trump administration escalates its all-out assault on immigrants and the rule of law. “These aren’t arrests for people with criminal convictions,” TRNN Editor-in-Chief Maximillian Alvarez reports. “These are people going to their immigration court hearings, trying to follow the law, who are being trapped by this government.” As more immigrants appearing for their court hearings are ambushed by ICE, detained, disappeared, and deported, faith leaders with the group Clergy and Laity United for Economic Justice (CLUE) are showing up to immigration courts to provide support for individuals facing deportation, and to bear witness to the humanitarian crimes the government is committing inside immigration courthouses.

    Speakers:

    • Mona Darwish is a reporter for the Orange County Register, a graduate of UC Irvine, and an experienced academic researcher. She has covered multiple beats as a college reporter, photographer, and opinion editor for the Coast Report. Before joining SCNG, she helped cover labor, public policy, and the justice system as an intern at More Perfect Union.
    • Rev. Dr. Jason Cook is a minister at Tapestry, a Unitarian Universalist congregation in Lake Forest, CA, and a member of Clergy and Laity United for Economic Justice (CLUE).
    • Rev. Dr. Terry LePage, MDiv, PhD, has worked as a research chemist, transitional minister, and hospice chaplain. She currently lives in Southern California and facilitates nonviolent communication practice groups, grief circles, and social justice groups both locally and for the international Deep Adaptation Forum. She is the author of Eye of the Storm: Facing Climate and Social Chaos with Calm and Courage, and a member of Clergy and Laity United for Economic Justice (CLUE).

    Additional Resources:

    Credits:

    • Pre-Production: Maximillian Alvarez
    • Studio Production / Post Production: Cameron Granadino
    Transcript

    The following is a rushed transcript and may contain errors. A proofread version will be made available as soon as possible.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    These are not hardened criminals who are being kidnapped and abducted by armed masked, unidentified agents of the state. These aren’t arrests for people with warrants. These aren’t arrests for people with criminal convictions. These are people going to their immigration court hearing, trying to follow the law, who are being trapped by this government.

    Nancy Mace:

    One of my favorite things to watch on YouTube these days are the court hearings where illegals are in court and ice shows up to drag them out of court and deport them.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    The most vulnerable people are being trapped, vilified, brutalized, kidnapped, disappeared. That’s the reality of what’s happening here.

    Mona Darwish:

    I went to the immigration courthouse and saw someone be taken right in front of me as soon as I got here on Tuesday last week. And when I came here, I saw a group of three or four men in masks just quietly surrounding a man who I didn’t really know what they were doing. And it was a really weird encounter for me, and I asked them who they were. One of them finally told me, but they took him into an unmarked civilian car, no license plates, and they just took him away. That was the day that I saw a woman have a panic attack. That was the day that I saw a woman and her little boy who I had waved at earlier just be pulled aside. And I just see the mom start crying. And there’s been a lot of really consistent observers or clergy members from Clue who’ve been doing a lot, and they’ve been here to show support to the people here. The woman was crying. They were praying for her, and they were trying to get her contact info. And I just remember seeing that little boy that was, he looked so cute and happy when I saw him like an hour before just dissociating and just rubbing on his coloring book. And they took them through the back of the stairs, and that was the last I saw of them.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    I went to the Federal Immigration Court in Santa Ana, California to see it for myself and to speak with Reverend Dr. Jason Cook and other members of the group Clue Clergy and Laie, United for Economic Justice, along with the Orange County Rapid Response Network. Clue members have been showing up regularly to immigration courts to document and bear witness to the crimes that the government is committing in order to entrap and disappear immigrants who are showing up to their own court hearings

    Rev. Dr. Jason Cook:

    For myself and for other people in faith communities as we to get the word that ICE agents were appearing here in the courthouse and whisking people off without due process, without identifying themselves. We wanted to be witnesses. We wanted to see what was happening and we wanted to be here for folks who didn’t have anybody else here on site for them. So we have clergy, we have lay people, we have people from a variety of Christian communities. We have people from Jewish communities. We have people like me from a Unitarian Universalist community, Muslim folks. We have people representing a wide variety of faiths and no faith who are simply here to try to witness what is happening behind closed doors. It’s been dangerous. Sometimes it’s been tense. We have witnessed a lot of pain families ripped apart people without warning being essentially abducted and pushed into the white vans that they have behind this building and whisked off. We don’t even know where

    Rev. Dr. Terry LePage:

    This courtroom is, a branch of DHS. So they are obligated to work with ice if they’re higher ups tell them to, but the court staff don’t like it. They want to do their jobs. They want to get people moving in their process and not have them scared to come to court. So in the time that I’ve worked here, because the word has gotten out about ice being here, many people are not showing up for their hearings, and that puts them at risk of being marked for deportation. Of course, if they show up for all they know, they’ll be arrested and deported.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    So they’re really damned if you do, damned if you don’t.

    Rev. Dr. Terry LePage:

    So they come and ask me what should I do? And I’m like, there is no good answer.

    Rev. Dr. Jason Cook:

    What we’re seeing in the courtrooms are folks are going in, they are somewhere in the process. They might have temporary protected status, they might be somewhere else along the way. They have shown up here in good faith with the belief that the system will work for them as they should. And the judges here have been pressured to dismiss as many cases as they can. And when those cases are dismissed, as these folks walk out of the courtroom, ice agents are waiting to pounce. So no judge has said to them, you’re going to be detained. No one has told them that that’s going to happen. What’s simply happening is their case for some technicality, for one reason or another, is being dismissed while they’re here in good faith doing what they’re supposed to do. And they walk out of the courtroom and they are abducted, they’re taken no warning, nothing. And it’s horrific.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    People around the country are being told that these are hardened criminals. These are the worst of the worst. Is that what you’re seeing in the courtroom?

    Mona Darwish:

    No. Since I’ve been here, I’ve find myself seeing a lot of women and small children being picked out. There was a woman with a 11 month old baby from Nicaragua, and she was by herself, and I just asked her, she was waiting for a case and she didn’t have any family here. She didn’t have any support system and she had no idea what was going on. And that just broke my heart because when she told me that her asylum case was, she had been here for less than two years, I was like, they could take her. And that’s just heartbreaking. There’s so many things like this happening.

    Rev. Dr. Terry LePage:

    And just for the record, I want to be clear that I’ve watched dozens of cases. I’ve sat in the courtroom and I have not heard of one crime committed. I’ve heard of people entering without their papers in order. That’s a misdemeanor and it’s a civil thing, and because of that, it doesn’t make them eligible to have a court appointed attorney.

    Rev. Dr. Jason Cook:

    It’s just unimaginable to see it and witness it, to see an elderly couple being split apart, and one of them hauled off down a back stairway to see a child ripped out of their mother’s arms and the mother being taken away. It’s just something that you think would never happen here in the United States, and it’s happening right now behind the doors of that nondescript building.

    Mona Darwish:

    It’s not just the Latino community in Orange County. It’s the Vietnamese, Cambodian, Iranian. Everyone is being affected

    Rev. Dr. Terry LePage:

    When they take people on the street. They are profiling a hundred percent when they take people from this courtroom, they have taken that. I know of Koreans, they have taken people from Russia. They’ve taken a variety.

    Rev. Dr. Jason Cook:

    And I can tell you that the folks that I’m watching being snatched are not criminals or anybody dangerous that we need to be worrying about. Again, these are folks who showed up in good faith trying to do what they thought was the right thing and that’s why they’re here. Criminals don’t do that. But also, I have to imagine

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    There’s a force of moral shame that these ice agents have to feel when they just see you, when recoil, when they see you and other clergy there, do they feel shame for what they’re doing or does it appear like they’re feeling shame?

    Rev. Dr. Jason Cook:

    That’s a great question. And of course we never fully know what’s in another human being’s heart. What I hope is for every one of those ice agents that sees people who are willing to be present at this time, that there’s just a little part of their brain and their heart that just, even if it just kind of just a little worrisome little itch there that says, maybe this isn’t right what I’m doing, maybe I should be doing something else. Maybe the story that I’m telling myself about all this is, is not really the whole story. I can’t know that that happens, but we feel like it’s more likely to happen with our presence there than not, because otherwise there’s no one there that is offering that sense of witness. And we all know that when things are hidden and they’re out of sight, that’s often when the worst and most egregious things happen

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    With the Trump administration continuing to escalate. It’s all out assault on immigrants and on the rule of law. The sobering reality is that these immigration court abductions and deportations are not going to stop anytime soon. But Reverend Dr. Cook and other clue members say that they’re going to keep showing up to bear witness and to provide whatever support they can and they urge others to do the same.

    Rev. Dr. Jason Cook:

    We are organized to the point that we have all of our people who come here as witnesses, get training. We have a schedule, we have shifts. We have two people at a time so that nobody’s here alone. This is a lot to cover. We don’t know how long this will go on. We’re going to do this as long as it needs to be done, and we realize we’re potentially in for the long haul here.

    Rev. Dr. Terry LePage:

    These people are human beings. They deserve to know that there’s danger in the room that they’re walking into. They deserve someone to witness their imprisonment. They deserve to not disappear. In all through the Hebrew and Christian Bible. It says, to care for the stranger, to honor the stranger, to welcome the stranger. And I’m just doing what Jesus said.

    Rev. Dr. Jason Cook:

    You have to find a reason each day to wake up and keep going. And I think we each potentially play our part and you’re doing what you can at this moment. And I think we’re all trying to find that place. And what I would encourage folks who are hearing this at the moment is anybody, whoever you are, there’s something you could do right now. Again, what we’re doing doesn’t require a degree. It doesn’t require a huge amount of special training. It just requires the ability to witness and be present in a particular way. There are so many things like that that people can do right now. The worst thing we can do is turn away and ignore what’s happening that we can’t do.

    This post was originally published on The Real News Network.

  • For the last week, countless videos have circulated online showing National Guard troops menacingly patrolling the streets of Washington, DC, and militarized police setting up traffic checkpoints, harassing residents in the streets, and violently clearing encampments of people experiencing homelessness. “The state of mind of DC citizens right now is that they’re under a police state, mainly in the poor Black and Brown communities,” Mansa Musa, host of Rattling the Bars at TRNN and a DC native, reports. In this episode of Working People, we speak with Mansa about the authoritarian reality DC residents are experiencing right now, and we hear from a range of residents and organizers Mansa spoke with on the ground at the “Free DC” demonstration on Monday, August 11.

    Additional links/info:

    Featured Music:

    • Jules Taylor, “Working People” Theme Song

    Credits:

    • Studio Production: Cameron Granadino
    • Audio Post-Production: Jules Taylor
    Transcript

    The following is a rushed transcript and may contain errors. A proofread version will be made available as soon as possible.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    All right. Welcome everyone to Working People, a podcast about the lives, jobs, dreams, and struggles of the working class today. Working People is a proud member of the Labor Radio Podcast Network and is brought to you in partnership with In These Times Magazine and The Real News Network. This show is produced by Jules Taylor and made possible by the support of listeners like you. My name is Maximillian Alvarez and we are recording this urgent mini cast episode on Friday, August 15th to give you guys an update on what the hell we know about what the hell is happening in the nation’s capitol. As Chris Cameron reports at the New York Times, president Trump made a show of force in Washington, DC this week exercising his unique powers over the nation’s capitol to commandeer the city’s police force, deploy the National Guard and send hundreds of federal law enforcement agents into the city in what he described as an effort to combat crime.

    It is the first time a president has used a declared emergency to rest control of the city’s police. A step that its mayor said was unsettling, though allowed under the law. Congress and the executive branch have long exerted controls over the city’s budget and other decisions, but the president’s move may represent the biggest encroachment on the city’s autonomy since it was granted home rule 52 years ago. While crime is a concern for many residents, the situation on the ground defers from Mr. Trump’s hyperbolic statements. In justifying the moves, official data shows that crime is falling, particularly violent crime, which hit a 30 year low last year after surging during the pandemic. And I’m sure you guys have been seeing the horrifying videos that have been circulating online all week of militarized police menacingly patrolling the streets of DC and setting up traffic checkpoints like the whole city is under Marshall Law, as well as videos of encampments of people experiencing homelessness being violently cleared and trashed.

    As Brian Mann reports at MPR, just before midday Thursday, crews in DC moved into a grassy park near the Lincoln Memorial in the nation’s capitol, dismantling one of the small homeless encampments that’s drawn the ire of President Trump. David Beatty, age 65, looked on as a bulldozer, scooped up tents and other belongings and shoveled them into a garbage truck. It just feels wrong to me. The idea that we’re poor makes them uncomfortable. They don’t want to be reminded that poor people exist. He said, asked where he expects to sleep, Beaty shook his head and said quietly, I don’t know. I don’t know. Now we know that Donald Trump does not deescalate and the widespread dystopian, but sadly, credible fear right now is that President Trump will fabricate a national emergency to justify escalating his authoritarian assault on our cities and our communities. The administration has openly threatened to expand its military occupation to other cities around the country, specifically cities that they’ve identified as democratic strongholds, including our own city here in Baltimore.

    As Stephen Prager writes at Common Dreams, US President Donald Trump suggested Wednesday he may declare a national emergency to circumvent Congress and continue his military occupation of Washington DC indefinitely. Under the Home Rule Act, the president is allowed to unilaterally take control of law enforcement in the nation’s capitol for 30 days. After that, Congress must extend its authorization through a joint resolution. The authorization would need 60 votes to break the Senate filibuster, meaning some Democrats would need to sign on. Minority leader Chuck Schumer has said there’s no fucking way they would adding that. Some Republicans would likely vote against it as well. And in a final update, published also at Common Dreams today Friday, Brad Reed writes, Washington, DC Attorney General Brian Schwab on Friday filed a lawsuit to block United States Attorney General Pam Bondi from taking over the US Capitol City’s Police Department. The lawsuit accused the Trump administration of violating the District of Columbia Home Rule Act, a 1973 law that delegated certain powers over the city once held by the federal government to local government officials.

    So that is by no means all the information that you need, but it’s a rapid fire barrage of key information that we have as of this recording on Friday. And we’re recording this in the Real News Network studio in downtown Baltimore. And as always, I’m truly grateful to have my colleague the great Mansa Musa here with me. Mansa is of course the host of Rattling the bars on the Real News, and he was actually filming in DC at some of the protests against the Trump administration’s authoritarian takeover of the city earlier this week. Mansa is also himself a resident living and working in Washington dc. Brother Mansa, thank you so much for sitting down and chatting with me, man. I really appreciate it.

    Mansa Musa:

    Yeah, thank you Max for having me on this show working people. This is what it’s all about, people getting their rights as human rights as workers.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    That’s right, man. Again, I cannot express to you how grateful I am that you and Cam ran down there to DC on Monday as this was all unfolding to film and talk with folks on the ground. And I want to get to that in a second, but I wanted to start by just asking if you could just sort of lay out for listeners what the past week has been like for you living and walking through Washington dc What does it look and feel like right now to you and what are you hearing from others in the city?

    Mansa Musa:

    Well, you know what, Mac, that’s interesting that you asked that the other day. And to really put this in perspective, the other day, I was coming down a regular street that I normally travel and the police was parked on the side. So when I passed him, he pulled up behind me and I didn’t come this way thousands of times. Literally, this is not an exaggeration. This is the route I take coming and going home. And so I was like, I ain’t paying no mind. I don’t have no issues with the police. I’m not doing nothing wrong. But I noticed that he was on, he followed me for significant amount of time before he turned off. And so I’m in a room, I’m in a group talking to guys and saying, everybody talking about the FU on police. I said, man, I felt like he was like, follow me.

    Well, then he turned off and one of the guys say, no, what he did, he ran your tags and when he ran your tags and seen you ain’t had wasn’t nothing up, then that’s when he pulled off. And whether that’s true or not, that’s the state of mind of DC citizens. The state of mind of DC citizens right now is that they’re under police state, mainly in the poor black, poor brown communities, the Hispanic communities with large pockets of, and what they call east of the river, the low income projects, and that’s where they’ve been at. They coming around before, they wasn’t enforcing that you couldn’t smoke marijuana in public, and that’s the law. So we get that. But before they wasn’t enforcing it because it wasn’t an issue.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    Oh yeah, I walked down DC plenty of times and seen people smoking out,

    Mansa Musa:

    Everybody smoking, police right there, see ’em smoking. Now they’re saying, okay, it’s a law. So now enforce it before it wasn’t, loitering wasn’t an issue. Now it’s a law enforce it. So what they’re doing, what the administration is doing is they’re provoking the population by all these misdemeanor laws. And when it is, it gives them probable cause to approach you. Once they approach you, then it escalate. So that’s what’s been happening. You seen they went in one neighborhood, low income neighborhood, ran up there, guy smoking, put handcuffs on one guy. So now the whole community is up. Well, why you got him handcuffed? So they can’t understand, okay, why you got him handcuffed for smoking a joint? Why you just didn’t give him a citation or whatever, lease it path for resistance. But no, it escalated. Got a guy, Jack, took a guy out of his car, his car running up into the woman smoking.

    But all this is about smoking or laing. And now I heard you was talking about the homeless encampments. They’re moved their systematically coming through with bulldozers, national Guard. They got every brand of police in the world in dc. And every brand of police that’s in the world is operating individually in their silos. So that’s what the attitude in the District of Columbia, it’s real tense. And it is not going to get no, it is not going to get any different because their mandate is to harass the citizens of the District of Columbia. That’s their mandate.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    And it sounds like that’s exactly what they’re doing. I mean, you know what? I can’t help but think about the first conversation that you and I had on this podcast, right? And that was a couple of years ago, but I remember you talking about what it was like living near and walking around DC as a young black man in the sixties and how it was very clear that it was still a segregated city. I’m wondering how this compares to your memories of DC back then.

    Mansa Musa:

    It doesn’t because the repression that you seen, it was based, you seen it from the perspective of a class, you low class, you don’t have, but everybody living in low income housing. So you got that. And you don’t have no way of assessing that against what’s going on in the real world because you don’t have a heavy police presence. Now, this is literally like any third world country where you have checkpoints because they’re moving in, having presence in areas where they letting it be known that we are here to do you have an id, you are asking people, lemme see your id. If you don’t have an id, they locking you up. You can say, oh, wait a minute, hold up. I just ran out to get the DoorDash. My ID is in my house. No, you don’t have an id. You getting locked up. So the difference is, is you can feel the tension in the city right now. I mean, it’s really tense. People are actually avoiding federal property and federal highways because the fear of if I’m on federal property, they can stop me, but the is that they going to stop you anyway.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    And let’s not forget there are multiple converging assaults happening at once here, right? Because it shouldn’t be lost on anyone that on Thursday DC Metropolitan Police Chief Pamela Smith issued an executive order allowing the officers who were setting up these traffic stops to report undocumented immigrants that they find in the course of those stops, which is a departure from how the DC police normally operates. So it’s a trap being set for anyone who they can get to fall into it. And between DC police collaborating with ICE in this and other ways to increase Trump’s assault on immigrant communities to now the assault on unhoused people in the encampments to the militaristic assault on the freedom and liberty of poor black and brown residents of places like Washington, DC and doing all of this under the guise. And he’s saying that it’s all because DC is just ridden with crime and it’s bedlam over there.

    And we’re being told to fear all this crime from homeless people, from immigrants while a convicted felon is sitting at the White House who also pardoned a bunch of the January 6th rioters who killed police officers. It’s such a topsy-turvy, dystopian reality. But I wanted to ask you, this is what we do, right? We show people what’s actually happening on the ground so they can cut through all the lies and crap. When you are living and working in DC do you see the kind of DC that Donald Trump is telling the rest of the country he sees? Is it ridden with crime? Does it justify what’s been happening this week?

    Mansa Musa:

    There’s no justification for what’s happening this week. And this is one, DC was a sanctuary city. So he came and see all sanctuary cities. I’m attacked two DC is black, ran is a Black, have Black political apparatus. When you look around, he said, Baltimore,

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    Baltimore, Chicago. Chicago

    Mansa Musa:

    And LA. The difference with DC is DC as you open up, see DC don’t have no, it’s not a state. So he got the authority to take over the police. And so now what you see is that’s that. But in terms of your question, no, I’m talking about the DC I grew up in. You’ve rarely seen any white people in certain neighborhoods. Very rare, rare, rare.

    Now you see white people walking their dogs in all neighborhoods, the so-called high crime neighborhood, they catching the bus right there. The subways right there. You don’t hear like, well, somebody slaughtered five or robbed. No, they feel safe enough to walk there. Animals, they feel safe enough to go shop. So the citizens of the District of Columbia, they feel safe. It’s not saying that DC don’t have crime because all city has crime, but what he’s using, the pretense that he using to take control over the District of Columbia don’t exist. So really this is not about the crime. This is about them taking over the district Columbia. 

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    Yeah, it’s really wild to even be having that conversation, man. But that’s the country that we live in and the reality that we live in here in 2025. And I wanted to not leave our listeners with just a sense of all the awful shit that’s happening. But of course, as always, we want to lift up the voices from the grassroots that are saying no, the people who are fighting back, the people who are standing up and fighting for their rights and the rights of others amidst this onslaught. And that’s exactly what you were doing earlier this week, right? So let’s talk a little bit about the protests that you were at, the folks that you were talking to and what that message from the streets is right now.

    Mansa Musa:

    And there was a rally response by Free DC, which is a coalition organization of different groups, grassroots organizations that come together around DC, all things DC related. And the anti-fascist movement was, there was also a part of this protest, but what we was hearing from the street is people are not selling back and just accepting what he’s doing. So they had a strategy and their strategy is boots on the ground going into neighborhoods, educating people on their rights as it relates to your rights as a citizen in this city. Make sure that you don’t give them no ammunition to lock you up. So that means have your identification, understand that they are enforcing laws. They were one time misdemeanor, they’re making no felonies, and they’re going around to the neighborhoods and addressing the community and getting the community to become more involved. And I was excited to see this because when we talked to the people that was there that was supporting the protest, everyone to a person was saying that they don’t see crime as being up.

    They feel safe. They don’t see this as a problem. They see this as more a takeover by the federal government and to let everybody was saying the same thing, that this is a diversion to divert people’s attention from the Epstein tapes. Now, whether it’s the diverted people’s attention from the Epstein tape, we know it’s a diversion, whatever the diversion, whatever, Epstein tapes, oil, Gaza, wherever we know to get the public attention off of issues that directly affect food, food prices being high, no job, you fired everybody. And then you’re saying unemployment is down. 

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    And to qualify that, when we’re talking about firing that many people in a place like DC and the DMV where so many people work for the federal government, that’s what we mean when we’re seeing lots of people around here have lost their jobs. But it’s not just federal workers who live in DC. Of course the majority of them live and work outside of DC. But we have such a high concentration of folks who have been losing their jobs over the past few months because of the cuts from the Trump administration. And we’re seeing that here in Baltimore and Maryland and in DC proper.

    But I very much take your point that Trump was having a pretty bad couple weeks between all the allegations about his connections to Epstein and the very obvious photos of him with Epstein that have been circulating everywhere to the genocide in Gaza, which is now Trump has as much blood on his hands as Biden does. So yeah, rather than deal with any of these issues, he does what he always does and he doubles down and creates other news cycles with evermore authoritarian, brazen policy decisions that, like you said, distract people from what they were so outraged about just a few minutes prior

    Speaker 3:

    To that.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    It’s kind of anyone’s guess where this is all going to go. But I think again, what we know from having studied this man is that he’s going to go as far as he’s allowed to,

    Mansa Musa:

    Exactly

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    So inevitably the question’s going to come down to what are regular working people, the citizens of this country willing to do, to stand against authoritarianism and to stand up for their rights? And that is a question that we can answer for you all listening. That’s a question that you all have to answer yourself.

    Mansa Musa:

    What we see that the populace is going to respond because no matter what he say, and he say to his base when they go home and they put a plate in front of him and they got to divide up with a meal for one person, they got to divide that up among seven people. When they see that somebody not going to eat, they can blame the Hispanic community, they can blame the black community. They can blame a whole lot of people and claim that they took their jobs. They can blame, but at the end of the day, they’re going to have to blame him because that’s who’s responsible for the state of the economy. That’s what the distraction is. But the good news is working people not going to accept that unions, whatever major unions do, the people the rank and file, they not going to accept it. It’s always been a rank and foul that did it. It wasn’t, the AFL-CIO was not an AFL-CIO. The A-F-L-C-I-O was Bobby or Tony or John or Murray or Sally or Sue that said they didn’t like the conditions of what they was working under and they organized. You can’t take that entity, the neighborhoods. It’s the people in the neighborhood saying like, okay, we don’t want heavy handed police in our neighborhood. We don’t have no problem with you riding around doing what you been doing, but now when you come, I’m walking in my house, you say, come here where your ID at? That’s a problem for me. So that’s the difference.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    Oh man, I think that’s powerfully put, man. And again, I really appreciate all the work that you’re doing in DC, all the work that you’re doing on rattling the bars. And of course this is not the end of the story, so we’re going to keep covering it and we’re going to keep doing what we can to lift up voices from grassroots of struggle. And in fact, that’s how we’re going to end today’s episode by playing a few clips from the interviews that Mansa himself was doing with DC residents and organizers earlier this week when Donald Trump announced that federal government would be taking over the DC Police and that the National Guard was being called in. So please listen to these, share this episode with everyone that send us tips for folks that you want us to talk to, stories you want us to cover because we’re going to be out there as long as it takes until we get justice. So keep listening, keep fighting, and thank you all so much for caring about this. And thank you again Mansa for joining me on the show.

    Mansa Musa:

    And thank you Max for allowing me and workers of the world united.

    Speaker 4:

    I am a native Washingtonian. Yes, I’m a former member also of the DC National Guard. I support law enforcement. I do not support this. Donald Trump is a pathological liar. He is a 34 counts convicted felon. He is not interested in making DC safe. He’s just trying to divert attention. He doesn’t care about homeless, he doesn’t care about black people. Donald Trump only cares about himself. He’s a pathological liar and he supports pedophilia and white supremacy.

    Mansa Musa:

    Okay, look now, tray White, the representative from the eighth ward, he called for the National Guard to come out. What’d you think about

    Speaker 4:

    That? Sharon Wright is wrong, but the National Guard does not have a right purpose under the situation that Donald Trump is called for. The National Guard has a purpose and a function in the District of Columbia, but this is not it. The Posse Act prohibits the National Guard from engaging in law enforcement. That is not their function, that is not their purpose. And that being misused by the commander in chief.

    Mansa Musa:

    Let me ask you this here. How detrimental or how critical or how detrimental is homeless people to the safety of the United States?

    Speaker 4:

    Homelessness is an issue that people don’t want to address and don’t want to deal with and they don’t want. People need a place to go and rather than try to find them housing, they want to just put them out of sight and push them someplace else. Out of sight, out of mind. Homeless people, everyone needs a place to stay, needs shelter. And we should work with our homeless people and try to find accommodations so that they can be off the streets. People on the street don’t want to be on the streets. Nobody wants to live in a tent in a park that’s not home called

    Mansa Musa:

    Trump issued an executive order saying that anyone that’s asleep on the street, anyone that’s homeless can be locked

    Speaker 4:

    Up. That’s crazy. That’s criminal. Poverty should not be a crime.

    Speaker 3:

    Poverty

    Speaker 4:

    Should not be a crime. And that’s what Donald Trump and his people are trying to, they want to criminalize poverty. Poverty is not a crime. Thank you. Thank you.

    Mansa Musa:

    And they using the crime as a pretext. Do you think crime is up in DC

    Speaker 5:

    No crime’s at a 30 year low. It’s been going down every year. I think this year, year over year. It’s down 26% this year.

    Mansa Musa:

    And in terms of safety, do you feel like the city is safe?

    Speaker 5:

    Yeah, it’s absolutely safe. I walk my dog at night. I am always out in the community. I love being here. I don’t feel unsafe at all.

    Speaker 6:

    So this is what we are building at free DC a people campaign. That is the goal for five years as we build this out to resist in a non-cooperative way that we will eventually in DC get DC statehood hood. Our goal right now in the present is to protect home rule by any means necessary. Right,

    Mansa Musa:

    Right. Because it’s under attack,

    Speaker 6:

    Right? Because it’s under attack. So as we see them come out, the whole rule, we strategize and organize around ways to protect home rule. We are asking our national organizations to contact their congress person to write

    Mansa Musa:

    No

    Speaker 6:

    To those the harms that’s causing dc. 700,000 people in DC pay taxes and we have no voice. We don’t have a vote. So we need the people in national, in other states to vote for us for in Congress. But here in DC on the ground, we are going to do our part to protect DC and DC on rules.

    Mansa Musa:

    What do you think about the city councils position? How do

    Speaker 6:

    You evaluate them in terms of this conflict? The council can do more right now as we give the little bit of the most impacted to satisfy Trump. This is why we are here now. When you give a little, they take a

    Mansa Musa:

    Lot. That’s right.

    Speaker 6:

    So therefore we are saying that know that the people are behind you and rise up to fascism and authoritarianism because when it start in DC, when they come for us in the daytime, they’re going to come for you at night.

    Mansa Musa:

    That’s right. Angela Davis.

    Speaker 6:

    You hear what I’m saying? I hear what you saying. And so therefore they have to do their part and fight back. Don’t cater to them. Don’t cater to the police. Police don’t keep us safe. Police, police keep property safe.

    Speaker 7:

    So when Trump says that he’s going to bring the national guards back to dc back into dc, I think it’s incumbent up on the local population to resist. We know this is not the first time, but this time it seems more insidious and the rationale that’s being used is even more flimsy. We know if you look, you’re saying that crime is going up. We have to bring the troops in. Matter of fact, crime is going, crime is

    Mansa Musa:

    Going down.

    Speaker 7:

    So there’s no basis for that. Whether it’s laws that are passed by the city budget that the city deserves Trump, and the administration is saying that we are taking control of dc. Look at where we’re standing right now. The fact that he put pressure on the local administration, the mayor, mayor caved, and this is no longer Black Lives Matter plaza, right? So that’s an symbolic indication of like, okay, this is my home. The White House is right there. DC belongs to me. That’s what he’s saying to folks.

    Speaker 8:

    DC formerly has self-rule, but in reality, the rich people still run the city. So whether we have statehood home rule or not home rule, the same group of people are going to run the city regardless. We’ve seen that over the last 50 years as disinvestment has destroyed communities, the war on drugs has destroyed communities. So getting home ruler, getting statehood is not going to change those policies unless we have a different type of leadership or leadership, which is opposed to capitalism, which limits the power of these rich people and fights for the working class to lead society. Well, the city council just voted to give Harris the guy who owns the commanders a billion dollars. Why isn’t that money used for affordable housing, for better education, for better programs, for working people in this city? That shows you where the city council really lies with the rich people and the billionaires.

    Speaker 9:

    Oh, what Trump is doing is atrocious. So being out on the streets is very important to me. I work for a nonprofit in DC called Black Swan, which teaches young kids about advocacy, organizing and all of those things. And again, I grew up here, so the city was conducive to me being out on the streets, protesting when I was growing up, when I was in high school. So I’m happy to help educate younger people how to do that now.

    Mansa Musa:

    And talk about the youth because you say you deal with youth. Do you see the youth being so unruly, so disruptive, so homicidal that it calls for the president of the United States to call for the National Guard to come up specifically when he’s saying crime is on the rise and directly relating to youth?

    Speaker 9:

    Absolutely not. Absolutely not the city. It’s a safe place. The youth here, the youth that I work with, they represent to me the youth of dc. So I believe that there’s no warranted reason for him to be calling in the National Guard. Fuck Trump.

    Mansa Musa:

    Okay. Why are you saying that?

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    Because he’s a wild piece of shit that doesn’t deserve to be in the White House. We don’t like liars in our lives, but we like him running our country. You make that make sense

    Speaker 10:

    On man. This is a city of men, right? This is a city of people that know how to do their own thing. We’re looking at a guy who’s sitting here saying that his focus is on crime. He’s a felon. He won’t release this Epstein list.

    He’s not really worried about crime. He’s the same person that released the people that did January 6th. He cares about control and he cares about control of a Black city. You see, Washington, DC has always intimidated white lawmakers across this country. And it’s because they had to look at this city and it had to say, damn, it’s a Black mayor, it’s a Black city council, it’s Black entrepreneurs, it’s Black power in this city. And so them attacking this right here is a symbolic attack on Black America. So what I’m telling all of America, and I’ve often been saying that DC is a racial justice issue. All of the Black [inaudible] across America got to tap into DC statehood right now because if we fall, who else can go? And let me

    Mansa Musa:

    Ask you this, your opinion on this, Trayvon White council member Ward eight, he said that he think that Trump is right on the National Guard and he think they should bring National Guard. What’s your

    Speaker 10:

    Opinion, man? I think that we know how to do our own thing here. I think when we look at comparative to other major cities, we don’t need the National Guard here. We have over 3000 police officers. We have over 32 police forces, different police forces. We have more than police here. You know what I’m saying? If there’s a conversation about them doing their jobs differently, maybe more efficiently, that’s a conversation to be had,

    Mansa Musa:

    Right?

    Speaker 10:

    The idea that we need more police is crazy as hell. Like I said, that’s coming from somebody who walks the streets of DC every single day. Do you feel safe? I feel safe. And maybe it’s a consequence of me being from here. You know what I’m saying?

    Mansa Musa:

    Right. But you

    Speaker 10:

    Love the city. I love the city. Like I said, it’s no different than a New York City, than a Miami, than a Los Angeles. And you have activity everywhere. Like I said, all in all though, Washington DC is still a beautiful place to be. It’s still a safe place to be. I’m proud to raise my daughter here. I’m proud to live here and I don’t feel afraid at all being in Washington, DC

    Speaker 11:

    And I’m saying DC is safe for the most part because anywhere you go in the United States, you’re going to have crime in major cities. This is a major city. So I say we are pretty safe. And I say he’s overreaching. He don’t really know what he doing. That’s what I say.

    Mansa Musa:

    Now, did you know that he criminalized homelessness? Say if you homeless and you be on the park bench,

    Speaker 11:

    If you homeless, man, life done already beat you up and you don’t need to be beat up by racist president

    Mansa Musa:

    In terms of him criminalizing homelessness because he is your mandate. I was saying that if you homeless and you on the street that they can lock you up. What’s your view?

    Speaker 12:

    This country is lacking empathy by today. And I think that’s a prime example of it. I think we need more programs. I think we need more mental health programs for people who are out here because a lot of these people, unfortunately, are dealing with mental health issues. I don’t think a majority of people want to be homeless just for the fun of it. So we need programs, we need more clinics. We just need to pour back into our people. I mean, society has shown when we pour into the people who make it, we are all better just as a whole. And I think that’s just another form of division. It’s another form of classism essentially.

    Speaker 13:

    Yeah, there’s been a lot of people out today. Trump just announced that he’s going to be deploying the National Guard, federalizing the Metro Police. A lot of people are very rightfully upset about that. So it’s been a little bit chaotic. Everyone all at once is trying to do something, get out in the streets because we really don’t want to see this happen. Donald Trump and all of these politicians who are behind this, they don’t really live here. They’re here to go to that building for show and then they go home.

    Speaker 3:

    But

    Speaker 13:

    Some of us really do have to live here, and we don’t want the National Guard in the streets. We don’t want the militarized police department rounding people up. We don’t want ice here. We just want to live our lives.

    Mansa Musa:

    Do you think the fact that he’s able to federalize segments of the police department, is this the beginning of the complete takeover of this with Columbia?

    Speaker 13:

    Yeah, I mean I think it’s definitely really scary that he’s able to do that. And I’m sure a complete takeover of DC is exactly what Donald Trump wants, but we need to stand up and not let it happen. I think we really need to do more. I think it’s great to be out on the street. We need to be taking up space so people know that this is our city and we’re not going to stand for this. And I think we need to be putting a lot of pressure on the local DC government that has achieved to Donald Trump’s demands. I mean, mayor Bowser has been kind of just letting Donald,

    Speaker 3:

    Donald Trump

    Speaker 13:

    All over her, and that’s really just not acceptable. Right now, the DC people have voted on so many things that will actually help so much more than just doubling or tripling the amount of cops we’ve voted on measures that are actually going to help people and they won’t appropriate the funds for it because of threats from Donald Trump. And I just think that weakness, we really can’t have that in our leadership.

    Mansa Musa:

    And then he’s using this euphemism or this broad brush approach like crime is high, kids juveniles is running the streets killing people. Is this misinformation or is this just same old, same old?

    Speaker 13:

    It’s misinformation. I mean, crime has been going down in dc. I’ve never felt unsafe in this city. This is my home. I mean, there is crime, but the way to stop it is not by cracking down with violence. The way to stop it is to implement measures to end homelessness, making them be housing better education. So to keep youth from getting into violence.

    Mansa Musa:

    Yeah. Okay. Thank you. Trey, and what, you got the last word. What you want to say to our S and to the DC population in general and the country,

    Speaker 13:

    I just want to say now is not the time to be afraid. Now is not the time to get overwhelmed. Anything that you can do will help anything that’s not just sitting at home being afraid or just sitting at home, getting in arguments on Twitter, get outside, get connected with your community, and get involved with resistance groups.

    Speaker 14:

    After January 6th when the National Guard had to be called out, we were occupied for weeks right here. I had National Guard dump trucks blocking alleys in my neighborhood. This is literally a neighborhood people actually live here. 700,000 people actually live in the District of Columbia.

    Mansa Musa:

    So you really know the ins and outs of the DC party. What do you think going to be the ultimate end game as we see what’s happening with the city in terms of the Trump administration, they systematically dismiss the District of Columbia.

    Speaker 14:

    They can try and they can do what they can do. One of the things that does give me hope actually is the free DC Coalition and Movement because it’s organizing in all eight wards of the city, and it’s brought together some would say strange bedfellows. And some of us make each other uncomfortable, but that’s okay. Democracy is messy. That’s right. That’s right. And it’s worth fighting for. So I am more than willing to be uncomfortable in coalition with folk who have different perspectives than me

    Mansa Musa:

    As long as we got the same objective and same goal.

    Speaker 14:

    Yes, we don’t have to agree on everything to certainly agree that like every other citizen of the United States, we deserve to have agency over our own affairs here. And ultimately that means statehood.

    Speaker 15:

    I feel like this is a moment that we’ve all seen before, especially as black people in this country. We know what it’s like for our communities to be constantly occupied. And this is nothing different than that. The Trump administration has shown that time and time again that they’re willing to flout the rules to break whatever’s legal, whatever legal doctrines exist. So out here, Freed DC is an organization that is fighting for the autonomy of DC and it’s important that we show that every step during history that we never consented to this no matter what happens. I would say the city council is a part of the problem at this point. The budget that they just passed was extremely, extremely favorable to what Republicans wanted to see out of a DC budget. They stripped worker protections, a democratically voted on ballot initiative. They gutted it. They have refused to actually raise taxes on the rich.

    They cut the child tax credit. There were so many different things that through this budget they showed that the DC people were not their priority. And while all this is happening, they decided to work out a $2.2 billion with the commanders so that way they can build a stadium. The people have to wait. But the Commanders Stadium, the commander’s deal needs to be rushed through. And that is because the Trump administration has explicitly said that they want the advisory administration and the city council to work with the commanders. So this is another capitulation that the DC Council is being involved in.

    Mansa Musa:

    Talk about the cities and the grassroots efforts to combat this because I know you in that space and you in that space heavy,

    Speaker 15:

    There are a lot of really great organizations that are doing rapid response work in response to ice, keeping their neighbors safe, building alternative economies through our mutual aid networks, continuing to take care of our neighbors. The child tax credit is gone. So that means that our DC children are going to need more clothes, they’re going to need more food, and we need to be a part of the grassroots movement to provide that. There are going to be organizations that lose funding. It is going to be so important at this time for us to uplift the work of organizations that are going to lose funding and by proxy lose capacity to do this work. So how are we supplementing that? Because if we do not build the capacity, if we do not support these organizations, if we do not support working class people in their quest to get the materials that they need to survive, we will not actually have a sustainable movement. So we need to make sure that we’re doing everything we can outside of the institutions that already exist. We’ve done enough within the institution and they have showed us time and time and again that we are not their priority.

    Mansa Musa:

    Right. And George Jackson, this being black August, George Jackson called the Autonomous Infrastructure, basically saying exactly what you just characterize, that we have to take care our own. We have to build alternative institutions to feed people, clo people, and more importantly, to give people security to protect people.

    Speaker 15:

    Absolutely. And what’s

    Mansa Musa:

    Your name, sister? Yeah, I know you. Afeni.

    Speaker 15:

    Nice to see you. Afeni Evans. It’s so nice to see y’all. And yeah, the time is now to fight back. It is not time for us to shrink our ass. It is not time for us to be anticipatory compliant to what a factual regime is asking for us. We must stand 10 toes on our principles because every single time we sacrifice our principles, every single time we sacrifice our talking points and our messaging, we are sacrificing and seeding more ground to the right and to their cultural revolution as well. So we need to be the counter culture that we want to see all power to the people, all power to the people. All power. All power.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    All right gang, that’s going to wrap things up for us this week. I want to thank my brilliant colleague Mansa for chatting with me today and for all the incredible work that he’s doing on our show, rattling the Bars, which every one of you should be watching. And of course, I want to thank you all for listening and I want to thank you for caring. We’ll see you all back here next week for another episode of Working People. And if you can’t wait that long, then go explore all the great work that we’re doing at The Real News Network where we do grassroots journalism that lifts up the voices and stories from the front lines of struggle. Sign up for the Real News newsletter so you never miss a story. And help us do more work like this by going to therealnews.com/donate and becoming a supporter today. I promise you we really need it and it really makes a difference. I’m Maximillian Alvarez. Take care of yourselves. Take care of each other. Solidarity forever.

    Speaker 16:

    [Music] When my face you no longer. See, I live on, yes, I live on wherever we go. We are going to roll the union on the some I live on. Yes, I live on wherever Hungry, hungry. Are we just as hungry as hungry can do the some I live on? Yes. I live on where mean things are happening. In this land is read or sung. I live on, yes. I live on wherever the book mean things are happening. In this Land is read. I live on. Yes. I live on wherever the video tape of me showing I live on. Yes. I live on if I have help to make this a better word to give you. I live on. Yes. I live on when my body is silent and in some Dons breathe I live on. Yes, I on when my are on. Yes, I on.

    This post was originally published on The Real News Network.

  • After seeing friends and neighbors in their community of Pasadena, CA, being terrorized, assaulted, and abducted by masked federal agents, Daniela Navin and Jeannette De la Riva joined together with other neighbors in their area to form Grupo Auto Defensa and fight back. From chasing ICE cars out of town with bullhorns to setting up security brigades so terrified residents can walk outside and go to the grocery store, from providing know-your-rights information to reclaiming public space, protecting each other, and rebelliously refusing to live in fear, the members of Grupo Auto Defensa are defending their community when no one else will. In this crossover episode of Working People, recorded with Professor David Palumbo-Liu and the Speaking Out of Place podcast, TRNN editor-in-chief Maximillian Alvarez joins Daniela Navin and Jeannette De la Riva to discuss the origins of Grupo Auto Defensa and the power of grassroots resistance in the face of the Trump administration’s authoritarian assault on immigrant communities and the rule of law.

    Guests:

    • Daniela Navin is a resident of Pasadena, CA, and a founding member of Grupo Auto Defensa.
    • Jeannette De la Riva is a lifelong resident of Pasadena, CA, and a founding member of Grupo Auto Defensa.

    Additional links/info:

    Featured Music:

    • Jules Taylor, “Working People” Theme Song

    Credits:

    • Audio Post-Production: Jules Taylor
    Transcript

    The following is a rushed transcript and may contain errors. A proofread version will be made available as soon as possible.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    Alright. Welcome everyone to Working People, a podcast about the lives, jobs, dreams, and struggles of the working class today. Working People is a proud member of the Labor Radio Podcast Network and is brought to you in partnership within these Times Magazine and the Real News Network. This show is produced by Jules Taylor and made possible by the support of listeners like you. My name is Maximillian Alvarez and I’m just popping in here for a second because firstly, I miss you guys. And secondly, I wanted to apologize for the disruption in our usual programming over the last month. If you guys have been following what we’re doing here at the Real News Network, or if you’ve been following me on social media, then surely you’ve been seeing me running all over the damn country the past month. I mean from going to Philadelphia to cover the beginning of last month’s city workers strike to going to Chicago for the Socialism Conference to New Orleans for the Net Roots Conference and back here in Baltimore to speak at the UAW Convention for the National Organization of Legal Service Workers.

    And also, most importantly, I took an emergency trip back home to Southern California to film reports on the fascist assault on immigrant communities and the people who were standing up and fighting back against it. Now, we’ve already released multiple short reports and our first full video report on the Real News YouTube channel, and we’ve got lots more coming your way. So please if you can help us share these reports, make sure that everyone sees them and understands what’s really happening in this country. And today’s episode is actually a crossover that we recorded with Professor David Pumba Lou and the Speaking Out of Place podcast about the ice raids in Southern California. I was truly honored to be part of this conversation alongside Daniela Navin and Jeanette de La Riva, two incredible human beings who are residents of Pasadena, California and who are part of the community defense group, Grupo Altoa.

    This is a totally grassroots group formed organically by a collection of neighbors from the hood as they describe it, who all saw the fascist terror spreading in their community and who all decided to stand up band together and do something about it from chasing ice cars out of their town with bullhorns to setting up security brigades so that terrified residents can walk outside and go to the grocery store from providing know your rights information to reclaiming public space, protecting each other, and Rebelliously refusing to just live in fear and stay indoors. These ordinary working people are showing extraordinary bravery, and I’m incredibly grateful to them for speaking so openly and honestly with me when I was filming on the ground in Pasadena and on this podcast. And I’m so incredibly grateful to Professor Pumba Lou for having me, Daniella and Jeanette on the show, and for lifting up their vital, powerful voices. Be sure to follow and subscribe to speaking out of place and follow Grupo Alta Defensa on Instagram. We’ve included links to both in the show notes for this episode. Now, I promise you guys, we are going to be back in action with our regular weekly show very, very soon. We’ve got critical episodes coming your way, so please stay tuned and keep fighting. And without further ado, here’s our crossover podcast with speaking out of place featuring Daniella Navin and Jeanette de la Riva from Grupo Alto Defensa.

    David Palumbo-Liu:

    Today we speak with Daniela Navin and Jeannette De la Riva, two members of Grupo Auto Defensa, a community organization based in Pasadena, California, which has come about in response to attacks by ice, which have violently disrupted everyday life and led people to form new relations of mutual support and care. We hear their stories of how Trump Lieutenant Steven Miller’s demand that ice arrests 3000 people every day has put unbelievable constraints on hardworking people’s lives. Nevertheless, we also hear how they have invented tactics to challenge these repressive measures. We’re joined by journalist activist Maximilian Alvarez of the Real News Network who grew up in Los Angeles, and comments on the broad networks of resistance cropping up organically to fight fascism. We hope you enjoy this and other episodes please help support speaking out of place by subscribing via our website, speaking out of place.com. Following us on Instagram and following me on blue Sky, you can give me your feedback and suggest people to invite and topics to cover.

    Also, please check out my book of the same title published by Haymarket Books, Ian Yata Taylor calls it quote, the exact book we need for the troubled historical moment through which we are living. Thank you all for being on the show. This is such an important topic. It speaks exactly to the purpose of the podcast, which is to get the story out to correct misperceptions and to empower people. So I’m going to ask you three to all introduce yourselves any way you want to introduce yourself and then we’ll into the show. So maybe Daniela, do you want to start?

    Daniela Navin:

    Sure. Daniela Navin. I’m a resident of Pasadena.

    Jeannette De la Riva:

    I’m Jeanette de Lava. I’m a resident from Pasadena.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    And I’m Maximillian Alvarez. I am the editor in chief and co-executive director of the Real News Network in Baltimore, also born and raised in Orange County, California.

    David Palumbo-Liu:

    And it’s really thanks to Max that we’re all together because I’ve known Max for a long time and he got me in touch with Daniella and Jeanette. I thought we’d begin by just asking folks, walk us through what Pasadena is to you.

    Jeannette De la Riva:

    As for me, Pasadena’s, it’s my neighborhood. It’s my own community. I grew up here, I was raised here. My grandparents, they came from Mexico to do a living here. So I got to know almost everybody. Everybody knows me because of my grandparents, my dad. So I’m just going to fight all the way until I need a fight because this is a family to me. Everybody’s important. It doesn’t matter for me what color you are or where are you coming from. It’s like we got to protect one another.

    David Palumbo-Liu:

    So what have been the threats and the things that have been going down that it put this sense of community into high gear in terms of people getting to know each other and stepping in?

    Jeannette De la Riva:

    I think more the community came more together for me is like when we started getting those notices. People are getting just swept up by these supposedly ice people that are just covered up from the face. So that’s the thing that made us come out there and start defending everybody that doesn’t want to come out to defend themselves. When this happened for me is when Elizabeth, she started with her horn just going down the street where I live and just yelling out that ice is here. So that’s when I just came out the window and just started telling her like, okay, what’s going on? So she told me. So that’s when I was like, okay, this is not going to happen. Not in our hometown. And I think Daniella felt almost the same way. Daniella?

    Daniela Navin:

    Yeah, I would say for me in Pasadena, I didn’t grow up in Pasadena. I grew up in El Monte, which is very similar to Pasadena in terms of the demographics and the immigrant community, undocumented status, and also coming from a mixed status family. So I moved to Pasadena probably about around 12 years ago. Where I live is just right above the two 10 freeway and people always think about the Rose Parade, Eddie Van Halen, you think about the Rose Bowl, but above the two 10 freeway, it’s sort of a different vibe, a different community. It’s la asa lives there. It’s just a community where you’re going to find very similar to what I grew up with in Monte. And you had the fires that happened earlier in January, so already we were in a very vulnerable space and the community did come together. I think that was the most encouraging part was the support and the community and the volunteer hours.

    One thing that really upset me was there’s a windshields donut up the street from me on Orange Grove and Robles and men dressed up their faces hovered, kidnapped six men that were actually going to go and clean up an Altadena. So the Pasadena Job Center did do a lot of training for the day laborers to help clean up the debris, the trees, and so they were on their way there on the bus stop. And this was about, I want to say about 5 36 in the morning. And so it was so close to where I live that when that happened, just something lit a fire in me that I couldn’t believe that this was happening in our community and in a place where we were still recovering from the fires. That was so devastating. And Jeanette started this with Liz. Liz was our connector, Jeanette and Liz, they knew each other from high school. And for me, I went to the vigils, I went to the protest, I went to city council. I went to something to try to find some sort of where I could take action because with this happening, it was six people. This was on a Wednesday and then on Saturday there’s a park right across from where I lived, Villa Park, there’s a Tamal stand, and they took men from the Tamal stand and also where Liz’s apartment on Marengo, they also took people from her apartment complex.

    Wow. So posting on Instagram is not enough. I just didn’t feel like it was actionable. City council, passing city council, that felt like it was nowhere. I changed my route home. I was patrolling on my own before I met Jeanette and Liz and looking for something. And sure enough, I found the tent. I remember I rolled up there on a Friday after work, and then I met Jeanette and I think the tent went up on Tuesday. And so I just started being there, started going to sightings and starting to advocate. I don’t know, just looking for something. And I definitely found it with our little group that we created organically. It all just was put together. I don’t know, we just all meshed well together.

    David Palumbo-Liu:

    Yeah. You mentioned earlier on, that’s how you two met, right? Is through this particular action. But obviously you’ve been thinking along the same lines for a long time. Max, you grew up in la, right? Tell us a little bit about how this registers with you.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    There’s so much there, man, that I’m frankly still processing it. And I’ve been back in Baltimore for two weeks, since I was there in southern California filming for the Real News, including filming with Daniella and Jeanette and everyone at Grupo Alto, the FSA in Pasadena. I’ve been going home practically every year minus some of the COVID years for the last 20 years since I left when I was 18. And there’s so many familiar things and feelings and sights of going home that just always put my body and soul in a different mode. And it’s like a different part of you reawakens when you’re back in the surround that you were raised in. And I still felt that, but I’ll be honest with you, coming home has never felt the way it did a couple of weeks ago. The place that I have always associated with warmth and light and community and just the friendly vibe of Southern California, like I said, it’s not all that was gone, but there was a dark heavy P on everything and you could sense it.

    If you’re from there, you can start to notice the differences because on the surface, everything looks the same. But then you start noticing that the parks that are normally filled with kids are so quiet that the food trucks you’re used to seeing, maybe they’re 8, 9, 10, there’s one there if that. It’s details like that. It’s the rings under people’s eye because they’re not sleeping. It’s the heaviness in their voice because this is so different from anything that we’ve really experienced. And I think one of the most striking parts for me was, the example I use is that when it comes to something like climate change, speaking of the fires, which I’ll get to in a minute, our biggest battle with climate change over the years has been convincing ourselves and each other that it’s actually happening. And we’ve never really had a firm footing where everyone could just acknowledge that this thing is happening and we should all deal with it.

    I would say to everyone out there, it’s almost a careful what you wish for situation, because I didn’t feel that at home. I didn’t have to convince my friends and my family that this was happening. We all knew it. And there’s something both really I think essential and powerful about that, but also deeply disturbing because you want to convince yourself that it’s a bad dream, that it’s not as bad as it is, that things aren’t changing as rapidly as they are, but they are. And I felt that going home. And I felt that in the communities that we filmed in, these are communities, these are neighborhoods, these are streets, freeways that I grew up in. I got family all over LA and Orange County. I grew up with people who are so much like Daniella, Jeanette, chewy, Liz, all of them. They felt like people I grew up with and went to high school with, which again highlighted just how real this is and how it shook me at the deepest core of who I am to see my people, my home, be taken over by this fascist occupation, this terror campaign.

    But at the same time, I’ve never felt an inspiration like I felt seeing what Daniella, Jeanette, and everyone they’re doing, because I felt they’re harnessing the best parts of who they are. The skills that you develop just as a kid and SoCal, whether that be being bilingual, whether that be knowing the streets so well that you can evade ice cars that are trying to follow you or something, or whether it be just your ability to communicate with so many different people at different parts of their life. I saw everyone in Grupo, Alta Defensa harnessing the skills that they had developed as a person, as a southern Californian, as people of mixed races, and put those skills to use for good to fight for their community. And that is an incredible thing. And I think everyone should really take heart and take inspiration from what GPA Alta Defensa is doing.

    And the last thing I’ll say about just what this means for our home, Daniella mentioned it, Pasadena specifically, this is an area that was just battered by incredible wildfires. In January. The Eaton fire was blazing through Pasadena while the Palisades fire was blazing just a couple miles away. I saw the burnt out ruins of old businesses and homes. They’re still there. There’s so much debris that’s been cleared, but there’s still so much just ruins of the former Pasadena there. And in fact, so many immigrants were the ones clearing away that debris months after the fire. And now these are the people who are being taken away. These are the people who can’t leave their homes because they’re terrified of getting kidnapped in broad daylight by massed, unidentified armed thugs who no one knows if they’re agents of the state, no one knows if they’re bounty hunters. No one knows if they’re vicious impersonators who are abducting people to kill, rape, whatever. No one knows. And this is the situation that the Trump administration has actively and deliberately created in our homes. And it was just so apparent that the scale of the problem was not being matched by the institutional responses from local government, from unions, nonprofits, but where it is being matched with force, with determination, with creativity is from working people like Jeanette and Daniela and their neighbors. And that is an incredible thing.

    David Palumbo-Liu:

    Well, that’s such a powerful statement, max and pack, so much information and so many questions I’d like to get to. One is how has your life changed? What kinds of ways are you exactly not able to lead the life that you expected and had been living? And second is exactly Max said, what kinds of skills and tactics and networks and relationships are you building? And I guess third we should get to it at some point is obviously your energy is finite and you’ve been burdened with an awful lot and it can’t be sustainable over the long term. What can we do to help? How can we form a larger network even to make up for the lack of response, if that’s probably the best characterization, if not antagonism that you find from local government and state government? So first of all, again, how has your life changed? What kinds of things have you had to adjust to Second, how are you learning these new skills and deploying them to defend yourself and to advance your community? Let’s start with those two maybe.

    Jeannette De la Riva:

    I think basically for me, it changed a lot. Usually getting up early in the morning before I go to work, like how Daniella does. We go patrol usually if my kids are up for it, my kids be tagging along too, where everything happens, we start recording taking pictures, and it’s been tiring. It gets tired sometimes. My body just, it takes a lot of energy out just trying to be out there. And I love it. I love being out there. I love standing out there with the group. It’s like a big family that we have that we’re all sticking together. Stuff that I don’t know, Daniela will help me out. Or the other team we have Jesus and Elizabeth, we all just sit in a circle and just talk it out. We have sit down a couple of times and just let it out right there.

    I know we had pride a couple of times right there. Let our frustration out. We pass each other information, whatever we don’t know, we just keep in touch with each other. For me, I believe sometimes we want to be in other cities and help them out, but at the same time, we think we won’t make it on time for them. And that’s what frustrates me more and it gets me upset because I have my kids and then seeing others that maybe the other kids may think, oh, it’s my mom or dad coming back home. Am I going to see them again or am I going to see my family again The day, like how Daniella said with wind chills, I knew two people that got picked up and then where Elizabeth stays, I used to stay there long time ago when they told me the people that got picked up there, I knew them.

    It broke my heart because the gentleman that got picked up, I knew them for a long time. When I went to ask at his job, he came to work and they told me that he never showed up. It hurt me more to break the news to his own daughter. And when I had to go in there and let her know that her dad never made it to work and that he did got picked up, I cried with her because she was just in tears that her dad just got picked up just like that, out of nowhere. But we’re still standing. We’re trying to stay strong the day, make it by a good day. We’d be having ups and downs. I know we’d be having a lot of people just talking to us, negative stuff, but we still out there that we really not going to let the negative come to us. And I know Daniella has supported me all the way too. She has seen me frustrated sometimes that these people that are masked and then the thing that gets me more upset that we have the officers, that really doesn’t back us up.

    I know I had one incident that I did have my first time that I had to chase a Titan truck all the way now to Dina where we had the fires, chasing ’em all the way and almost ran over a worker. So it got me more furious, really, you’re out here trying to just pick up people and you don’t want to tell us who you are or let us know that at least you working for ice. But just going around the whole street just like that and almost hitting innocent people, it’s not fair. And then I want to thank that N left too for always checking up on me when she sees me frustrated when she’s me, just take off and just, I need to breathe. She has been there, even the whole group, and it is been beautiful.

    Daniela Navin:

    Yeah, I think I definitely have those moments of being very vulnerable. I think also it has me stand in my power more that I can make a difference. And the way that we get through this is with each other. I think that it’s so easy to feel isolated, and that’s how I felt. I felt isolated. I felt frustrated. I felt angry, sad, mad. And like I said, searching for something on my phone as we all do, connected to our phone, trying to find some sense of community and realizing that it’s not on my phone. It’s not. It’s by talking to my neighbors. It’s about meeting people. And I think that’s one thing that has definitely changed for me is checking in on people. I may not know you, but hey, how are you doing when I go to the grocery store? How’s it going? Acknowledging people I think has definitely changed for me.

    Checking in with each other more, supporting each other. I may not know you, but we’re all a part of the same struggle. We’re all looking for something. So I think that’s one thing. It’s strengthened community. And I never thought that I would be the person that I would be chasing these men, these mass men and scare shitless, but then there’s something that comes over me is the drive to get in their way. I think that’s one of my motivation is that you’re stopping people from living their lives, but then you get to come into our community and you get to enjoy our community. You get to have coffee, you get to have a haircut, you get to go to work. The amount of people that have stopped us in our corner to tell us that they’re scared to leave and because we’re there, they feel safe, they feel like people are watching their back.

    And that’s our little corner. So we’re protecting our corner. We have eyes in our corner, so we know that we have eyes at Villa Park, we have eyes at windshields. We can respond to things. And Jeanette says, our day, what’s changed for me is Jeanette. My day starts early. I patrol in the morning. I wake up early, I get myself ready for work, I patrol, and then after patrol I help set up our little corner and then I go to work. And then after work, I come back to our little corner. So it’s just that we are all just together. And today we didn’t set up our corner, but we met up for coffee. And so it feels like more of a ritual now that when I don’t see Jeanette and when I don’t see Liz or Chewy or other members like Karen and Spencer, it just feels, I don’t know, it just feels strange, but we’re messing each other. What are you up to today? And I think seeing Liz and Jeanette as moms and the care that they have for their kids and still doing this major props to them, I don’t have kids, so for me, they’re struck so thin already, but already their focus and their drive really motivates me to continue to do this.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    And Dave, if I can just, I want to underscore a little more for listeners again, who aren’t there, what this looks like, what I saw reporting on this, because on the same day that I got to meet and film with Daniela, Jeanette and everyone at Grupo Defensa, we started that day filming just a couple blocks over at the Pasadena Job Center, and I really want to give them a shout out. They’re doing incredible work and everyone should look them up and support them. So we were there filming a food distribution drive that they are doing every single week, every Friday. This is a drive that they started during COVID. It’s a drive that they picked back up during the fires and now they’re doing them every week. Why? Because so many people are so afraid of leaving their homes that they won’t even go to the grocery store.

    They need neighbors, friends, family to go to distribution drives like this. Most of the people I saw there were picking up food for other people because the people they’re picking up food for haven’t left their homes in weeks. That’s what we’re talking about here. I talk to elderly people. I talk to young 20 year olds who are doing everything for their parents, and they’re heartbroken because they’ve never seen their parents so scared in their lives on top of dealing with all the burden of going and doing the shopping and doing everything that needs to be done in the house because you’re the only one who will leave. I heard so many stories of spouses who have to basically come up with a plan to decide which one of us is going to take the risk to leave and what’s going to happen if I get taken.

    But we can’t risk both people leaving. These are the decisions that people are making in their homes daily because of the terror that has been unleashed on our community. And I do want to be clear, it is also very true that this is not just happening to Latinos and people who look like Latinos. I’ve been to immigration courts like the one in Santa Ana where you’re also getting folks of East Asian descent. You’re getting Haitian immigrants. It really is a full on assault on immigrants as such. But of course, especially in a place like Southern California that is just so full of different Latinos from different parts of Latin America, and you have a government that’s trying to meet this ghoulish quota from Steven Miller to arrest 3000 people a day, you don’t have that many warrants. You don’t have that many criminals to get. You’re only going to meet that quota by racially profiling people like they are doing in Pasadena, like they did in Santa Ana with Narciso Barranco, a landscaper who’s lived here for over 30 years, was just doing his job.

    He’s raised three sons who were all Marines. And then one day a group of armed guys with vests that they bought on Amazon, it looks like just swarm. Don’t announce themselves, chase them, tackle ’em in the middle of an intersection, beat the crap out of them and disappear ’em into a van. For anyone who’s looking at that and saying, oh, that’s so horrible, but that’s not going to happen to me. It could happen to us. So imagine how we feel watching that shit. Imagine how we feel talking to our children and telling them it’s going to be okay, telling my dad that he shouldn’t leave the house without a copy of his passport. That’s what we’re dealing with. And that’s what these incredible women and their neighbors saw happening in their communities, and they were feeling as much fear as all of us are. But they did a heroic thing in saying, we’re going to do something.

    David Palumbo-Liu:

    We’re

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    Going to band together and stop this. And whether it’s Elizabeth Castillo grabbing her bullhorn and chasing these unmarked cars, she recognizes them and is telling neighbors, Hey, this is la, that car with the organ plates, that’s la. And then you see that bravery when people like Daniela, Jeanette, Liz, all these folks, when they show that bravery, it brings out bravery and others because then suddenly people are whipping out their phones and they’re holding them up to these fascist kidnappers. That is what I have to really underscore is not only the decision to do something and not wait, but dealing with all this fear to still stand up and be brave and instill bravery in others. That has given me more hope than anything has in a long time.

    David Palumbo-Liu:

    Yeah. Again, I had two buckets of questions that I want to ask or topics, and I definitely want to end by you both telling us more about your amazing organization. And then Max, maybe you can give us other organizations too, because we have a blog function on the podcast, so you can give me all your links and articles and stuff, and we can always refresh it. So I want that to be like a live resource for all of our listeners to know more about you and other organizations and how we can help as things change. But before we get to that, and something I mentioned earlier on, I’m constantly pissed off, angry, frustrated at the way in which the mainstream media distorts what’s going on either by misrepresenting or just not covering things. So I always give my guests a chance to tell us the truth. Tell us what you think allows for this kind of violence to go on over and over again. How a lot of Americans just are buying the distortions. They hear and listen, and this is a question for all three of you. What kinds of things need to be corrected that are wrong?

    Daniela Navin:

    I think the notion that if they just done it the right way, I think that’s one of the constant things that I’m seeing online or some of the criticism that I have faced, even with my own family, if they done it the right way, they wouldn’t be in this or criminals. And so I just want to emphasize that the immigration process is long. It’s expensive. It has taken my dad, it has taken my sister who is a DACA recipient. We’re a mixed status family. And so just the notion of that, that if only to dinner the right way, it’s not as easy as what they think. It’s the right way. And so I think if we want to solve immigration, then maybe we need to look at the process. It hasn’t been solved. There has no been major updates. And in my community, all I see are hardworking, hardworking people.

    And then you have the notion of we’re the criminals. But then you do have criminals that are in the White House and you have the exoneration of January Sixers, so then it’s two narratives, right? It’s like we criminals, max mentioned that it’s not just Latinos are being targeted. It’s a whole group of people. And so I think just understanding that it’s so complex. There’s history, there’s segregation laws, there’s redlining and why we live in a certain area. So it’s just a little bit more nuanced and it’ll be better. People think about before they say something because to them they’re like, oh, they’re just, they’re criminals. They came here legally, they should be locked up. But this is just a one stop away from grounding you up. I’m not trying to exaggerate here. I’m not trying to say this is Nazi Germany, but the threat of being deported has always existed in our family, and it’s always been this idea that this could happen. But what I’m seeing now, it feels like rapid fire. It could happen to you. It could happen to your city. I never thought this would happen in my backyard, and it took that happening down the street for me to engage with my community in the way that I haven’t engaged with it before.

    David Palumbo-Liu:

    I thank you so much for that because among the things, you’re absolutely right. If we don’t put the brakes on here, there’s no reason for it not to. And a lot of it is just the sheer exercise of power on anybody. So Jeanette,

    Jeannette De la Riva:

    I think that Daniella did say mostly everything that I was about to say when they snatch people out their car or breaking their windows or just grabbing them real and just throwing them on the floor. I’ve seen some people have gotten hidden by the batons and everything, and now I think that’s not right. I was like, they’re not doing nothing. They’re just scared of their life. These are humans. What about if that was their family getting taken away and that your family’s getting hidden, what were you going to do? I get mad and I cry, and I was like, you’re hitting this person. When they threw the bombs and everything and I saw it on the news, I was more pissed off. Why are you doing that for? You have kids running, you have elderly people running, especially the gentleman that passed away that he fell off the ladder. I think I forgot his name. Do you remember his name?

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    Give me one sec. I got this.

    Jeannette De la Riva:

    There you go. So for him, for losing his life, for just treating these people the wrong way, and it’s not right for them doing all this stuff instead of doing it the right way, how they were saying, or we’re just going to pick up criminals that have done trafficking that have really bad records, and you’re just sweeping up people that are innocent, hard working people. I even have a lot of friends that are scared to come out. I have friends that are gardeners. My daughter’s dad always calling me and letting me know, is everything okay out there? Or I be calling them when this was going on 24 7. We might not be together and everything, but just giving them call. Hey, how are you doing? Are you okay? Just let me know if anything goes by you see a suspicious car, just let me know. But they do need to do the things the right way, not treat everybody like an animal, not.

    Daniela Navin:

    And just to add what Jeanette was saying, they’re showing up without warrants. They’re showing up and just kidnapping people. I think we as an American should have an expectation that we should be able to walk down the street regardless of the color of our skin, what we do for a living, the language that we speak and not be grabbed off street. Does that expectation of having due process, what is happening to them when they are taken, how long are they taken for? What are the conditions? And I think that people just don’t realize that it’s the lasting trauma of being taken, the impact to the community. We’re always on the defense. We’re always on the stress. I feel like I can’t sleep. We’re restless, we can’t turn it off. We’re just thinking about when is the shit going to hit the fan? If things are quiet, what’s going to happen?

    And seeing the other eye sightings. And there was one in the Hollywood at Home Depot today, and then yesterday in Paramount, they took two people. We’re all looking at this and we’re all just wondering, we have our community patrols. We check in with each other. What’s happening? We have a Home Depot in Pasadena. Has it been hit yet? It’s like when, I don’t know. I’ve sometimes at full restless, and it’s hard to try to take that space for yourself because what if something happens? What if I took the morning off and something that I would’ve seen a car? What would’ve happened? And I know Jeanette and I, and even with Liz and Chewy in our group, sometimes it’s just there’s so much and we’re just, I don’t know. Sometimes it’s hard to turn it off sometimes.

    David Palumbo-Liu:

    Yeah, absolutely. Max?

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    in terms of correcting the narrative, there’s almost too much to correct because the narrative is so patently false and full of lies and bullshit, and it’s just people are believing it either because their brain has become so addled by the internet or right wing media or in all this conspiracy theory crap or just homegrown plain old racism. Our lives have gotten harder, cost of living has gotten higher. All the sort of economic factors that have made people increasingly more desperate and thus more willing to buy into the kind of fascist grif that Donald Trump is selling. There are myriad of reasons like why people may believe the lies that they’re being fed, but just really drive home some of the basic corrections that Danielle and Jeanette already did beautifully. The people should just be coming in and immigrating the right way and following the process.

    This has always been just such a, and David, I know you’ve written whole books on this, so this is going to be nothing new to you, but it’s just always so bonkers that generations of white Americans who just had to walk through Ellis Island and get their tonsils checked can turn around and say, Latinos who have been going through a broken immigration process for 20 years to try to get a damn green card are somehow doing it the wrong way. The perspective is just off the charts that I don’t even know what to do with it. But I went to one of those immigration courts in Santa Ana. I talked to people like Reverend Dr. Jason Cook and Mona Darwish at the Orange County Register. People who are going in there, seeing what’s happening, bearing witness to the crimes that our state is committing in a court of law.

    But these are people who are going to their immigration court dates, trying to follow the law, trying to do it the right way. And they may have been doing that for years if not decades. And then suddenly they are walking into a trap. It is a government laid trap where a politically appointed judge is being told from the White House on down, throw as many of these cases out on as many technicalities as you can find, give any excuse you can to essentially put this person in violation. The second they walk out of that courtroom and then they have masked agents waiting there to swarm them, take ’em down like an elevator and whisk ’em into unmarked vans that are parked right outside in the back of the courthouse. That is what is happening. So people who are out here saying, oh, immigrants should be following the law and doing it the right way.

    The people administering the law are doing it the wrong way to trap the people like us who are trying to do it the right way. That is what your government is doing. That is what is happening day after day. Family after family is being broken apart through this process that is going so unnoticed because it’s not as dramatic as ice abducting people in the middle of the street, but they’re doing it in immigration courts all over the damn country. And that feeds into the other point. I do not use the term fascist lightly. I use it very deliberately. And if you want to see why, go look up the new ad campaign from the White House of Defend the Homeland, join ice. It is just freak fascist aesthetic you can imagine. And they are telling people that they’re going to get like $50,000 signing bonuses.

    You’re going to pay off your student loans if you come join this Gestapo force. And if you look at the posters for it, it is straight out of Nazi Germany. Like Danielle has said, we are not Nazi Germany. We’re not there yet, but we’re sure as shit like heading that direction right now. And it’s got all the aesthetic trappings and a lot of the same factors that societies that devolved into fascism experience. The highlight here, and the point I want to end with is we still have a chance to change that. We’re not there yet, but we are heading there quickly and in pockets of America it’s already there. And that’s what I need people to understand is it can always get worse. It is getting worse after that big beautiful bill passed, it’s going to make ice the largest law enforcement agency in the entire government.

    It’s going to be bigger than most countries militaries. And these are again, the people that are being recruited for the purposes of unleashing fascist terror on immigrants. The people who are taking those signing bonuses, signing up for this know damn what they’re signing up for, and a lot of them are hungry for it. And that is where we’re headed right now. And the question is, who’s going to stop ’em? Who’s going to get in their way? And so far, the Democratic Party, sure as shit ain’t doing it. They’re just hoping to play possum and hope things get so bad that they don’t have to do anything to win votes in the midterms. That’s their strategy. So they’ve thrown us overboard and basically said, good luck, hope for the best vote for us in the midterms. So you got that. You’ve got so many other people looking around not knowing where the help is going to come from.

    And again, it’s got to come from us. It’s got to come from you banding together with your neighbors, you talking to your union members, you talking to the people in your apartment building, come up with a plan, make sure everyone knows their rights, make sure everyone knows each other so you feel less alone, less vulnerable, because the more alone and vulnerable we are, the easier we are to pick off and they are actively trying to criminalize compassion. I think that’s the last thing I’ll say is that’s how you know this is so morally wrong because as a child, as a basic human being, when you see your fellow man being brutalized in this way, your natural instinct is to help. Your natural instinct is to say, Hey, stop doing violence on this person and to try to intervene to stop the hurt. And this administration is trying to criminalize people’s natural, instinctive, good natured responses to help one another, and they know if they break that they will break us.

    And so the most rebellious thing we can do is to not give into that, to lean into the most compassionate parts of your heart, to the parts of your soul that know deep down that all of this is wrong and it cannot go on. We cannot look our children in the face if we don’t say, we did everything we possibly could to stop this. And that is what group defense is doing. That’s what the Pasadena Job Center’s doing. That’s what incredible folks working folks like you and me are doing. And you listening to this can do it too.

    David Palumbo-Liu:

    You all three have been so powerful in your speaking about all the things that are wrong and all the things that have to be done and the urgency of it. I would like to end with you both talking more about the group of Alta Defensa. Tell us more about what the everyday operations are, how people are working together, because everything I’ve heard so far has given me inspiration to want to do exactly what Max said, and this is the message we have to drive. As Max put it so powerfully to learn from your example and your courageous efforts to be human to other people. As Max said, it’s the bottom line of what we are supposed to be doing, but we have this oppressive government doing everything in its power to make it impossible. Tell us more about your organization and then again, I’ll ask Max to also talk about other organizations and we’ll put up a big blog and all the numbers and stuff like that, but I’d love to take the opportunity that you’re both here. Tell us about what the organization is about, how it got started and how it works.

    Jeannette De la Riva:

    Well, it started with Liz, everything that we started doing, and then from there she loose when she was going around the street, he was a little puppy lost, just jump in. So he did the same thing. I did the same thing with her, just followed her. We all met up right there, our C, DC, and I just want everybody to know you could do it wherever you are at. Just pick a corner. Don’t be scared from these people because they’re nothing. Liz, if you ever meet her, get to meet her, she’s a tiny little person that she’s out there just chasing them and we’re out there behind her giving her that support. We give a lot of information to the community what they need to do.

    Daniela Navin:

    We provide resources to the community of know your rights. We also have resources of the different organizations that are around to help legal support, food and that sort of paperwork. And then also what type of vehicles are ice driving? They’re changing their tactics, but what to look out for, and I think the biggest, and Jeanette maybe will agree with me on this one. I think the biggest thing that we’re there for is also all of the rumors, the miscommunication, the panic, the fear that’s spreading, and to stop the fear and provide actual factual, yes, this was ice. No, this was ice. If he hears in the bullhorn, it’s a confirmed ice sighting to dispel those rumors and really the concept adopt a corner came from Angela at the job center and they do adopt a Home Depot where you have a tarp and you’re set up at a Home Depot and you’re watching the day laborers, you’re watching the corners, you’re looking for suspicious vehicles, you’re providing resources to them, your rights. So we took that concept and put it in this corner that’s very vulnerable. There’s a laundromat, there’s LA Tacos, there’s very vulnerable area, and we just adopted that corner. We have eyes on this side, we have eyes on this side, eyes behind us. Jeanette has her car at the ready, so does list Chewy myself. I would say we’re not really an organization where people that live in the area that are just fucking pissed off and just

    Jeannette De la Riva:

    Trying to protect our people. That’s even Spencer. I think by the time we get in our car, Spencer is already out the driveway in his little, I don’t even know what to call it if it’s a bike motorcycle, but he’s the one that’s already just gone. Last time we went to check on something, I told Daniella, where did he go?

    Daniela Navin:

    Gone. He was just gone. He has an electric bike, so then he’s able to get to places quicker than us. He’s able to,

    He sees something and already he’s on his bike and he has taken off. So we just all live in the area. We all saw that there was an issue that was happening. Liz was the catalyst of giving us a space where we can all join together and just clicked. When we were chasing ice, they kidnapped a mom. I remember two sons and that was devastating. So we took names, we documented cars, how many agents were there. And so from there we got a hint of where they were meeting up and we went and it all fell into place, was driving the tubes on the Bull farm. I was recording and we caught them all in their rendezvous place. We all have the skills, we all bring different things to the table, but it works. And I think what makes it works is that we live in the area, in the media area and we’re just neighbors and we love and care for each other.

    I consider Jeanette family now, Liz, chewy, Sandra, our other members, Spencer, Karen. We just become so, so close and it does feel like an act of rebellion because we’re connecting with each other and we’re all come from different walks of life. I would say if he wanted to get involved, Gillon does do webinars and trainings of how to adopt a corner, and you can just go and find a vulnerable area, gain the community’s trust, just stay there, check in with them, provide what to do with ICE comes and to your business and help them with their notices and be a partner to them, an advocate for them. And then it’s just easy as getting your neighbor patrolling. There’s a Home Depot by you, wake up a little bit early in the morning and just patrol around the area. I think the hardest part is just getting out, but when you do it, it feels something small.

    But we see the impact in our community. We see people coming out and it was like COVID. No one was coming out. Everyone was too afraid. And seeing people come out, seeing there’s kids at the park now, that gives me the strength to continue the work, but it’s hard. But I think that’s the first step is finding, talking to your neighbors, adopting a foreigner, taking some of the concepts, and it could be whatever you want it to be, and I think there’s no right formula. It could be whatever you want it to be, whatever that looks like, whatever the need is, every community is different, right?

    David Palumbo-Liu:

    One of the coolest things you said, Daniela, was we’re not an organization. I think because it’s clear from just spending this short time with you and please come back again. It just comes from the heart. You don’t think it to death. It’s just instinctively what you do with neighbors and friends and new family members, and it’s so much what we all need in this feeling of intense violence and suppression and lawlessness as you point out. Max, did you want to add anything before we turn off?

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    Just really quick because I really want folks to hang on Daniella and Jeanette’s words, but since you asked for some other places that folks can look, I did just want to give a few shout outs. Some of these I have talked with directly, others have been recommended me by a lot of folks. I’ve read up on them, they’re doing great work. But on top of Grupo out the Defensa and the Pasadena Job Center, who we’ve mentioned already, they’re incredible folks at the National Day Labor Organizing Network. They were there in Pasadena when I was there. I talked with Pablo Alvarado. He’s incredible. The Union Del Barrio is also doing really important work and provides, I think a great model for again, how you can effectively unionize your neighborhood, how you can form a union in your community, which essentially means just people standing together and fighting for something together.

    And that’s what they’re doing. That’s what Gupta Defense is doing. That’s what you listening can do yourself. There are folks forming rapid response networks and crisis response networks like the Orange County Rapid Response Network. They provide a lot of great information and resources for folks when they are kidnapped by ice. But there are also other more autonomous rapid response networks that are responding to distress calls of ICE in the community. We need community presence on the street so that at the very least, someone can document what is happening at the most. There’s also a really incredible group that I want to shout out is their acronym is Clue. It’s the Clergy and Laity United for Economic Justice. So when I was at the Santa Ana courthouse talking to folks like Reverend, Dr. Jason Cook and Reverend Dr. Terry LaPage, these are people of faith leaders who are leading the way in showing how to demonstrate compassion.

    And they are going to these immigration courts. They’re not throwing their bodies at these ice agents and stopping them, but they are being a powerful moral force of witness. And I heard all these stories of the ICE agents. They know in the eyes of these pastors that they’re doing something wrong, that they are forsaking their fellow man and they hate being reminded of that, and they get even more violent and they even lash out at the clergy and they clergy keep showing up not just for that purpose, but to more essentially provide comfort for those who are entering this horrible space to provide company for those who are alone and have literally no one else to be with them. That is such a huge gift and a service that folks in Clue are providing. And they’re not the only ones, right? They’re great journalists like Michael Nigro in New York, who is fought to get access to these immigration courts so that he could document what’s happening there.

    They’re great LA based and Southern California based journalists and outlets like the two that I’ve gotten to know and want to shout out, which is not to say that they are the only ones but want to give shout outs to La Taco. They’ve been doing incredible social media first reporting that has really actually tangibly benefited people on the ground, but also Sonali Kar, without whom I would not be able to have done so much of the shooting that I did in Pasadena. She’s an independent journalist who has worked at outlets like Yes Magazine and has every reason in the world to be protective and guarded about her contacts, about her subscribers. But she cares about these stories and these people. And she’s saying, Hey, if you’re coming to help, you can have any of my contacts. I’ll take you to them. That is a real journalist.

    That is someone who really cares about the work. And to really bring it back to gpa, Alta Defensa, I also wanted to shout out, we’ve mentioned their names, but Jen, Karen Spencer, I want to shout them out too, because these are white neighbors who are showing up with their brown neighbors and standing in solidarity with them using their privilege when they can. Even if that means just showing up and showing that it’s not just a brown person problem. This is our community’s problem. That is really important. No one can do everything, but everyone can do something. And even just showing up is doing a really big something and they are doing that. And I wanted to make sure that folks knew about it. The last thing I’ll say, David, because this connects all the way back to when you and I got to know each other and did our organizing with the Campus Antifascist network during the first Trump administration when we were fighting the fascist Alt-right far right, even openly n people coming to college campuses and delightfully terrorizing the communities there.

    We were part of campus communities that were trying to do what RuPaul Defense is doing. We’re saying, no, you’re not going to come into our home and terrorize us and brutalize us. We’re going to stand up for ourselves and we’re going to do it as a community. And what I learned in that period was that the best defense against fascists is like love and numbers. Because if we bind together with that force of light that cannot be broken with their hate, it cannot. I have seen it time and time again, their hatred, their bigotry, their fascism. It breaks on the shores of our solidarity and our strength and our love for one another. But then when we match that with not just a few people who feel that way, but a whole lot of people who feel that way and we outnumber them. And you have scenes like in Boston where this little tiny group of fascists thought they were going to make a statement in protest, and they’re surrounded by hundreds if not thousands of people saying, get the fuck out of our community.

    That is how you tell the fascist to get the hell out. You make ’em as small as they really are, and you show them how small they really are. And you do that with community strength and love and solidarity. And that is something that we can all be a part of. And that is what group Alta Defensa is doing. And I saw it firsthand. I went to Villa Park, this park that was a central place for kids, for families. It was like any other park and it had been empty. And what RuPaul to defense did, they didn’t lead some riotous march to the Capitol building. It may not be as dramatic as that, but what I saw was people tentatively coming out afraid at first they weren’t dancing, but they were there. And then within an hour or two, everyone’s out there dancing the kumbia, everyone’s joyously, rebelliously reclaiming their home, their public space, refusing to live in fear.

    If you don’t think that’s meaningful, I don’t know what to tell you. You got to check your pulse. I saw it. I saw people’s faces go from terrified to remembering that they belong and feeling like they belong. And finding again that bravery in refusing to be told that you don’t belong and refusing to just accept that we are what this fascist administration says we are. No, we’re not. We are not the worst of the worst. We are not these hardened criminals. We are human beings like you and me, and we have every goddamn right to be here just like you do. We’re trying to make a life for ourselves and our families, and that is the American dream that we still believe in. And in fact, we’re going to fight harder for it than our parents did for us. And it’s up to us. We’re the adults now, and I am following the lead of incredible folks like Danielle and Jeanette, Elizabeth, chewy, everyone there in Pasadena and everyone out there who is fighting the fight in their own way. You guys give me inspiration and I know that if we keep fighting and if we keep fighting together, we can get through this.

    David Palumbo-Liu:

    Well, I can’t think of a better way to end this program, but as I said, you are all three. Welcome to come back anytime you want. It’s been such an honor to spend time with you and I’ve been inspired and moved and really energized in this world. That’s something that we all lack to different degrees, but you give so generously of your energy that it energizes all of us. So thank you so much. Take care and have a great rest of your day.

    Daniela Navin:

    Thank you. Bye. Thanks.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    Solidarity from Baltimore.

    David Palumbo-Liu:

    Okay, take care. Bye-bye bye.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    All right, gang, that’s going to wrap things up for us this week. Once again, I want to thank Professor David Pumba Lou and the Speaking out of Place podcast for recording this crossover episode with us. And I want to especially thank Daniella Nian and Jeanette de la Riva from Grupo Alto Defensa in Pasadena, California. And of course, I want to thank you all for listening and I want to thank you for caring. We’ll see you all back here next week for another episode of Working People. And if you can’t wait that long, then go explore all the great work that we’re doing at The Real News Network where we do grassroots journalism that lifts up the voices and stories from the front lines of struggle. Sign up for the real new newsletter so you never miss a story. And help us do more work like this by going to the real news.com/donate and becoming a supporter today. I promise you it really makes a difference. I’m Maximilian Alvarez. Take care of yourselves. Take care of each other. Solidarity forever.

    This post was originally published on The Real News Network.